Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Holmes, Mary Jane, 1825-1907 [1869], Ethelyn's mistake, or, The home in the West: a novel. (G.W. Carleton, New York) [word count] [eaf597T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

Mrs. James Montague
With the love of the Author
Christmas 1869

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

POPULAR NOVELS.

[figure description] Advertisement.[end figure description]

By Mrs. Mary J. Holmes.


I. —LENA RIVERS.

II. —TEMPEST AND SUNSHINE.

III. —MEADOW BROOK.

IV. —ENGLISH ORPHANS.

V. —HUGH WORTHINGTON.

VI. —DARKNESS AND DAYLIGHT.

VII. —MARIAN GREY.

VIII. —DORA DEANE.

IX. —COUSIN MAUDE.

X. —HOMESTEAD ON THE HILLSIDE.

XI. —THE CAMERON PRIDE.

XII. —ROSE MATHER.

XIII. —ETHELYN'S MISTAKE. (Just Published.)

Mrs. Holmes is a peculiarly pleasant and fascinating
writer. Her books are always entertaining, and
she has the rare faculty of enlisting the
sympathy and affections of her readers,
and of holding their attention
to her pages with
deep and absorbing
interest.

All published uniform with this volume, at $1.50, and sent
free by mail, on receipt of price by
G. W. CARLETON & CO., Publishers,
New York.

-- --

[figure description] Title page.[end figure description]

Title Page ETHELYN'S MISTAKE;
OR,
THE HOME IN THE WEST.
A Novel.
NEW YORK:
G. W. Carleton, Publisher.
LONDON: S. LOW, SON & CO.

M DCCC LXIX.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1869, by
DANIEL HOLMES,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the
Northern District of New York.
The New York Printing Company,
81, 83, and 85 Centre Street,
New York.

-- --

Dedication.

[figure description] Page v.[end figure description]

TO HIM, WITHOUT WHOSE KINDLY SYMPATHY AND ENCOURAGEMENT I SHOULD
NEVER HAVE WRITTEN A BOOK, AND WHO IS ALMOST AS
MUCH A PART OF THOSE I HAVE WRITTEN
AS I AM MYSELF,
THIS VOLUME
IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED.

Brown Cottage, Brockport, May, 1869. Preliminaries

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

CONTENTS.

[figure description] Page vii.[end figure description]

PAGE


I. —Ethelyn 9

II. —The Van Buren Set 37

III. —Richard Markham 44

IV. —The Bridal 59

V. —The Honeymoon 66

VI. —Mrs. Markham's Ways 81

VII. —Getting Home 92

VIII. —Andy 98

IX. —Dinner, and after It 103

X. —First Days in Olney 117

XI. —Calls and Visiting 127

XII. —Society 138

XIII. —Going to Washington 151

XIV. —The First Day of Richard's Absence 156

XV. —Andy tries to find the Root of the Matter 160

XVI. —Washington 172

XVII. —Richard's Heir 180

XVIII. —Days of Convalescence 186

XIX. —Coming to a Crisis 195

XX. —The Crisis 207

-- viii --

[figure description] Page viii.[end figure description]

XXI. —The Result 220

XXII. —Ethie's Letters 226

XXIII. —The Deserted Husband 233

XXIV. —The Investigation 245

XXV. —In Chicopee 258

XXVI. —Watching and Waiting 276

XXVII. —Affairs at Olney 287

XXVIII. —The Governor 292

XXIX. —After Years of Waiting 300

XXX. —Ethie's Story 308

XXXI. —Mrs. Dr. Van Buren 313

XXXII. —Clifton 320

XXXIII. —The Occupant of No. 102 327

XXXIV. —In Richard's Room 334

XXXV. —Mrs. Peter Pry takes a Pack 340

XXXVI. —In Davenport 346

XXXVII. —At Home 359

XXXVIII. —Richard and Ethelyn 365

XXXIX. —Reconciliation 373

Main text

-- --

p597-014 CHAPTER I. ETHELYN.

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

THERE was a sweet odor of clover blossoms in the
early morning air, and the dew stood in great
drops upon the summer flowers, and dripped
from the foliage of the elm trees which skirted the village
common. There was a cloud of mist upon the meadows,
and the windings of the river could be distinctly traced by
the white fog which curled above it. But the fog and the
mists were rolling away as the warm June sun came over
the eastern hills, and here and there signs of life began to
be visible in the little New England town of Chicopee,
where our story opens. The mechanics who worked in the
large shoe-shop half way down Cottage Row had been up
an hour or more, while the hissing of the steam which carried
the huge manufactory had been heard since the first
robin peeped from its nest in the alders by the running
brook; but higher up, on Bellevue street, where the old
inhabitants lived, everything was quiet, and the loamy
road, moist and damp with the dews of the previous night,
was as yet unbroken by the foot of man or rut of passing

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

wheel. The people who lived there,—the Mumfords, and
the Beechers, and the Grangers, and the Thorns,—did not
belong to the working class. They held stocks in railroads
and banks, and mortgages on farms, and could afford to
sleep after the shrill whistle from the manufactory had
wakened the echoes of the distant hills and sounded across
the waters of Pordunk Pond. Only one dwelling showed
signs of life, and that the large square building, shaded in
front with elms and ornamented at the side with a luxuriant
queen of the prairie, whose blossoms were turning their
blushing faces to the rising sun. This was the Bigelow
house, the joint property of Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, née
Sophia Bigelow, who lived in Boston, and her sister, Miss
Barbara Bigelow, the quaintest and kindest-hearted woman
who ever bore the sobriquet of an old maid, and was aunt
to everybody. She was awake long before the whistle had
sounded across the river and along the meadow lands; and
just as the robin, whose nest for four summers had been
under the eaves where neither boy nor cat could reach it,
brought the first worm to its clamorous young, she pushed
the fringed curtain from her open window, and with her
broad frilled cap still on her head, stood for a moment looking
out upon the morning as it crept up the eastern sky.

“She will have a nice day for her wedding. May her
future life be as fair,” Aunt Barbara whispered softly; then
kneeling before the window with her head bowed upon the
sill, she prayed earnestly for God's blessing on the bridal to
take place that night beneath her roof, and upon the young
girl who had been both a care and a comfort since the
Christmas morning sixteen years before, when her half sister
Julia had come home to die, bringing with her the little
Ethelyn, then but two years old.

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

Aunt Barbara's prayers were always to the point. She
said what she had to say in the fewest possible words, wasting
no time in repetition, and on this occasion she was
briefer than usual, for the good woman had many things
upon her mind this morning. First, there was Betty to
rouse and get into a state of locomotion,—a good half hour's
work, as Aunt Barbara knew from a three years' experience.
There was the “sponge” put to rise the previous night,—
she must see if that had risen, and with her own hands mould
the snowy breakfast rolls which Ethelyn liked so much.
There were the chambers to be inspected a second time, and
dinner to be prepared for the “Van Buren set” expected
from Boston; and last, though far from least, there was
Ethelyn herself to be wakened when the clock should strike
the hour of six, and this was a pleasure which good Aunt
Barbara would not for the world have foregone. Every
morning for the last sixteen years, when Ethelyn was at
home, she had gone to the chamber where her darling
slept, and bending over her had kissed her cheek, and called
her back from the dreamless slumber which otherwise might
have been prolonged to an indefinite time,—for Ethelyn did
not believe in the maxim, “Early to bed and early to rise,”
and always begged for a little more indulgence, even after
the brown eyes unclosed and flashed forth a responsive
greeting to the motherly face bending above them.

This morning, however, it was not needful that Aunt Barbara
should waken her, for long before the robin sang, or
the white-fringed curtain had been pushed aside from Aunt
Barbara's window, Ethelyn was awake, and the brown eyes,
which had in them a strange expression for a bride's eyes to
wear, had scanned the eastern horizon wistfully, ay, drearily
it may be, to see if it were morning; and when the clock in

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

the kitchen struck four, the quivering lip had whispered,—
oh, so sadly,—“Sixteen hours more, only sixteen!” and with
a little shiver the bed-clothes had been drawn more closely
around the plump shoulders, and the troubled face had
nestled down among the pillows to smother the sigh which
never ought to have come from a maiden's lips upon her
wedding-day. The chamber of the bride-elect was a pleasant
one, large and airy and high, with windows looking out
upon the Chicopee hills, and from which Ethelyn had many
a time watched the fading of the purplish twilight as, girl-like,
she speculated upon the future and wondered what it
might have in store for her. One leaf of the great book
had been turned and lay open to her view, but she shrank
away from what was written there, and wished so much
that the record were otherwise. Upon the walls of Ethelyn's
chamber many pictures were hung, some in water-colors,
which she had done herself in the happy school days
which now seemed so far away, and some in oil, mementos
also of those days. Pictures, too, there were of people, one
of dear Aunt Barbara, whose kindly face was the first to
smile on Ethelyn when she woke, and whose patient, watchful
eyes seemed to keep guard over her while she slept.
Besides Aunt Barbara's picture there was another one, a
fair, boyish face, with a look not wholly unlike Ethelyn
herself, save that it lacked the firmness and decision which
were so apparent in the proud curve of her lip and the flash
of her brown eyes. Fair-haired and blue-eyed, with something
feminine in every feature, it seemed preposterous that
the original could ever have made a young girl's heart ache
as Ethelyn Grant's was aching that June morning, when,
taking the small oval-framed picture from the wall, she
kissed it passionately, and then thrust it away into the

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

bureau drawer, which held other relics than the oval frame.
It was, in fact, the grave of Ethelyn's buried hopes,—the
tomb she had sworn never to unlock again; but now, as her
fingers lingered a moment amid the mementos of the years
when, in her girlish ignorance, she had been so happy, she
felt her resolution giving way, and sitting down upon the
floor, with her long hair unfastened and falling loosely
about her, she bowed her head over these buried treasures,
and dropped into their grave the bitterest tears she had
ever shed. Then, as there swept over her some better impulse,
whispering of the wrong she was doing to her promised
husband, she said:

“I will not leave them here to madden me again some
other day. I will burn them, every one.”

There were matches within her reach, while the little
fire-place was not far away, and, sitting just where she was,
Ethelyn Grant burned, one after another, letters and notes,
some directed in school-boy style, and others showing a
manlier hand, as the dates grew more recent, and the envelopes
bore a more modern and fashionable look. Over
one Ethelyn lingered a moment, her eyes growing dark
with passion, and her lips twitching nervously as she read:

Boston, April —.

Dear Ethie—I reckon mother is right, after all. She
generally is, you know, so we may as well be resigned,
and believe it wicked for cousins to marry each other.
Of course I can never like Nettie as I have liked you, and
I feel a twinge every time I remember the dear old times.
But what must be must, and there's no use fretting. Do
you remember old Colonel Markham's nephew, from out
West,—the one who wore the short pants and the rusty

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

crape on his hat when he visited his uncle in Chicopee,
some years ago? I mean the chap who helped you over
the fence the time you stole the colonel's apples. He has
become a member of Congress, and quite a big gun for the
West; so, at least, mother thinks. He called on her to-day
with a message from Mrs. Woodhull, but I did not see
him. He goes up to Chicopee to-morrow, I believe. He
is looking for a wife, they say, and mother thinks it would
be a good match for you, as you could go to Washington
next winter and queen it over them all. But don't, Ethie,
don't, for thunder's sake! It fairly makes me faint to
think of you belonging to another, even though you may
never belong to me.—Yours always,

Frank.

There was a dark, defiant look in Ethelyn's face as she
applied the match to this letter, and then watched it
blacken and crisp upon the hearth. How well she remembered
the day when she received it,—the dark, dismal
April day, when the rain, which dropped so fast from the
leaden clouds, seemed weeping for her, who could not weep
then, so complete was her humiliation, so utter her desolation.
That was not quite three months ago, and so much
had happened since then as the result of that M. C.'s visit
to Chicopee. He was there again this morning, an inmate
of the great yellow house, with the old-fashioned brass
knocker; and, by putting aside her curtain, Ethelyn could
see the very window of the chamber where he slept. But
Ethelyn had other matters in hand, and if she thought at
all of that window, whose shutters were rarely opened except
when Colonel Markham had, as now, an honored
guest, it was with a faint shudder of terror; and she went
on destroying mementos which were only a mockery of

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

the past. One little note, the first ever received from
Frank, after a memorable morning in the huckleberry hills,
she could not burn. It was only a line, and, if read by a
stranger, would convey no particular meaning; so she laid
it aside with the lock of light, soft hair which clung to her
fingers with a kind of caressing touch, and brought to her
hot eyelids a mist which cooled their feverish heat. And
now nothing remained of the treasures but a tiny tortoise
shell box, where, in its bed of pink cotton, lay a little ring
with “Ethie” marked upon it. It was too small for the
finger it once encircled, for Ethie was but a child when
first she wore it. Her hands were larger now, and it would
not pass the second joint of her finger, though she exerted
all her strength to push it on, taking a kind of savage delight
in the pain it caused her, and feeling that she was
revenging herself on some one, she hardly knew or cared
whom. At last, with a quick jerking motion she drew it
off, and covering her face with her hands, moaned bitterly.

“It hurts! it hurts! just as the bonds hurt which are
closing around my heart. Oh! Frank, it was cruel to
serve me so.”

There was a step in the hall below. Aunt Barbara was
coming to waken Ethelyn, and, with a spring, the young
girl bounded to her feet, swept her hand across her face,
and, shedding back from her forehead her wealth of bright,
brown hair, laughingly confronted the good woman, who,
in the same breath, expressed her surprise that her niece
was up once without being called, and her wonder at the
peculiar odor pervading the apartment.

“Smells as if all the old newspapers in the barrel up
garret had been burnt at once,” she said; but the fire-place,
which lay in shadow, told no tales, and Aunt Barbara

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

never suspected the pain tugging at the heart of the girl,
whose cheeks glowed with an unnatural red as she dashed
the water over neck and arms and face, playfully plashing
a few large drops upon her aunt's white apron, and asking
if there was not an old adage, “Blessed is the bride the
sun shines on.” “If so, I must be greatly blessed,” she
said, pushing open the eastern shutter, and letting in a
flood of yellow sunlight.

“The day bids fair to be hot and sultry. I hope it will
grow cool by evening. A crowded party is so terrible
when one feels heated and uncomfortable, and the millers
and horn-bugs come in so thickly, and I always get so red
in the face. Please, auntie, you twist up my hair in a flat
knot,—no matter how. I don't seem to have any strength
in my arms this morning, and my head is all in a whirl.
It must be the weather,” and, with a long, panting breath,
Ethelyn sank, half fainting, into a chair, while her frightened
aunt ran for water, and camphor, and cologne, hoping
Ethelyn was not coming down with fever, or any other dire
complaint, on her wedding-day.

“It is the weather, most likely, and the amount of sewing
you've done these last few weeks,” said Aunt Barbara;
and Ethelyn suffered her to think so, though she herself
had a far different theory with regard to that almost fainting-fit,
which served as an excuse for her unusual pallor,
and her want of appetite, even for the flaky rolls, and the
delicious strawberries, and thick, yellow cream which Aunt
Barbara put before her.

She was not hungry, she said, as she turned over the
berries with her spoon, and pecked at the snowy rolls.
By and by she might want something, perhaps, and then
Betty would make her a slice of toast to stay her stomach

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

till the late dinner they were to have on Aunt Van Buren's
account,—that lady always professing to be greatly shocked
at the early dinners in Chicopee, and generally managing,
during her visits there, to change entirely the ways and
customs of Aunt Barbara Bigelow's well-ordered household.

“I wish she was not coming, or anybody else. Getting
married is a bore!” Ethelyn exclaimed, while Aunt Barbara
looked curiously at her, wondering, for the first time, if the
girl's heart were really in this marriage, which for weeks
had been agitating the feminine portion of Chicopee, and
for which so great preparations had been made.

Wholly honest, and truthful, and sincere herself, Aunt
Barbara seldom suspected wrong in others; and so when
Ethelyn, one April night, after a drive around the road
which encircles Pordunk Pond, came to her and said,
“Congratulate me, auntie, I am to be Mrs. Judge Markham,”
she had believed all was well, and that as sister
Sophie Van Buren, of Boston, had so often averred, there
was not, nor ever had been, anything serious between
dandyish Frank, Mrs. Van Buren's only son, who parted
his curly hair in the middle, and the high-spirited,
impulsive Ethelyn, whose eyes shone like stars as she told
of her engagement, and whose hand was icy cold as she held
it up in the lamp-light to show the large diamond which
flashed from the fourth finger as proof of what she said.
The stone itself was a very fine one, but the setting was
old, so old that a connoisseur in such matters might wonder
why Judge Markham had chosen such a ring as the
seal of his betrothal. Ethelyn knew why, and the softest,
kindliest feeling she had experienced for her promised husband
was awakened when he told her of the fair young

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

sister whose pet-name was Daisy, and who for many years
had slept on the western prairie beneath the blossoms whose
name she bore. This young girl, loving God with all her
heart and soul, loved, too, all the beautiful things He had
made, and rejoiced in them as so much given her to enjoy.
Brought up in the far West, where the tastes of the people
were then simpler than those of our eastern neighbors, it
was strange, he said, how strong a passion she possessed for
gems and precious stones, especially the diamond. To
have for her own a ring like one she once saw upon a grand
Chicago lady was her great ambition, and knowing this the
brother carefully hoarded his earnings, until enough was
saved to buy the coveted ring, which he brought to his young
sister on her fourteenth birthday. But death even then
had cast its shadow around her, and the slender fingers
soon grew too small for the ring, which she nevertheless kept
constantly by her, admiring its brilliancy, and flashing it in
the sunlight for the sake of the rainbow hues it gave. And
when, at last, she lay dying in her brother's arms, with her
golden head upon his breast, she had given back the ring,
and said, “I am going, Richard, where there are far more
beautiful things than this, `for eye hath not seen, neither
hath it entered into the heart of man, the things prepared
for those who love Him,' and I do love Him, brother, and
feel His arms around me now as sensibly as I feel yours. His
will stay after yours are removed, and I am done with
earth; but keep the ring, brother Dick, and when in after
years you love some pure young girl as well as you love
me, only differently,—some girl who will prize such things,
and is worthy of it,—give it to her, and tell her it was Daisy's;
tell her of me, and that I bade her love you as you deserve
to be loved.”

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

All this Richard Markham had told to Ethelyn as they
stood for a few minutes upon the beach of the pond, with
its waters breaking softly upon the sands at their feet, and
the young spring moon shining down upon them like
Daisy's eyes, as the brother described them when they last
looked on him. There was a picture of Daisy in their best
room at home, an oil-painting made by a travelling artist,
Richard said, and some day Ethelyn would see it, for she
had promised to be his wife, and the engagement-ring,—
Daisy's ring,—was on her finger, sparkling in the moonbeams,
just as it used to sparkle when the dead girl held it
in the light. It was a superb diamond. Even Frank, with
all his fastidiousness, would admit that, Ethelyn thought,
her mind more, alas! on Frank and his opinion than on
what her lover was saying to her of his believing that she
was pure and good as Daisy could have desired, that Daisy
would approve his choice, if she only knew, as perhaps she
did. He could not help feeling that she was there with
them, looking into their hearts,—that the silvery light resting
so calmly on the water was the halo of her invisible
presence blessing their betrothal. This was a good deal for
Richard Markham to say, for he was not given to poetry,
or sentiment, or imagery; but Ethelyn's face and Ethelyn's
eyes had played strange antics with the staid, matter-of-fact
man of Western Iowa, and stirred his blood as it had
never been stirred before. He did fancy that his angelsister
was there; but when he said so to Ethelyn, she
started with a shiver, and asked to be driven home, for she
did not care to have even dead eyes looking into her heart,
where the fires of passion were surging and swelling like
some hidden volcano struggling to be free. She knew
she was doing wrong,—knew she was not the pure maiden

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

whom Daisy would have chosen,—was not worthy to be
the bride of Daisy's brother; but she must do something
or die, and as she did not dare to die, she pledged her hand
with no heart in it, and hushing the voice of conscience
clamoring so loudly against what she was doing, walked
back across the yellow sand, beneath the spring moonlight,
to where the carriage waited, and, in comparative silence,
was driven to Aunt Barbara's gate.

This was the history of the ring, and here, as well as
elsewhere, we may tell Ethelyn's history up to the time
when, on her bridal-day, she sat with Aunt Barbara at the
breakfast-table, idly playing with her spoon and occasionally
sipping the fragrant coffee. The child of Aunt Barbara's
half-sister, she inherited none of the Bigelow estate
which had come to the two daughters, Aunt Barbara and
Aunt Sophia, from their mother's family. But the Bigelow
blood of which Aunt Sophie Van Buren was so proud was
in her veins, and so to this aunt she was an object of interest,
and even value, though not enough to warrant that
lady in taking her for her own when, sixteen years before
our story opens, her mother, Mrs. Julia Bigelow Grant, had
died. This task devolved on Aunt Barbara, whose great
motherly heart opened at once to the little orphan who had
never felt a mother's loss, so faithful and true had Aunt
Barbara been to her trust. Partly because she did not
wish to seem more selfish than her sister, and partly because
she really liked the bright, handsome child who made
Aunt Barbara's home so cheery, Mrs. Dr. Van Buren of
Boston insisted upon superintending Ethelyn's education;
and so, when only twelve years of age, Ethelyn was taken
from the old brick house under the elms, which Mrs. Dr.
Van Buren of Boston despised as the “district school

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

where Tom, Dick, and Harry congregated,” and transplanted
to the highly select and very expensive school
taught by Madame Hernandez, in plain sight of Beacon
street and Boston Common. And so, as Ethelyn increased
in stature, she grew also in wisdom and knowledge, both of
books and manners, and the style of the great world around
her. Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's house was the resort both of
the fashionable and literary people, with a sprinkling of the
religious, for the great lady affected everything which could
affect her interest. Naturally generous, her name was conspicuous
on all subscription-lists and charitable associations,
while the lady herself owned a pew in Trinity Church,
where she was a regular attendant together with her only
son Frank, who was taught to kneel and respond in the
right places and bow in the creed, and then after church
required to give a synopsis of the sermon, by way of proving
that his mind had not been running off after the dancing-school
he attended during the week, under his mother's
watchful supervision. Mrs. Van Buren meant to be a
model mother, and bring up her boy a model man, and so
she gave him every possible advantage of books and teachers,
while far in the future floated the possibility that she
might some day reign at the White House, not as the
President's wife,—this could not be, she knew, for the man
who had made her Mrs. Dr. Van Buren of Boston slept in
the shadow of a very tall monument out at Mount Auburn,
and the turf was growing fresh and green over his head.
So if she went to Washington, as she fondly hoped she
might, it would be as the President's mother; but when
examination after examination found Frank at the foot of
his class, and teacher after teacher said he could not learn,
she gave up the Presidential chair, and contenting herself

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

with a seat in Congress, asked that great pains should be
taken to bring out the talent for debate and speech-making
which she was sure Frank possessed; but when even this
failed, and nineteen times out of twenty Frank could get no
farther than “My name is Norval, on the Grampian Hills,”
she yielded the M. C. too, and set herself to make him a
gentleman, polished, refined, and cultivated,—one, in short,
who was au fait with all that fashionable society required;
and here she succeeded better. Frank was perfectly at
home on the dancing-floor or in the saloons of gayety, or the
establishment of a fashionable tailor; so that when Ethelyn,
at twelve, went down to Boston, she found her tall, slender,
light-haired cousin of eighteen a perfect dandy, with a capability
and a disposition to criticise and laugh at whatever
there was of gaucherie in her country manners and country
dress. In some things the two were of mutual benefit to each
other. Ethelyn, who could conquer any lesson, however
difficult, helped the thick-headed, indolent Frank in his
studies, translating his hard passages in Virgil, working out
his problems in mathematics, and even writing, or at least
revising and correcting his compositions, while he in return
gave her lessons in etiquette as practised by the Boston
girls, teaching her how to dance gracefully, so he would
not be ashamed to introduce her as his cousin at the children's
parties which they attended together. It was not
strange that Frank Van Buren should admire a girl as bright
and piquant and pretty as his cousin Ethelyn, but it was
strange that she should idolize him, bearing patiently with
all his criticisms, trying hard to please him, and feeling
more than repaid for her exertions by a word of praise or
commendation from her exacting teacher, who, viewing her
at first as a poor relation, was inclined to be exacting, if

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

not overbearing, in his demands. But as time passed on
all this was changed, and the well-developed girl of fifteen,
whom so many noticed and admired, would no longer be
patronized by the young man Frank, who, finding himself
in danger of being snubbed, as he termed Ethelyn's grand
way of putting him down, suddenly awoke to the fact that
he loved his high-spirited cousin, and he told her so one
hazy August day, when they were in Chicopee, and had
wandered up to a ledge of rocks in the huckleberry hills
which overlooked the town.

“They might as well make a sure thing of it,” he said,
in his off-hand way. “If she liked him and he liked her,
they would clinch the bargain at once, even if they were so
young.” And so, when they went down the hill back to the
shadow of the elm trees, where Mrs. Dr. Van Buren sat
cooling herself and reading “Vanity Fair,” there was a tiny
ring on Ethelyn's finger, and she had pledged herself to be
Frank's wife some day in the future.

Frank had promised to tell his mother, for Ethelyn
would have no concealment; and so, holding up her hand
and pointing to the ring, he said, more in jest than earnest,

“Look, mother, Ethie and I are engaged. If you have
any objections, state them now, or ever after hold your
peace.”

He did not think proper to explain either to his mother
or Ethie that this was his second serious entanglement, and
that the ring had been bought for a pretty milliner girl, at
least six years his senior, whose acquaintance he had made
at Nahant the summer previous, and whom he had forgotten
when he learned that to her taste his mother was indebted
for the stylish bonnet she sported every season.
Frank generally had some love affair in hand,—it was a part

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

of his nature; and as he was not always careful in his
choice, his mother had occasionally felt a twinge of fear
lest, after all her care, some terrible mesalliance should be
thrust upon her by her susceptible son. So she listened
graciously to the news of his betrothal,—nay, she was
pleased with it, as, for the time being, it would divert his
mind and keep him out of mischief. That he would eventually
marry Ethelyn was impossible, for his bride must be
rich; but Ethelyn answered the purpose now, and could
easily be disposed of when necessary. So the scheming
woman smiled, and said “it was not well for cousins to
marry; that even if it were, they were both too young to
know their minds, and would do well to keep their engagement
a secret for a time,” and then returned to Becky
Sharpe, while Frank went to sleep upon the lounge, and
Ethelyn stole off up stairs to dream over her happiness,
which was as real to her as such a thing could well be to
an impulsive, womanly girl of fifteen summers. She, at
least, was in earnest, and as time passed on Frank seemed to
be in earnest too, and devoted himself wholly to his cousin,
whose influence over him was so great that he was fast becoming
what Aunt Barbara called a man, while his mother
began again to have visions of a seat in Congress, and
brilliant speeches, which would find their way to Boston and
be read and admired in the circles in which she moved.

And so the days and years wore on, until Frank was a
man of twenty-four,—a third-rate practitioner, whose
sign, “Frank Van Buren, Attorney-at-law,” &c., looked
very fresh and respectable in front of the office on Washington
street, and Frank himself began to have thoughts
of claiming Ethelyn's promise and having a home of his
own. He would not live with his mother, he said; it was

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

better for young people to be alone. From some things
he had discovered in his bride-elect, he had an uneasy feeling
that possibly the brown of Ethelyn's eyes might not
wholly harmonize with the gray of his mother's, “for
Ethie was spunky as the old Nick,” he argued with himself,
while “for perversity and self-conceit his mother could
not be beaten.” It was better they should keep up two
households, his mother seeing to both, and, if need be,
supplying the wants of both. To do Frank justice, he had
some very correct notions with regard to domestic happiness,
and had he been poor and dependent upon his own
exertions he might have made an average husband; at least
he would have gotten on well with Ethelyn, whose stronger
nature would have upheld his, and been like a supporting
prop to a feeble timber. As it was, he drew many pleasing
pictures of the home which was to be his and Ethie's.
Now it was in the city, near to his mother's, and Mrs. Gen.
Tophevie, his mother's intimate friend, whose house was
the open sesame to the crême de la crême of Boston society;
but oftener it was a rose-embowered cottage, of easy
access to the city, where he could have Ethie all to himself
when his day's labor was over, and where the skies would
not be brighter than Ethie's eyes as she welcomed him
home at night, leaning over the gate in the pale buff muslin
he liked so much, with the rosebuds in her hair. He
had seen her thus so often in fancy, that the picture had
become a reality, and refused to be erased at once from the
mental canvas, when, in January, Miss Nettie Hudson, niece
to Mrs. General Tophevie, came from Philadelphia, and at
once took prestige of everything on the strength of the
one hundred thousand dollars of which she was sole
heiress. The Hudson blood was a mixture of blacksmith's

-- 026 --

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

and shoemaker's, and peddler's too, it was said; but that
was far back in the past. The Hudsons of the present day
scarcely knew whether peddler was spelled with two d's
or one. They bought their shoes at the most fashionable
shops, and could, if they chose, have their horses shod
with gold, and so the handsome Nettie reigned supreme as
belle. The moment Mrs. Dr. Van Buren saw her, she recognized
her daughter-in-law, the future Mrs. Frank, and
Ethie's fate was sealed. There had been times when Mrs.
Dr. Van Buren thought it possible that Ethelyn might,
after all, be that most favored of women, the wife of her
son. These times were at Saratoga, and Newport, and
Nahant, where Ethelyn Grant was greatly sought after, and
where the proud woman took pride in talking of “my
niece,” hinting once, when Ethelyn's star was at its height,
of a childish affaire du cœur between the young lady and
her son, and insinuating that it might yet amount to something.
She changed her mind when Nettie came with her
100,000 dollars, and showed a willingness to be admired
by Frank. That childish affaire du cœur was a very
childish affair indeed: she never gave it a moment's
thought herself,—she greatly doubted if Frank had ever
been in earnest, and if Ethelyn had led him into an entanglement,
she would not, of course, hold him to his
promise if he wished to be released. He must have a
rich wife to support him in his refined tastes and luxurious
habits, for her own fortune was not so great as many supposed.
She might need it all herself, as she was far from
being old; and then again it was wicked for cousins to
marry each other. It did not matter if the mothers were
only half sisters; there was the same blood in the veins
of each, and it would not do at all, even if Ethelyn's

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

affections were enlisted, which Mrs. Van Buren greatly
doubted.

This was what Mrs. Dr. Van Buren said to Ethelyn, after
a stormy interview with Frank, who had at first sworn
roundly that he would not give Ethie up, then had thanked
his mother not to meddle with his business, then bidden
her “go to thunder,” and finally, between a cry and a blubber,
said he should always like Ethie best if he married a
hundred Netties. This interview with Frank was in the
morning, and the afternoon train had carried Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren to Chicopee, where Ethelyn's glowing face flashed a
bright welcome when she came, but was white and pallid
as the face of a corpse when the voluminous skirts of Mrs.
Van Buren's poplin dress passed through the gate next
day, and disappeared in the direction of the depot. Aunt
Barbara was not at home,—she had gone to visit a friend in
Albany; and so Ethelyn met and fought with her pain
alone, stifling it as best she could, and succeeding so well
that Aunt Barbara, on her return, never suspected the
fierce storm which Ethelyn had passed through during her
absence, or dreamed how anxiously the young girl watched
and waited for some word from Frank which should say
that he was ready to defy his mother and abide by his first
promise. But no such letter came, and at last, when she
could bear the suspense no longer, Ethelyn wrote herself to
her recreant lover, asking if it were true that hereafter their
lives lay apart from each other. If such was his wish, she
was content, she said, and Frank Van Buren, who could
not detect the air of superb scorn which breathed in every
line of that letter, felt aggrieved that “Ethie was taking it
so easy,” and relieved, too, that with her he should have
no trouble, as he had anticipated. He was getting used to

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

Nettie, and getting to like her too, for her manner toward
him was far more agreeable than Ethie's brusque way of
manifesting her impatience at his lack of manliness. It
was inexplicable how Ethie could care for one so greatly
her inferior, both mentally and physically, but it would
seem that she loved him all the more for the very weakness
which made her nature a necessity of his, and the bitterest
pang she had ever felt came with the answer which Frank
sent back to her letter, and which the reader has seen.

It was all over now, settled, finished, and two days after
she hunted up Aunt Barbara's spectacles for her, and then
sat very quietly while the good lady read Aunt Sophie's
letter, announcing Frank's engagement with Miss Nettie
Hudson, of Philadelphia. Aunt Barbara knew of Ethelyn's
engagement with Frank, but like her sister, at the time of
its occurrence, she had esteemed it mere child's play.
Later, however, as she saw how they clung to each other,
she had thought it possible that something might come of
it, but as Ethelyn was wholly reticent on that subject, it
had never been mentioned between them. When, however,
the news of Frank's second engagement came, Aunt
Barbara looked over her spectacles straight at the girl, who,
for any sign she gave, might have been a block of marble,
so rigid was every muscle of her face, and so even the tone
of her voice, as she said,

“I am glad Aunt Sophie is suited. Frank will be pleased
with anything.”

“She does not care for him, and I am glad, for he is not
half smart enough for her,” was Aunt Barbara's mental
comment, as she laid the letter by for a second reading,
and then told her niece, as the last item of news, that old
Colonel Markham's nephew had come, and they were

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

making a great ado over him, now that he was Member of
Congress, and a Judge too. They had asked the Howells
and Grangers and Carters there to tea for the next day, she
said, adding that she and Ethelyn were also invited. “They
want to be polite to him,” Aunt Barbara continued; “but
for my part, if I was he, I should not care much for politeness
that comes so late. They never noticed his father
when he was living, and didn't wear mourning when he
died; and when this nephew was here, eight years ago, or
such a matter, they acted as if they were ashamed of him.
But titles make a difference. He's an Honorable now, and
the old Colonel is mighty proud of him.”

What Aunt Barbara had said was strictly true, for there
had been a time when proud old Colonel Markham ignored
the brother's family living on the far prairies of the West;
but when the eldest son, Richard, called for him, had be
come a growing man, as boys out West are apt to do,—rising
from Justice of the Peace to a member of the State
Legislature, then to a Judgeship, and finally to a seat in
Congress, and all before he was thirty-two,—the Colonel's
tactics changed, and a most cordial letter addressed to
“My very dear nephew,” and signed “Your affectionate
uncle,” was sent to Washington, urging a visit from the
young man ere he returned to Iowa.

And that was how Richard Markham, M.C., came to be
in Chicopee at the precise time when Ethelyn's heart was
bleeding at every pore, and she was ready to seize upon
any new excitement which could divert it from its pain.
She remembered well the time when he had once before
visited Chicopee. She was a little girl of ten, fleeing across
the meadow-land from a maddened cow, when a tall, athletic
young man had come to her rescue, standing between

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

her and danger, helping her over the fence, picking up the
apron full of apples which she had been purloining from
the Colonel's orchard, and even pinning together a huge rent
made in her dress by catching it upon a protruding splint
as she sprang to the ground. She was too much frightened
to know whether he had been wholly graceful in his endeavors
to serve her, and too thankful for her escape to
think that possibly her torn dress was the result of his
rather awkward handling. She remembered only the dark,
handsome face which bent so near to hers, the brown, curly
head actually bumping against her own, as he stooped to
gather the stolen apples. She remembered, too, the kindly
voice which asked if “her aunt would scold,” while the
large red hands pinned together the unsightly seam, and
she liked the Westerner, as the people of Chicopee called the
stranger who had recently come among them. Frank was
in Chicopee then, fishing on the river, when her mishap
occurred; and once after that, when walking with him, she
had met Richard Markham, who bowed modestly and
passed on, never taking his hands from the pockets where
they were planted so firmly, and never touching his hat, as
Frank said a gentleman would have done.

“Isn't he handsome?” Ethelyn had asked, and Frank
had answered, “Looks well enough, though anybody with
half an eye would know he was from out West. His pants
are a great deal too short; and look at his coat,—at least
three years behind the fashion; and such a hat, with that
rusty old band of crape around it. Wonder if he is in
mourning for his grandmother. Oh my! we boys would
hoot him in Boston. He's what I call a gawky.”

That settled it with Ethelyn. If Frank Van Buren,
whose pants, and coats, and neck-ties, and hats, were

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

always the latest make, said that Richard Markham was a
gawky, he was one, and henceforth, during his stay in
Chicopee, the Western young man was regarded by
Ethelyn with a feeling akin to pity for his benighted condition.
Aunt Barbara's pew was very near to Colonel
Markham's; and Richard, who was not much of a churchman,
and as often as any way lounged upon the faded
damask curtains instead of standing up, often met Ethelyn's
eyes fixed curiously upon him, but never dreamed that she
regarded him as a species of heathen, whom it would be a
pious act to Christianize. Richard rarely thought of himself
at all, or, if he did, it was with a feeling that he “was
well enough;” that if his mother and “the neighbors”
were satisfied with him, as he knew they were, he ought to
be satisfied with himself. So he had no suspicion of the
severe criticism passed upon him by the little girl who
read the service so womanly, he thought, eating caraway
and lozenges between times, and whose face he carried in
memory back to his prairie home.

But he forgot her in the excitement which followed,
when he began to grow rapidly, and we doubt if she had
been in his mind for years, until her name was mentioned
by Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, who saw in him a most eligible
match for her niece. He was well connected,—own nephew
to Colonel Markham, and first cousin to Mrs. Senator
Woodhull, of New York, who kept a suite of servants for
herself and husband, and had the finest turn-out in the
Park. Yes, he would do nicely for Ethelyn; and by way
of quieting her conscience, which kept whispering that she
had not been altogether just to her niece, Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren packed her trunk and took the train for Chicopee
the very day of Mrs. Colonel Markham's tea-party.

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

Ethelyn was going, and she looked very pretty in her
dark
green silk, with the bit of soft, rich lace at the throat
and the scarlet ribbon in her hair. She was not dressed
for effect. She cared very little, in fact, what impression
she made upon the Western Judge, though she did wonder
if, as a Judge, he was much improved from the young man
whom Frank had called a “gawky.” He was standing
with his elbow upon the mantel, talking to Susie Granger,
when Ethelyn entered Mrs. Markham's parlor; one foot
was carelessly crossed over the other, so that only the toe
of the boot touched the carpet, while his hand grasped his
handkerchief rather awkwardly. He was not at ease with
the ladies; he had never been very much accustomed to
their society. He did not know what to say to them, and
Susie's saucy black eyes and sprightly manner evidently
embarrassed and abashed him. That vocabulary of small
talk so prevalent in society, and a limited knowledge of
which is rather necessary to one's getting on well with everybody,
was unknown to him, and he was casting about for
some way of escape from his companion, when Ethelyn
was introduced, and his mind went back to the stolen apples,
and the torn dress which he had pinned together.

Judge Markham was a tall, finely formed man, with deep
hazel eyes, which could be very stern or very soft just as
his mood happened to be. But the chief attraction of his
face was his smile, which changed his entire expression,
making him very handsome, as Ethelyn thought, when he
stood for a moment holding her hand between both his
broad palms, and chatting familiarly with her as with an
old acquaintance. He could talk to her better than to
Susie Granger, for Ethie, though neither very deep nor
learned, was fond of books and tolerably well versed in the

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

current literature of the day. Besides that, she had a
faculty of seeming to know more than she really did; and
so the impression left upon the Judge's mind, when the little
party was over and he was returning from escorting
Ethelyn to her door, was that Miss Grant was far superior
to any girl he had ever met since Daisy died, and like the
Judge in Whittier's “Maud Muller,” he whistled snatches
of an old love tune he had not whistled in years, as he went
slowly back to his uncle's, and thought strange thoughts
for him, the grave old bachelor who had said he should
never marry. He was not looking for a wife, as rumor intimated,
but he dreamed of Ethelyn Grant that night, and
called upon her the next day, and the next, until the villagers
began to gossip, and Mrs. Dr. Van Buren was in an
ecstacy of delight, talking openly of the delightful time her
niece would have in Washington the next winter, and predicting
for her a brilliant career as reigning belle, and even
hinting the possibility of her taking a house so as to entertain
her Boston friends.

And Ethelyn herself had many and varied feelings on the
subject, the strongest of which was a perverse desire to let
Frank know that she did not care, that her heart was not
broken by his desertion, and that there were those who
prized her even if he did not. She had criticised Judge
Markham very severely. She had weighed him in the
balance with Frank, and found him sadly wanting in all
those little points which she considered as marks of culture
and good breeding. He was not a ladies' man; he was
even worse than that, for he was sometimes positively rude
and ungentlemanly, as she thought, when he would open a
gate or a door and pass through it first himself instead of
holding it deferentially for her, as Frank would have done.

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

He did not know how to swing his cane, or touch his hat,
or even bow as Frank Van Buren did; while the cut of his
coat was at least two years behind the times, and he did not
seem to know it either. All these things Ethelyn wrote
against him; but the account was more than balanced by
the seat in Congress, the anticipated winter in Washington,
the great wealth he was said to possess, the high estimation
in which she knew he was held, and the keen pang
of disappointment from which she was suffering. This last
really did the most to turn the scale in Richard's favor, for,
like many a poor deluded girl, she fancied that marrying
was the surest way to forget a past which it was not pleasant
to remember. She respected Judge Markham highly, and
knew that in everything pertaining to a noble manhood he
was worth a dozen Franks, even if he never had been to dancing-school,
and did not obsequiously pick up the handkerchief
which she purposely dropped to see what he would do.
And so, when Aunt Sophie had gone back to the city, and
Judge Markham was about to return to his Western home,
she rode with him around the Pond, and when she came
back the dead Daisy's ring was upon her finger, and she
was a promised wife. A dozen times since then she had
been tempted to write to Richard Markham, asking to be
released from her engagement; for, bad as she has thus far
appeared to the reader, there were many noble traits in her
character, and she shrank from wronging the man of whom
she knew she was not worthy. But the deference paid her
as Mrs. Judge Markham elect, the delight of Aunt Sophie,
the approbation of Aunt Barbara, the letter of congratulation
sent her by Mrs. Senator Woodhull, Richard's cousin,
and more than all, Frank's discomfiture as evinced by the
complaining note he sent her after her engagement was

-- 035 --

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

announced, prevailed to keep her to her promise; and
the bridegroom, when he came in June to claim her
hand, little guessed how heavy was the heart of the
young girl who so passively suffered his caresses, but
whose lips never moved in response to the kiss he pressed
upon them.

She was very shy, he thought, more so than when he
saw her last; but he loved her just as well, and never suspected
that, when on the first evening of his arrival he sat
with his arm around her, wondering a little what made her
so silent, she was burning with mortification because the
coat he wore was the very same which she had criticised
last spring, hoping in her heart of hearts that long before
he came to her again it might find its proper place, either
in the sewing society or with some Jewish vendor of old
clothes. Yet here it was again, and her head was resting
against it, while her heart beat almost audibly, and her
voice was even petulant in its tone as she answered her
lover's questions. Ethelyn was making a terrible mistake,
and she knew it, and hated herself for her duplicity, and
vaguely hoped that something would happen to save her
from the fate she so much dreaded. But nothing did happen,
and it was now too late to retract. The bridal trousseau
had been prepared under Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's supervision,
the bridal guests had been bidden, the bridal tour
had been planned, the bridegroom had arrived, and she
would keep her word if she died in the attempt.

And so we find her on her bridal morning wishing nobody
was coming, and denouncing getting married “a
bore,” while good Aunt Barbara looked at her in surprise,
wondering if everything were right. In spite of her ill
humor, she was very handsome that morning in her white

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

cambric wrapper, with just a little color in her cheeks and
her heavy hair pushed back behind her ears and twisted
under the silken net. Ethelyn cared little for her looks,—
at least not then; by and by she might, when it was time
for Mrs. Dr. Van Buren to arrive with Frank and Nettie
Hudson, whom she had never seen. She should want to
look her very best then, but now it did not matter, even if
her bridegroom was distant not an eighth of a mile, and
would in all probability be coming in ere long. She wished
he would stay away,—she would rather not see him till night;
and she experienced a feeling of relief when, about nine
o'clock, Mrs. Markham's maid brought her a little note,
which read as follows:

Darling Ethie:—You must not think strange if I do
not come to you this morning, for I am suffering from one
of my blinding headaches, and can scarcely see to write
you this. I shall be better by night.

Yours, lovingly,
Richard Markham.

Ethelyn was sitting upon the piazza steps, arranging a
bouquet, when the note was brought to her; and as it was
some trouble to put all the roses from her lap, she sent the
girl for a pencil, and on the back of the note wrote
hastily:

“It does not matter, as you would only be in the way,
and I have something of a headache too.

E. Grant.

“Take this to Judge Markham,” she said to the girl, and
then resumed her bouquet-making, wondering if ever bride-elect
were as wretched as herself, or if to any other maiden

-- 037 --

p597-042 [figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

of eighteen the world had ever looked so desolate and
dreary as it did to her this morning.

CHAPTER II. THE VAN BUREN SET.

COLONEL MARKHAM'S carryall, which Jake, the
hired man, had brushed up for the occasion, had
gone over to West Chicopee after the party from
Boston,—Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, with Frank and his betrothed,
Miss Nettie Hudson, from Philadelphia. Others had been
invited from the city, but one after another their regrets
had come to Ethelyn, who would gladly have excused the
entire set, Aunt Van Buren, Frank and all, though she confessed
to herself a great deal of curiosity with regard to
Miss Nettie, whom she had never seen; neither had she met
Frank since the dissolution of their engagement, for though
she had been in Boston, where most of her dresses were
made, Mrs. Dr. Van Buren had wisely arranged that Frank
should be absent from home. She was not willing to risk
a meeting between him and Ethelyn until matters were too
well adjusted to admit of a change, for Frank had more
than once shown signs of rebellion. He was in a more
quiescent state now, having made up his mind that what
could not be cured must be endured; and as he had not
sensibility enough to feel very keenly the awkwardness of
meeting Ethelyn under present circumstances, and as Miss
Nettie was really very fond of him, and he, after a fashion,

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

was fond of her, he was in the best of spirits when he stepped
from the train at West Chicopee and handed his
mother and Nettie into the spacious carryall, of which he
made fun as a country ark, while they rode slowly toward
Aunt Barbara Bigelow's.

Everything was in readiness for them. The large north
chamber was aired, and swept, and dusted, and only little
bars of light came through the closed shutters, and the room
looked very cool and nice with its fresh muslin curtains
looped back with blue, its carpet of the same cool shade,
its pretty chestnut furniture, its snow-bank of a bed, and the
tasteful bouquets which Ethelyn had arranged,—Ethelyn,
who lingered longer in this room than the other one across
the hall, the bridal chamber, where the ribbons which held
the curtains were white, and the polished marble of the
bureau and washstand sent a shiver through her veins
whenever she looked in there. She was in her own cozy
chamber now, and the silken hair, which in the early
morning had been twisted under her net, was bound in
heavy braids about her head, while a pearl comb held it in
its place, and a half-opened rose was fastened just behind
her ear. She had hesitated in her choice of a dress, vacillating
between a pale buff, which Frank had always admired,
and a delicate blue muslin, in which Judge Markham had
once said she looked so pretty. The blue had won the day,
for Ethelyn felt that she owed some concession to the man
whose kind note she had treated so cavalierly that morning,
and so she wore the blue for him, feeling glad of the faint,
sick feeling which kept the blood from rushing too hotly to
her face, and made her paler and fairer than her wont. She
knew she was very handsome when her toilet was made,
and that was one secret of the assurance with which she

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

went forward to meet Nettie Hudson when at last the
carryall stopped before the gate.

Mrs. Dr. Van Buren was tired, and hot, and dusty, and
as she was always a little cross when in this condition, she
merely kissed Ethelyn once, and, shaking hands with
Aunt Barbara, went directly to the north chamber, asking
that a cup of tea might be made for her dinner instead of
the coffee, whose fragrant odor met her olfactories as she
stepped into the house. First, however, she introduced
Miss Nettie, who, after glancing at Ethelyn, turned her
eyes wonderingly upon Frank, thinking his greeting of
his cousin rather more demonstrative than was exactly becoming,
even if they were cousins, and had been, as Mrs.
Dr. Van Buren affirmed, just like brother and sister.
That was no reason why Frank should have wound his
arm around her waist, and kept it there, while he kissed
her twice, and brought such a bright color to her cheeks.
Miss Nettie cared just enough for Frank Van Buren to be
jealous of him. She wanted all his attentions herself, and
so the little blonde was in something of a pet as she followed
on into the house, and twisted her hat-strings into a
hard knot, which Frank had to disentangle for her, just as he
had to kiss away the wrinkle which had gathered on her
forehead. She was a beautiful little creature, with a pleading,
helpless look in her large blue eyes which seemed to
be saying, “Look at me; speak to me, won't you?—notice
me a little.”

She was just the one to be made a tool of; and Ethelyn
readily saw that she had been as clay in Mrs. Van Buren's
skilful hands.

“Pretty, but decidedly a nonentity and a baby,” was
Ethelyn's mental comment, and she felt something like

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

contempt for Frank, who, after loving and leaning on her,
could so easily turn to weak little Nettie Hudson.

At the sight of Frank, and the sound of his voice, she
had felt all the olden feeling rushing back to her heart; but
when, after Nettie had followed Mrs. Van Buren to her
chamber, and she stood for a moment alone with him, he
felt constrained to say something, and stammered out,
“It's deuced mean, Ethie, to serve you so, and mother
ought to be indicted. I hope you don't care much,” all
her pride and womanliness was roused, and she answered
promptly, “Of course I don't care; do you think I would
marry Judge Markham if I were not all over that childish
affair? You have not seen him yet. He is a splendid
man.”

Ethelyn felt better after paying this tribute to Richard
Markham, and she liked him better, too, now that she had
spoken for him, but Frank's reply, “Yes, mother told me
so, but said there was a good deal of your Westernism about
him yet,” jarred on her feelings as she plucked the roses
growing at the end of the piazza and crushed them, thorns
and all, in her hands, feeling the smart less than the dull,
heavy throbbing at her heart. Frank did not seem to her
just as he used to; he was the same polished dandy as of
old, and just as careful to perform every little act of gallantry,
but the something lacking which she had always
felt to a certain extent was more perceptible now, and to
herself she accused him of having degenerated since he
had passed from her influence. She never dreamed
of charging it to her interviews with Judge Markham,
whose topics of conversation were so widely different from
Frank's. She was not generous enough then to concede
anything in his favor, though she felt glad that Frank was

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

not quite the same he had been,—it would make the evening
trial before her easier to bear; and Ethelyn's eyes were
brighter and her smiles more frequent as she sat down to
dinner and answered Mrs. Van Buren's question, “Where
is the Judge that he does not dine with us?”

“Sick, is he?” Mrs. Van Buren said when told of his
headache, while Frank remarked, “Sick of his bargain,
maybe,” laughing loudly at his own joke, while the others
laughed in unison; and so the dinner passed off without
that stiffness which Ethelyn had so much dreaded.

After it was over, Mrs. Dr. Van Buren felt better, and
began to talk of the “Judge,” and to ask if Ethelyn knew
whether they would board or keep house in Washington
the coming winter? Ethelyn did not know. She had
never mentioned Washington to Richard Markham, and he
had never guessed how much that prospective season at the
Capital had to do with her decision. That it would be
hers to enjoy she had no shadow of doubt, but as she felt
then she did not particularly care to keep up a household
for the sake of entertaining her aunt, and possibly Frank
and wife, so she replied that she presumed “they should
board, as it would be the short session,—if he was re-elected
they might consider the house.”

“There may be a still higher honor in store for him
than a re-election,” Mrs. Van Buren said, and then she proceeded
to speak of a letter which she had received from a
lady in Camden, who had once lived in Boston, and who
had written congratulating her old friend upon her niece's
good fortune. “There was no young man more popular
in that section of the country than Judge Markham,” she
said, “and there had been talk of nominating him for
Governor. Some, however, thought him too young, and

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

so they were waiting for a few years, when he would undoubtedly
be elected to the highest office in the State.”

This piece of intelligence had greatly increased Mrs. Van
Buren's respect for the lady-elect of Iowa's future Governor,
and she gave the item of news with a great deal of satisfaction,
but did not tell that her correspondent had added,
“It is a pity, though, that he does not know more of the
usages of good society. Ethelyn is so refined and sensitive
that she will be often shocked, no doubt, with the manners
of her husband and his family.”

This clause had troubled Mrs. Dr. Van Buren. She
liked Ethelyn, and now that she was out of Frank's way
she liked her very much, and would do a good deal to serve
her. She did not wish her to be unhappy, as she feared
she might be, from sundry rumors which had reached her
concerning that home out West, whither she was going.
So, when, after dinner, they were alone for a few moments,
she endeavored to impress upon her niece the importance
of having an establishment of her own as soon as possible.

“It was not well for sons' wives to live with the
mother,” she said. “She did not mean that Nettie
should live with her; and Ethelyn should at once insist
upon a separate home; then, if she should see any little
thing in her husband's manners which needed correcting,
she could do it so much better away from his mother. I
do not say that there is anything wrong in his manners,”
she continued, as she saw how painfully red Ethelyn was
getting, “but it is quite natural there should be, living
where he does. You cannot expect prairie people to be
as refined as Bostonians are; but you must polish him,
dear. You know how; you have had Frank for a model
so long; and even if he does not improve, people overlook

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

a great deal in a member of Congress, and will overlook
more in a Governor, so don't feel badly, darling,” and
Mrs. Van Buren kissed the poor girl before whom all
the dreary loneliness of the future had arisen like a
mountain, and whose heart even at that late hour would
have drawn back if possible.

But when, by way of soothing her, Mrs. Van Buren
talked of the winter in Washington, and the honors which
would always be accorded to her as the wife of an M.C.,
and then dwelt upon the possibility of her one day writing
herself the Governor's lady, Ethelyn's girlish ambition
was roused, and her vanity flattered, so that the chances
were that even Frank would have been put aside for the
future greatness, had he been offered to her then.

It was five o'clock in the afternoon, nearly time for the
bridal toilet to commence, and Mrs. Van Buren began to
wonder “why the Judge had not appeared.” He was better
of his headache and up and around, the maid had
reported when at four she brought over the remainder
of Mrs. Colonel Markham's silver, which had not been sent
in the morning, and then went back for extra napkins.
There was no need to tell Ethelyn that “he was up and
around,” for she had known it ever since a certain shutter
had been opened, and a man in his shirt-sleeves had appeared
before the window and thrown water from the
wash-bowl upon the lilac bushes below. Ethelyn knew
very well that old Mrs. Markham's servants were spoiled,
that her domestic arrangements were not of the best kind,
and that probably there was no receptacle for the dirty
water except the ground; but she did not consider this,
or reflect that aside from all other considerations the act
was wholly like a man; she only thought it like him,

-- 044 --

p597-049 [figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

Judge Markham, and feelings of shame and mortification,
such as no woman likes to entertain with regard to her husband,
began to rise and swell in her heart. In the excitement
of her toilet, however, she forgot everything, even the ceremony
for which she was dressing, and which came to her
with a shiver when a bridesmaid announced that Colonel
Markham's carriage had just left his yard with a gentleman
in it.

Judge Markham was on his way to his bridal.

CHAPTER III. RICHARD MARKHAM.

HE preferred to be called Richard by his friends and
Mr. Markham by strangers;—not that he was
insensible to the prestige which the title of Judge
or Hon. gave him, but he was a plain, matter-of-fact man,
who had not been lifted off from his balance, or grown
dizzy by the rapidity with which he had risen in public
favor. At home he was simply Dick to his three burly
brothers, who were so proud and fond of him, while his
practical, unpretending mother called him Richard, feeling,
however, that it was very proper for the neighbors to give
him the title of Judge. Of Mrs. Markham we shall have
occasion to speak hereafter, so now we will only say
that she saw no fault in her gifted son, and she was ready
to do battle with any one who should suggest the existence
of a fault. Richard's wishes had never been thwarted,
but rather deferred to by the entire family, and, as

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

a natural consequence, he had come to believe that his
habits and opinions were as nearly correct as they well
could be. He had never mingled much in society,—he was
not fond of it; and the “quilting bees,” and “sugar pulls,”
and “apple parings,” which had prevailed in his neighborhood,
were not at all to his taste. He greatly preferred his
books to the gayest of frolics, and thus he early earned for
himself the sobriquet of “the old bachelor who hated
girls;” all but Abigail Jones, whose black eyes and bright
red cheeks had proved too much for the grave, sober Richard.
His first act of gallantry was performed for her, and
even after he grew to be Judge his former companions
never wearied of telling how, on the occasion of his first
going home with the fair Abigail Jones from spelling school,
he had kept at a respectful distance from her, and when the
light from her father's window became visible he remarked
that “he guessed she would not be afraid to go the rest of
the way alone,” and abruptly bidding her good night, ran
back as fast as he could run. Whether this story were true
or not, he was very shy of the girls, though the dark-eyed
Abigail exerted over him so strong an influence that, at
the early age of twenty, he had asked her to be his wife,
and she had answered yes, while his mother sanctioned
the match, for she had known the Joneses in Vermont,
and knew them for honest, thrifty people, whose daughter
would make a faithful, economical wife for any man. But
death came to separate the lovers, and Abigail's cheeks
grew redder still, and her eyes were strangely bright as the
fever burned in her veins, until at last, when the Indian summer
sun was shining down upon the prairies, they buried
her one day beneath the late autumn flowers, and the almost
boy-widower wore upon his hat the band of crape which

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

Ethelyn remembered as looking so rusty when the year
following he came to Chicopee. Richard Markham believed
that he had loved Abigail truly when she died, but
he knew now that she was not the one he would have
chosen in his mature manhood. She was suitable for him,
perhaps, as he was when he lost her, but not as he was
now, and it was long since he had ceased to visit her grave,
or think of her with the feelings of sad regret which used
to come over him when, at night, he lay awake listening to
the moaning of the wind as it swept over the prairies, or
watching the glittering stars, and wondering if she had
found a home beyond them with Daisy, his only sister.
There was nothing false about Richard Markham, and
when he stood with Ethelyn upon the shore of Pordunk
Pond, and asked her to be his wife, he told her of Abigail
Jones, who had been two years older than himself, and to
whom he was once engaged.

“But I did not give her Daisy's ring,” he said; and he
spoke very reverently as he continued: “Abigail was a good,
sensible girl, and even if she hears what I am saying she
will pardon me when I tell you that it did not seem to me
that diamonds were befitting such as she; Daisy, I am
sure, had a different kind of person in view when she made
me keep the ring for the maiden who would prize such
things, and who was worthy of it. Abigail was worthy,
but there was not a fitness in giving it to her, neither would
she have prized it; so I kept it in its little box with a curl
of Daisy's hair. Had she become my wife, I might eventually
have given it to her, but she died, and it was well.
She would not have satisfied me now, and I should—”

He was going to add, “should not have been what I
am,” but that would have savored too much of pride and

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

possibly of disrespect for the dead; so he checked himself,
and while his rare, pleasant smile broke all over his beaming
face, and his hazel eyes grew soft and tender in their
expression, he said: “You, Ethelyn, seem to me the one
Daisy would have chosen for a sister. You are quiet, and
gentle, and pure like her, and I am glad of the Providence
which led me to Chicopee. They said I was looking for
a wife, but I had no such idea. I never thought to marry
until I met you that afternoon when you wore the pretty
delaine, with the red ribbon in your hair. Do you remember
it, Ethelyn?”

Ethelyn did not answer him at once. She was looking
far off upon the water, where the moonlight lay sleeping,
and revolving in her mind the expediency of being equally
truthful with her future husband, and saying to him, “I,
too, have loved, and been promised to another.” She knew
she ought to tell him this, and she would, perhaps, have
done so, for Ethie meant to be honest, and her heart was
touched and softened by Richard's tender love for his
sister; but when he was so unfortunate as to call the green
silk which Madame Beaumont, in Boston, had made, a
pretty delaine, and her scarlet velvet band a “red ribbon,”
her heart hardened, and her secret remained untold, while
her proud lip half curled in scorn at the thought of Abigail
Jones, who once stood perhaps as she was standing, with
her hand on Richard Markham's and the kiss of betrothal
wet upon her forehead. Ah! Ethie, there was this difference:
Abigail had kissed her lover back, and her great,
black eyes had looked straight into his with an eager,
blissful joy, as she promised to be his wife, and when he
wound his arm around her, she had leaned up to the bashful
youth, encouraging his caresses, while you gave back no

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

answering caress, and shook lightly off the arm laid across
your neck. Possibly Richard thought of the difference,
but if he did he imputed Ethelyn's cold passiveness to her
modest retiring nature, so different from Abigail's. It
was hardly fair to compare the two girls, they were so
wholly unlike; for Abigail had been a plain, simple-hearted,
buxom, country girl, whose world was all contained within
the limits of the neighborhood where she lived, while
Ethie was a high-spirited, petted, impulsive creature, knowing
but little of such people as Abigail Jones, and wholly
unfitted to cope with any world outside that to which she
had been accustomed. But love is blind, and so was
Richard; for with his whole heart he did love Ethelyn
Grant, and, notwithstanding his habits of thirty years, she
could then have moulded him to her will, had she tried, by
the simple process of love. But alas! there was no answering
throb in her heart when she felt the touch of his hand
or his breath upon her cheek. She was only conscious of
a desire to avoid his caress, if possible, while, as the days
went by, she felt a growing disgust for “Abigail Jones,”
whose family, she gathered from her lover, lived near to and
were quite familiar with his mother.

In happy ignorance of her real feelings, so well did she
dissemble them, and so proper and ladylike was her deportment,
Richard bade her good-by early in May and went back
to his Western home, writing to her often, but not such
letters, it must be confessed, as were calculated to win a
maiden's heart, or keep it after it was won. If he was
awkward at love-making and only allowed himself to be
occasionally surprised into flashes of tenderness, he was
still more awkward in letter-writing; and Ethelyn always
indulged in a headache or in a fit of the blues after

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

receiving one of his short, practical letters, which gave but little
sign of the strong, deep affection he cherished for her.
Those were hard days for Ethelyn,—the days which intervened
between her lover's bidding her adieu and his return
to claim her hand,—and only her deeply wounded pride,
and her great desire for a change of scene and a winter in
Washington kept her from asking a release from the engagement
she knew never ought to have been. There was
some gratification in knowing that she was an object of
envy to Susie Graham and Anna Thorne and Carrie Bell,
either of whom would gladly have taken her place as bride-elect
of an M.C., while proud old Colonel Markham's frequent
mention of “my nephew in Congress, ahem!” and
Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's constant exultation over the “splendid
match,” helped to keep up the glamour of excitement, so
that her promise had never been revoked, and now he was
there to claim it. He had not gone at once to Miss
Bigelow's on his arrival in Chicopee, for the day was hot
and sultry, and he was very tired with his forty-eight hours'
constant travel; and so he had rested a while in his chamber,
which looked toward Ethelyn's, and then sat upon the
piazza with his uncle till the heat of the day was past,
and the round red moon was showing itself above the
eastern hills as the sun disappeared in the west. Then, in
his new linen coat, cut and made by Mrs. Jones, mother
to Abigail deceased, he had started for the dwelling of his
betrothed. Ethelyn had seen him as he came from the
depot in Colonel Markham's carriage, and her cheek had
crimsoned and then grown pale at sight of the ancient-looking
hair trunk swinging behind the carriage, all unconscious
of the indignation it was exciting, or of the vast difference
between itself and the two huge Saratoga trunks

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

standing in Aunt Barbara Bigelow's upper hall, and looking
so clean and nice in their fresh coverings. Poor Ethelyn!
That hair trunk, which had done its owner such good service
in his journeys to and from Washington, and which
the mother had packed with so much care, never dreaming
how very, very far it was behind the times, brought the hot
blood in torrents to her face, and made the white hands
clasp each other spasmodically, as she thought, “Had I
known of that hair trunk, I would certainly have told him
no.”

Even Abigail Jones faded into insignificance before this
indignity, and it was long before Ethelyn could recover her
composure or her pulse resume its regular beat. She was in
no haste to see him; but such is the inconsistency of perverse
girlhood that, because he delayed his coming, she felt
annoyed and piqued, and was half tempted to have a headache
and go to bed, and not see him at all. But he was coming
at last, linen coat and all; and Susie Graham, who had
stopped for a moment by the gate to speak with Ethelyn,
pronounced him “a magnificent looking fellow,” and said
to Ethelyn, “I should think you would feel so proud.”

Susie did not observe the linen coat, and, if she had, she
would have thought it a very sensible arrangement for a day
when the thermometer stood ninety-five degrees in the
shade; but Susie was not Boston-finished. She had been
educated at Mount Holyoke, which made a difference,
Ethelyn thought. Still, Susie's comment did much towards
reconciling her to the linen coat; and as Richard
Markham came up the street, she did feel a thrill of pride
and even pleasure, for he had a splendid figure and carried
himself like a prince, while his fine face beamed all over
with that joyous, happy expression which comes only from

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

a kind, true heart, as he drew near the house and caught
the flutter of a white robe through the open door. Ethelyn
was very pretty, in her cool, cambric dress, with a bunch
of sweet English violets in her hair; and at sight of her,
the man usually so grave, and quiet, and undemonstrative
with those of the opposite sex, felt all his reserve give way,
and there was a world of tenderness in his voice and a misty
look in his eye as he bent over her, giving her the second
kiss he had ever given to her, and asking, “How is my
darling to-night?”

She did not take his arm from her neck this time; he
had a right to keep it there, and she suffered the caress,
feeling no greater inconvenience than that his big hand
was very warm and pressed a little too hard upon her
shoulder. He spoke to her of the errand on which
he had come, and the great, warm hand pressed more
heavily as he said, “It seems to me a dream that in a few
days you will be my own Ethie, my wife, from whom I
need not be parted;” and then he spoke of his mother
and his three brothers, James and John and Anderson, or
Andy, as he was called. Each of these had sent kindly messages
to Richard's bride, the mother saying she should be
glad to have a daughter in her home, and the three brothers
promising to love their new sister so much as to make old
Dick
jealous, if possible. These messages “old Dick”
delivered; but he wisely refrained from telling how his
mother feared he had not chosen wisely,—that a young lady
with Boston notions was not the wife to make a Western
man very happy. Neither did he tell her of an interview
had with Mrs. Jones, who had always evinced a motherly
care over him since her daughter's death, and to whom he
had dutifully communicated the news of his intended

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

marriage. It was not what Mrs. Jones had expected. She
had watched Richard's upward progress with all the pride
of a mother-in-law, lamenting often to Mrs. Markham that
poor Abigail could not have lived to share his greatness;
and during the term of his judgeship, when he stayed
mostly in Camden, the county seat, she had, on the occasion
of her going to town with butter and eggs and chickens,
taken a mournful pleasure in perambulating the streets
and selecting the house where Abigail might perhaps have
resided, and where she could have had her cup of young
hyson after the fatigue of the day, instead of eating her dry
lunch of cheese and fried cakes in the rather comfortless depot
while waiting for the train. Richard's long-continued
bachelorhood had given her peculiar pleasure, inasmuch as it
betokened a continual remembrance of her daughter; and as
her youngest child, the blooming Melinda, who was as like the
departed Abigail as sisters ever are to each other, ripened
into womanhood, and the grave Richard spoke oftener to
her than to the other maidens of the village, she began to
speculate upon what might possibly be, and refused the
loan of her brass kettle to the neighbor whose husband did
not vote for Richard when he ran for member of Congress.
Melinda, too, had her little ambitions, her silent hopes and
aspirations, and even her vague longings for a winter in
Washington. As the Markham house and the Jones house
were distant from each other only half a mile, she was a
frequent visitor of Richard's mother, always assisting when
there was more work than usual on hand, and on the occasion
of Richard's first going to Washington she had ironed
his shirts and packed them in the hair trunk which had
called forth Ethelyn's ire. Though she did not remember
much about “Abby,” she knew that, had she lived, Richard

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

would have been her brother; and for some reason he seemed
to her just like one now, she said to Mrs. Markham, as she
hemmed his pocket handkerchiefs and worked his initials
in the corner with pink floss. Many times during Richard's
absence she visited Mrs. Markham, inquiring always after
“the Judge,” and making herself so agreeable and useful,
too, in clear-starching and doing up Mrs. Markham's caps, and
in giving receipts for sundry new and economical dishes, that
the good woman herself sometimes wondered if Richard
could do better than take the black-eyed Melinda; and
when he told her of Ethelyn Grant, she experienced a feeling
of disappointment and regret, doubting much if a Boston
girl, with Boston notions, would make her as happy as
the plainer Melinda, who knew all her ways. Something
of this she said to her son, omitting, of course, that portion
of her thoughts which referred to Melinda. With
Mrs. Jones, however, it was different. In her surprise and
disappointment she let fall some remarks which opened
Richard's eyes a little, and made him look at her half
amused and half sorry, as she “hoped the new bride would
not have many airs, and would put up with his mother's
ways.”

“You'll excuse me, Richard, for speaking so plain, but
you seem like my own boy, and I can't help it. Your
mother is the best and cleverest woman in the world, but
she has some peculiarities which a Boston girl may not
put up with, not being used to them as Melin—I mean,
as poor Abigail was.”

It was the first time it had occurred to Richard that
his mother had peculiarities, and even now he did not
know what they were. Taking her all in all, she was as
nearly perfect, he thought, as a woman well could be, and

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

on his way home from his interview with Mrs. Jones he pondered
in his mind what she could mean, and then wondered
if for the asking he could have taken Melinda Jones to
the fireside where he was going to install Ethelyn Grant.
There was a comical smile about his mouth as he thought
how little either Melinda or Abigail would suit him now;
and then, by way of making amends for what seemed disrespect
to the dead, he went round to the sunken grave
where Abigail had slept for so many years, and stood
again just where he had stood that day when he fancied the
light from his heart had gone out forever. But he could
not bring back the olden feeling, or wish that Abigail had
lived.

“She is happy now,—happier than I could have made
her. It is better as it is,” he said, as he walked away
to Daisy's grave, where his tears dropped just as they
always did when he stood by the sod which covered the
fairest, brightest, purest being he had ever known, except
his Ethie.

She was just as pure and gentle and good as blue-eyed
Daisy had been, and on the manly face turned so wistfully
to the eastward there was a world of love and tenderness
for the Ethie who, alas! did not deserve it then,
and to whom a few weeks later he gave his mother's kindly
message. Then, remembering what Mrs. Jones had said;
he felt in duty bound to add:

“Mother has some peculiarities, I believe,—most old
people have; but I trust to your good sense to humor
them as much as possible. She has had her own way a
long time; and though you will virtually be mistress of the
house, inasmuch as it belongs to me, it will be better for
mother to take the lead, as heretofore.”

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

There was a curl on Ethelyn's lip as she received her
first lesson with regard to her behavior as daughter-in-law;
but she made no reply, not even to ask what the peculiarities
were which she was to humor. She really did
not care what they were, as she fully intended having
an establishment of her own in the thriving village, just
half a mile from her husband's home. She should probably
spend a few weeks with Mrs. Markham senior, who
she fancied was a tall, stately woman, wearing heavy black
silk dresses and thread-lace caps on great occasions, and
having always on hand some fine lamb's-wool knitting
work when she sat in the parlor where Daisy's picture
hung. Ethelyn could not tell why it was that she always
saw Richard's mother thus, unless it were what Mrs. Col.
Markham once said with regard to her Western sister-in-law,
who had sent to Boston for a black silk which cost
three dollars per yard,—a great price for those days,—and
for two yards of handsome thread-lace, which she, the
Mrs. Colonel, had run all over the city to get, “John's
wife was so particular to have it just the pattern and
width she described in her letter.”

This was Richard's mother as Ethelyn saw her, while the
house on the prairie presented a very respectable appearance
to her mind's eye, being large and fashioned something after
the new house across the Common, which had a bay window
at the side, and a kind of cupola on the roof. It
would be quite possible to spend a few weeks comfortably
there, especially as she would have the Washington gayeties
in prospect; but in the spring, when, after a winter
of dissipation she returned to the prairies, she should go
to her own home, either in Olney or Camden; the latter,
perhaps, as Richard could as well live there as elsewhere.

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

This was Ethelyn's plan, but she kept it to herself, and
changing the conversation from Richard's mother and her
peculiarities, she talked instead of the places they were to
visit,—Quebec, and Montreal, the seaside and the mountains,
and lastly that great Babel of fashion, Saratoga, for
which place several of her dresses had been expressly made.

Ethelyn had planned this trip herself; and Richard,
though knowing how awfully he should be bored before the
summer was over, had assented to all that she proposed,
secretly hoping the while that the last days of August
would find him safe at home in Olney among his books,
his horses, and his farming pursuits. He was very tired
that night, and he did not tarry longer than ten, though a
word from Ethelyn would have kept him for hours at her
side, so intoxicated was he with her beauty, and so quiet
and happy he felt with her; but the word was not spoken,
and he left her standing on the piazza, where he could see
the gleaming of her white robes when he looked back, as
he more than once did ere reaching his uncle's door.

The next three days passed rapidly, bringing at last the
eventful one for which all others were made, it seemed to
him, as he looked out upon the early, dewy morning,
thinking how pleasant it was there in that quiet New
England town, and trying to fight back the unwelcome
headache which finally drove him to his bed, from which
he wrote the little note to Ethelyn, who might think
strange at his non-appearance, when he had been accustomed
to go to her immediately after breakfast. He never
dreamed of the relief it was to her not to have him come,
as he lay flushed and heated upon his pillow, the veins
upon his forehead swelling with their pressure of hot
blood, and his ear strained to catch the first sound of the

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

servant's returning steps. Ethelyn would either come herself
to see him, or send some cheering message, he was
sure. How, then, was he disappointed to find his own note
returned, with the assurance that “it did not matter, as he
would only be in the way.”

Several times he read it over, trying to extract some
comfort from it, and finding it at last in the fact that
Ethelyn had a headache too. This was the reason for her
seeming indifference; and in wishing himself able to go
to her, Richard forgot in part his own pain, and fell into a
quiet sleep, which did him untold good. It was three
o'clock when at last he rose, knowing pretty well all that
had been doing during the hours of his seclusion in the
darkened room. The “Van Buren set” he knew had come,
and he overheard Mrs. Markham's Esther saying to Aunt
Barbara's Betty, when she came for the silver cake-basket,
that “Mr. Frank seemed in mighty fine spirits, considering
all the flirtations he used to have with Miss Ethelyn.”

This was the first intimation Richard had received of a
flirtation, and even now it did not strike him unpleasantly.
Frank and Ethelyn were cousins, he reflected, and as
such had undoubtedly been very familiar with each other.
It was natural, and nothing for which he need care; and
he deliberately began to make his wedding toilet, thinking,
when it was completed, that he was looking unusually
well in the entire new suit which his cousin,
Mrs. Woodhull, had insisted upon his getting in New York,
when on his way home in April he had gone that way, and
told her of his approaching marriage. It was a splendid
suit, made after the most approved style, and costing a sum
which he had kept secret from his mother, who, nevertheless,
guessed somewhere near the truth, and thought the

-- 058 --

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

Olney tailor would have suited him quite as well at a quarter
the price, or even Mrs. Jones, who, having been a tailoress
when a young girl in Vermont, still kept up her profession
to a limited extent, retaining her “press-board” and
“goose,” and the mammoth shears which had cut Richard's
linen coat after a Chicago pattern of not the most
recent date. Richard thought very little about his personal
appearance, but he felt a glow of satisfaction now
as he contemplated himself in the glass, and felt only that
Ethelyn would be pleased to see him thus.

And Ethelyn was pleased. She had half expected the
old coat of she did not know how many years' make, and
there was a fierce pang of shame in her heart as she imagined
Frank's cool criticisms, and saw, in fancy, the contrast
between the two men. So when Judge Markham alighted
at the gate, and from her window she took in at a glance
his tout ensemble, the revulsion of feeling was so great that
the glad tears sprang to her eyes, and a brighter, happier
look broke over her face than had been there for many
weeks. She was not present when Frank was introduced
to him; but when next she met her cousin, he said to her,
in his usual off-hand way, “I say Ethie, he is pretty well
got up for a Westerner. But for his eyes and teeth I should
never have known him for the chap who wore the short
pants and stove-pipe hat with the butternut-colored crape.
Who was he in mourning for, anyway?”

It was too bad to be reminded of Abigail Jones, just as
she was beginning to feel more comfortable; but Ethelyn
bore it very well, and laughingly answered, “For his sweetheart,
I dare say,” her cheeks flushing very red as Frank
whispered slyly, “You are even, then, on that score.”

No man of any delicacy of feeling or true refinement

-- 059 --

p597-064 [figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

would have made this allusion to the past, with his first
love within a few hours of her bridal, and his own betrothed
standing near. But Frank had neither delicacy of feeling
nor genuine refinement, and he even felt a secret gratification
in seeing the blood mount to Ethelyn's cheeks as he
thus referred to the past.

CHAPTER IV. THE BRIDAL.

THERE was a great deal of sincere and tender interest
in Richard's manner when, in reply to his
inquiries for Ethelyn's headache, Aunt Barbara
told him of the almost fainting fit in the morning and her
belief that Ethelyn was not as strong this summer as she
used to be.

“The mountain air will do her good, I trust,” he said,
casting wistful glances up the stairs and toward the door
of the chamber, where girlish voices were heard, Nettie
Hudson and Susie Granger chatting gayly and uttering exclamations
of delight as they arranged and adjusted Ethelyn's
bridal robes.

Once during the period of his judgeship Richard had attended
a large and fashionable bridal party; but when, on
his return to Olney, Melinda Jones questioned him with
regard to the dresses of the bride and the guests, he found
himself utterly unable to remember either fabric, fashion,
or even color, so little attention had he given to the subject.
He never noticed such things, he said, but he believed some

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

of the dresses were made of something flimsy, for he could
see through them, and he knew they were very long, for
he had stepped on some half dozen. And this was all the
information the inquisitive Melinda could obtain. Dress
was of little consequence, he thought, so it was clean and
whole.

This was his theory; but when, as the twilight deepened
on the Chicopee hills, and the lamps were lighted in Aunt
Barbara's parlors, and old Col. Markham began to wonder
“why the plague the folks did not come,” as he stalked up
and down the piazza in all the pride and pomposity of one
who felt himself to all intents and purposes the village aristocrat,—
and when the mysterious door of Ethie's room,
which had been closed so long, was opened, and the bridegroom
told that he might go in, he started in surprise at
the beautiful tableau presented to his view as he stepped
across the threshold. As was natural, he fancied that
never before had he seen three young girls so perfectly
beautiful as the three before him,—Ethie, and Susie, and
Nettie.

As a matter of course, he gave the preference to Ethelyn,
who was very, very lovely in her bridal robes, with the
orange wreath resting like a coronet upon her marble brow.
There were pearls upon her neck and pearls upon her arms,
the gift of Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, who had waited till the
very last, hoping the Judge would have forethought enough
to buy them himself. But the Judge had not. He knew
something of diamonds, for they had been Daisy's favorites;
but pearls were novelties to him, and Ethelyn's pale cheeks
would have burned crimson had she known that he was
thinking “how becoming those white beads were to her.”

Poor, ignorant Richard! He would know more by and by

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

of what constitutes a fashionable lady's toilet; but now he
was in blissful ignorance of minutiæ, and saw only the tout
ensemble,
which he pronounced perfect. He was half afraid
of her, though, she seemed so cold, so passive, so silent;
and when in the same breath Susie Granger asked if he
ever saw any one so lovely as Ethelyn, and bade him kiss
her quick, he hesitated, and finally kissed Susie instead.
He might, perhaps, have done the same with Ethelyn if she
had not stepped backward to avoid it, her long train sweeping
across the hearth where that morning she had knelt in
such utter desolation, and where now was lying a bit of
blackened paper, which the housemaid's broom had not
found when, early in the day, the room was swept and
dusted. So Ethelyn's white satin brushed against the gossamer
thing, which floated upward for a moment, and then
settled back upon the heavy, shining folds. It was Richard
who saw it first, and Richard's hand which brushed away
the skeleton of Frank's letter from the skirts of his bride,
leaving a soiled, yellowish stain, which Susie Granger
loudly deplored, while Ethelyn only drew her drapery
around her, saying coldly, that “it did not matter in the
least. She would as soon have it there as not.”

It was meet, she thought, that the purity of her bridal
garments should be tarnished; for was not her heart all
stained, and black, and crisp with cruel deception? That
little incident, however, affected her strangely, bringing
back so vividly the scene on the ledge of rocks beneath the
New England laurels, where Frank had sat beside her and
poured words of boyish passion into her ear. There was
for a moment a pitiful look of anguish in her eyes as they
went out into the summer night toward the huckleberry
hills, where lay that ledge of massy rock, and then came

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

back to the realities about her. Frank saw the look of
pain, and it awoke in his own breast an answering throb as
he wondered if, after all, Ethie would not have preferred
that he were standing by her instead of the grave Judge,
fitting on his gloves with an awkwardness which said that
such articles were comparatively strangers to his large red
hands.

It was time now to go down. The guests had all arrived,
the clergyman was waiting, and Col. Markham had
grown very red in the face with his impatience, which his
wife tried in vain to quiet. If at this last moment there
arose in Ethelyn's bosom any wild impulse to break away
from the dreadful scene, and rush out into the darkness
which lay so softly upon the hills, she put it aside, with
the thought, “too late now,—forever too late;” and taking
the arm which Richard offered her, she went mechanically
down the staircase into the large parlor where the wedding
guests were assembled. Surely, she did not know
what she was doing, or realize the solemn words, “I charge
and require you both, as ye shall answer at the great day,
when the secrets of all hearts shall be disclosed, that if
either of you know any impediment why ye may not be
lawfully joined together in matrimony, ye do now confess
it, for be ye well assured,” and so forth. She did not even
hear them; for the numb, dead feeling which crept over
her, chilling her blood, and making the hand which Richard
took in his while he fitted the wedding-ring, so cold and
clammy to the touch, that Richard felt tempted to hold
and chafe it in his own warm broad palms; but that was
not in accordance with the ceremony, and so he let it fall,
wondering that Ethelyn could be so cold when the sweat
was standing in great drops upon his own face and

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

moistening his wavy hair, which clustered in thick curls around his
brow, making him look so handsome, as more than one
maiden thought, envying Ethelyn her good fortune, and
marvelling at the pallor of her lips and the rigidity of her
form.

The ceremony was ended, and Ethelyn Grant was Mrs.
Richard Markham; but the new name brought no blushes to
her cheek, nor yet the kiss her husband gave her, nor the
congratulations of the guests, nor Aunt Barbara's tear, which
dropped upon the forehead of her darling as the good
woman bent over her and thought how she had lost her;
but when Frank Van Buren stooped down to touch her
lips the sluggish blood quickened and a thrill went through
and through her veins, sending the bright color to her
cheeks, which burned as with a hectic flush. Frank saw the
power he held, but to his credit he did not then exult: he only
felt that it was finished, that Ethie was gone past his recall;
and for the first time in his life he experienced a genuine
pang of desolation, such as he had never felt before, and he
fought hard to master his emotions while he watched the
bride receiving the bridal guests. Another than Frank
was watching her too,—Mrs. Dr. Van Buren,—who at one
time feared lest Ethelyn should faint, and who, as soon as
an opportunity offered, whispered to her niece, “Do, Ethie,
put some animation in your manner, or people will think
you an unwilling bride.”

For a moment a gleam of anger flashed from the eyes
which looked unflinchingly into Mrs. Van Buren's, and the
pale lips quivered with passion. But Ethelyn had too
much pride to admit of her letting the people know what
she was suffering, and so with a great effort she rallied, and
twice ere the evening was at a close her merry laugh was

-- 064 --

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

heard even above Susie Granger's, as a knot of her gay
companions gathered round her with their merry jokes and
gay repartees.

Susie Granger was in her happiest mood, and her lively
spirits seemed to pervade the whole party. Now that he
knew her better, Richard was more at ease with her, and
returned her playful sallies until even Ethelyn wondered to
see him so funny. He never forgot her, however, as was
evinced by the loving glances he bent upon her, and
by his hovering constantly at her side, as if afraid to lose
her.

Once, when they were standing together and Frank was
near to them, Richard laid his hand upon Ethelyn's shoulder,
which the cut of the wedding-dress left bare. It was a
very beautiful neck, white, and plump, and soft, and
Richard's hand pressed somewhat heavily; but with a
shiver Ethelyn drew herself away, and Frank, who was
watching her, fancied that her face grew paler and her lips
more compressed. Perhaps it was a feeling of pity, and
perhaps it was a mean desire to test his own influence over
her, which prompted him carelessly to take her hand to
inspect the wedding-ring. It was only her hand, but as
Frank held it in his own, he felt it growing warm and
flushed, while the color deepened on Ethelyn's cheeks, and
then died suddenly away at Frank's characteristic remark,
spoken for her ear alone, “You feel like thunder, Ethie,
and so do I.”

The speech did Ethie good. No matter how she felt,
it was not Frank's place to speak to her thus. She was
now a wife, and she meant to be true to her marriage vow,
both in look and deed; so, with an impatient gesture, she
flung aside Frank's hand, repelling him fiercely with the

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

reply, “You are mistaken, sir,—at least so far as I am concerned.”

After that she stayed more with Richard, and once, of
her own accord, put her arm in his, and stood half leaning
against him with both hands clasped together, while he
held the bouquet which Mrs. Senator Woodhull had sent
by express to New York. It is true that Richard smelled
and breathed upon the flowers oftener than was desirable;
and once Ethelyn saw him extracting leaves from the
choicest blossoms; but on the whole he did very well, considering
that it was the first time he had ever held a lady's
bouquet in such an expensive holder.

As Ethelyn had predicted, the evening was hot and
sultry; but the bugs, and beetles, and millers she had
dreaded did not come in to annoy her; and when, as the
clock struck twelve, the company dispersed, they were
sincere in their assertions of having passed a delightful
evening; and many were the good wishes expressed for
Mrs. Judge Markham's happiness, as the guests took their
way to their respective homes.

An hour later and the lights had disappeared from Miss
Barbara Bigelow's windows, and the summer stars looked
calmly down upon the quiet house where that strange bridal
had been.

-- 066 --

p597-071 CHAPTER V. THE HONEYMOON

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

FROM Mrs. Senator Woodhull's elegant house,
where Mrs. Judge Markham had been petted,
and flattered, and caressed, and Mr. Judge Markham
had been adroitly tutored and trained, the newly
wedded pair went on to Quebec and Montreal, and thence
to the White Mountains, where Ethelyn's handsome travelling
dress was ruined, and Richard's linen coat, so obnoxious
to his bride, was torn past repair, and laid away in
one of Ethelyn's trunks, with the remark that “Mother
could mend it for Andy, who always took his brother's
cast-off clothes.” The hair trunk had been left in Chicopee,
and so Ethelyn had not that to vex her.

Noticed everywhere, and admired by all whom she met,
the first part of her wedding-trip was not so irksome as she
had feared it might be. Wholly infatuated with his young
bride, Richard was all attention, and Ethelyn had only to
express a wish to have it gratified, so that casual lookers-on
would have pronounced her supremely happy. And
Ethelyn's heart did not ache one-half so hard as on that
terrible day of her bridal. In the railway-car, on the
crowded steamboat, or at the large hotels, where all
were entire strangers, she forgot to watch and criticise
her husband; and if any dereliction from etiquette did
occur, he yielded so readily to her suggestion that to
polish him seemed an easy task. The habits of years,
however, are not so easily broken; and by the time

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

Saratoga was reached Richard's patience began to give way
beneath Ethelyn's multifarious exactions, and the ennui
consequent upon his travelling about so long. Still he did
pretty well for him, growing very red in the face with his
efforts to draw on gloves a size too small, and feeling excessively
hot and uncomfortable in his coat, which he wore
even in the retirement of his own room, where he desired
so much to indulge in the cool luxury of shirt sleeves,—a
suggestion which Ethelyn heard with horror, openly exclaiming
against the glaring vulgarity, and asking, a little
contemptuously, if that were the way he had been accustomed
to do at home.

“Why, yes,” he answered. “Out on the prairies we go
in
for comfort, and don't mind so small a matter as shirt
sleeves on a sweltering August day.”

“Please do not use such expressions as sweltering and go
in,
—they do not sound well,” Ethelyn rejoined. “And
now I think of it, I wish you would talk more to the ladies
in the parlor. You hardly spoke to Mrs. Cameron last
evening, and she directed most of her conversation to you,
too. I was afraid she would either think that you were
rude, or else that you did not know what to say.”

“She hit it right, if she came to the latter conclusion,”
Richard said, good-humoredly; “for the fact is, I don't
know what to say to such women as she. I am not a
ladies' man, and it's no use trying to make me over. You
can't teach old dogs new tricks.”

Ethie fairly groaned as she clasped her bracelets upon her
arms and shook down the folds of her blue silk; then after
a moment she continued, “You can talk to me, and why
not to others?”

“You are my wife, Ethie, and I love you, which makes

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

a heap of difference,” Richard said, and winding his arm
around Ethie's waist he drew her face toward his own and
kissed it affectionately.

They had been three days at Saratoga when this little
scene occurred, and their room was one of those miserable
little apartments in the Ainsworth block which look out
upon nothing but a patch of weeds and the rear of a church.
Ethelyn did not like it at all, and liked it the less because
she felt that to some extent her husband was to blame.
He ought to have written and engaged rooms beforehand,—
Aunt Van Buren always did, and Mrs. Col. Tophevie, and
everybody who understood the ins and outs of fashionable
life. But Richard did not understand them. He believed
in taking what was offered to him without making a fuss,
he said. He had never been to Saratoga before, and he
secretly hoped he should never come again, for he did not
enjoy the close, hot room any better than Ethelyn did, but
he accepted it with a better grace, saying, when he first
entered it, that “he could put up with most anything,
though to be sure it was hotter than an oven.”

His mode of expressing himself had never suited Ethelyn.
Particular, and even elegant in her choice of language, it
grated upon her sensitive ear, and forgetting that she had
all her life heard similar expressions in Chicopee, she
charged it to the West, and Iowa was blamed for the faults
of her son more than she deserved. At Saratoga, where
they met many of her acquaintances, all of whom were
anxious to see the fastidious Ethelyn's husband, it seemed
to her that he was more remiss than ever in those little
things which make up the finished gentleman, while his
peculiar expressions sometimes made every nerve quiver
with pain. The consequence of this was that Ethelyn

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

became a very little cross, as Richard thought, though she
had never so openly attacked him as on that day, the third
after their arrival, when to her horror he took off his coat,
preparatory to a little comfort, while she was dressing for
dinner. At Ethelyn's request, however, he put it on again,
saying as he did so, that he was “sweating like a butcher,”
which remark called out his wife's contemptuous inquiries
concerning his habits at home. Richard was still too much
in love with his young wife to feel very greatly irritated.
In word and deed she had done her duty toward him thus
far, and he had nothing to complain of. It is true she was
very quiet and passive, and undemonstrative, never giving
him back any caress, as he had seen wives do. But then
he was not very demonstrative himself, and so he excused
it the more readily in her, and loved her all the same. It
amused him that a girl of eighteen should presume to criticise
him, a man of thirty-two, a Judge, and a Member of
Congress, to whom the Olney people paid such deference,
and he bore with her at first just as a mother would bear
with the little child which assumed a superiority over
her.

This afternoon, however, when she said so much to him,
he was conscious of a little irritation. But he put the feeling
down, and gayly kissed his six weeks' bride, who,
touched with his forbearance, kissed him back again, and
suffered him to hold her cool face a moment between his
hot, moist hands, while he bent over her.

She did respect him; nor was she unconscious of the
position which, as his wife, she held. It was very pleasant
to hear people say of her when she passed by,

“That is Mrs. Judge Markham, of Iowa,—her husband is
Member of Congress.”

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

Very pleasant, too, to meet with his friends, other M.C.'s,
who paid her deference on his account. Had they stayed
away from Saratoga all might have been well; but they
were there, and so was all of Ethelyn's world,—the Tophevies,
the Hales, the Hungerfords, and Van Burens, with
Nettie Hudson, opening her great blue eyes at Richard's
mistake, and asking Frank in Ethelyn's hearing, “if Judge
Markham's manners were not a little outré.

They certainly were outré, there was no denying it, and
Ethelyn's blood tingled to her finger-tips as she wondered
if it would always be so. It is a pitiable thing for a wife
to blush for her husband, to watch constantly lest he depart
from the little points of etiquette which women catch intuitively,
but which some of our most learned men fail to
acquire in a lifetime. And here they greatly err, for no
man, however well versed he may be in science and literature,
is well educated, or well balanced, or excusable, if he
neglects the little things which good breeding and common
politeness require of him, and Richard was somewhat to be
blamed. It did not follow, because his faults had never
been pointed out to him, that they did not exist, or that
others did not observe them besides his wife. Ethelyn, it
is true, was more deeply interested than any one else, and
felt his mistakes more keenly, while at the same time she
was over-fastidious, and had not the happiest faculty for
correcting him. She did not love him well enough to be
careful of wounding him; but the patience and good-humor
with which he received her reprimand that hot August
afternoon, when the thermometer was one hundred in the
shade, and any man would have been excusable for retorting
upon the wife who lectured him, awoke a throb of
something nearer akin to love than anything she had felt

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

since the night when she stood upon the sandy beach, and
heard the story of Daisy.

Richard was going to do better. He would wear his
coat all the time, both day and night, if Ethelyn said so.
He would not lean his elbow on the table while waiting
for dessert, as he had more than once been guilty of doing;
he would not help himself to a dish before passing it to
the ladies near him; he would talk to Mrs. Cameron in the
evening, and would try and not be so absorbed in his own
thoughts as to pay no attention when Mrs. Tophevie was
addressing herself directly to him; he would laugh in the
right place, and, when spoken to, would answer in something
besides monosyllables. In short, he promised a
complete reformation, even saying that if Ethelyn would
select some person who was au fait in those matters in
which he was so remiss, he would watch and copy
that man to the letter. Would she name some one?
And Ethelyn named her cousin Frank, while Richard felt
a flush of resentment that he should be required to imitate
a person whom in his secret heart he despised as dandyish,
and weak, and silly, and “namby-pamby,” as he would
probably have expressed it if he had not forsworn slang
phrases of every kind. But Richard had pledged his
word, and meant to keep it; and so it was to all appearance
a very happy and loving couple which, when the
dinner-gong sounded, walked into the dining-room with Mrs.
Dr. Van Buren's set, Ethelyn's handsome blue silk sweeping
far behind her, and her white bare arm just touching
the coat-sleeve of her husband, who was not insensible to
the impression made by the beautiful woman at his side.

There were no lectures that night, for Richard had done
his best, talking at least twenty minutes with both Mrs.

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

Cameron and Mrs. Col. Tophevie, both of whom he found
more agreeable than he had supposed. Then he had held
Ethelyn's white cloak upon his arm, and stood patiently
against the wall, while up at the United States she danced
set after set—first, the Lancers, with young Lieut. Grey,
then a polka with John Tophevie, and lastly a waltz with
Frank Van Buren, who whirled his fair partner about the
room with a velocity which made Richard dizzy and awoke
sundry thoughts not wholly complimentary to that doubtful
dance, the waltz. Richard did not dance himself, at
least not latterly. In his younger days, when he and Abigail
Jones attended the quilting frolics together and the
“paring bees,” he had, with other young men, tried his
skill at “Scotch Reels,” “French Fours,” “The Cheat,” and
the “Twin Sisters,” with occasionally a Cotillon, but he was
not accomplished in the art. Even the Olney girls called
him awkward, preferring almost any one else for a partner,
and so he abandoned the floor, and cultivated his head
rather than his heels. He liked to see dancing, and at
first it was very pleasant watching Ethelyn's lithe figure
gliding gracefully through the intricate movements of the
Lancers; but when it came to the waltz, he was not so sure
about it, and he wondered if it were necessary for Frank
Van Buren to clasp her so tightly about the waist as he
did, or for her to lean so languidly upon his shoulder.

Richard was not naturally jealous,—certainly not of Frank
Van Buren; but he would rather his wife should not waltz
with him or any other man, and so he said to her, asking this
concession on her part in return for all he had promised to
attempt; and to Ethelyn's credit we record that she yielded
to her husband's wishes, and, greatly to Frank's surprise,
declined the waltz which he proposed the following

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

evening. But she made amends in other dances, and kept poor
Richard waiting for her night after night, until he once fell
asleep and dreamed of the log cabin on the prairie, where
he had danced a quadrille with Abigail Jones to the tune
of Moneymusk, as played by the Plympton brothers.

A tap of Mrs. Tophevie's fan brought him back to consciousness,
and he was almost guilty of a sigh as the log
cabin faded from his vision, with the Plymptons and Abigail
Jones, leaving instead that heated ball-room, with its
trained orchestra, its bevy of fair young girls, its score of
white-kidded dandies, with wasp-like waists and perfumed
locks, and Ethie smiling in their midst.

Saratoga did not agree with Richard. He grew sick
first of the water; then of the fare; then of the daily
routine of fashionable follies; then of the people; and then,
oh! so sick of the petty lectures which Ethelyn gradually
resumed as he failed in his attempts to imitate Frank Van
Buren and appear perfectly at ease in everybody's presence.
Saratoga was a “confounded bore,” he said, and though he
called himself a brute, and a savage, and a heathen, he was
very glad when, toward the last of August, Ethelyn became
so seriously indisposed as to make a longer stay in Saratoga
impossible. Newport of course was given up, and
Ethelyn's desire was to go back to Chicopee and lie down
again in the dear old room which had been hers from childhood.
Aunt Barbara's toast, Aunt Barbara's tea, and Aunt
Barbara's nursing, would soon bring her all right again, she
said; but in this she was mistaken, for although the toast
and the tea, and the nursing each came in its turn, the September
flowers had faded, and the trees on the Chicopee
hills were beginning to flaunt their bright October robes
ere she recovered from the low, nervous fever, induced by

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

the mental and bodily excitement through which she had
passed during the last three or four months.

Although he knew it was necessary that he should be at
home if he would transact any business before the opening
of his next session in Washington, Richard put aside all
thoughts of self, and nursed his wife with a devotedness
which awakened her liveliest gratitude.

Richard was not awkward in the sick-room. It seemed
to be his special province; and as he had once nursed and
cared for Daisy and the baby brother who died, so he now
cared for Ethelyn, until she began to miss him when he left
her side, and to listen for his returning step when he went
out for an hour or so to talk politics with his uncle, Col.
Markham. With Mrs. Dr. Van Buren and Frank and the
fashionable world all away, Richard's faults were not so
perceptible, and Ethelyn began to look forward with considerable
interest to the time when she should be able to
start for her Western home, about which she had built
many delusive castles. Her piano had already been sent
on in advance, she saying to Susie Granger, who came in
while it was being boxed, that as they were not to keep
house until spring she should not take furniture now. Possibly
they could find what they needed in Chicago; if not,
they could order from Boston.

Richard, who overheard this remark, wondered what it
meant, for he had not the most remote idea of separating
himself from his mother. She was very essential to his
happiness, and he was hardly willing to confess to himself
how much he had missed her. She had a way of petting
him and deferring to his judgment, and making him feel that
Richard Markham was a very nice kind of man, far different
from Ethelyn's criticisms, which had sometimes led him

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

seriously to inquire whether he were a fool or not. He
could not live apart from his mother,—he was firm upon
that point; but there was time enough to say so
when the subject should be broached to him. So he went
on nailing down the cover to the piano-box, and thinking
as he nailed what a nice kitchen cupboard the box would
make when once it was safely landed at his home in the
prairie, and wondering, too, how his mother,—who was not
very fond of music,—would bear the sound of a piano, and
if Ethie would be willing for Melinda Jones to practise upon
it. He knew Melinda had taken lessons at Camden,
where she had been to school, and he had heard her express
a wish that she had an instrument, as she should soon
forget all she had learned. Somehow Melinda was a good
deal in Richard's mind, and when a button was missing
from his shirts, or his toes came through his socks,—as
was often the case at Saratoga,—he found himself thinking
of the way Melinda had of helping “fix his things”
when he was going from home, and of hearing his mother
say what a handy girl she was, and what a thrifty, careful
wife she would make. He meant nothing derogatory to
Ethelyn in these reminiscences; he would not have exchanged
her for a thousand Melindas, even if he had to pin
his shirt-bosoms together and go barefoot all his life. But
Melinda kept recurring to his mind much as if she had
been his sister, and he thought it would be but a simple
act of gratitude for all she had done for him to give her the
use of the piano for at least one hour each day.

In blissful ignorance of all that was meditated against
her, Ethelyn saw her piano taken away from the sitting-room,
where it would never stand again, and saw the tears
which rolled down Aunt Barbara's cheeks as she too watched

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

its going, and tried to fill up the vacancy it left by moving
a chair and a table and a footstool into the gap. Those
were hard days for Aunt Barbara, harder than for Ethelyn,
who liked the excitement of travelling, and was almost
glad when the morning came on which she was to say good-by
to the home which was hers no longer. Her two huge
trunks stood in the hall, together with the square hair
trunk which held Richard's wardrobe, and the three tin
cans of peaches Mrs. Markham was sending to her sister-in-law,
with the injunction to be sure and get that particular
patent for cans if she wished her fruit to keep. In
addition to these, an immense box had been forwarded by
express, containing many little ornaments and pictures and
brackets, which, during the winter, might perhaps adorn
the walls of the parlor where Daisy's picture hung, and
where, Richard had said, was also an oil-painting of Niagara,
omitting to add that it was the handiwork of Melinda
Jones, that young lady having dabbled in paints as
well as music during her two terms schooling at Camden.
Tucked away in various parts of the box were also sundry
presents, which, at Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's suggestion, Ethelyn
had bought for her husband's family. For James, who,
she had heard Richard say, was an inveterate smoker, there
was a handsome velvet smoking-cap, which, having been
bought at Saratoga, had cost an enormous sum; for John,
an expensive pair of elaborately-wrought slippers had been
selected; but when it came to Anderson, as Ethelyn persisted
in calling the brother whom Richard always spoke of as
Andy, she felt a little perplexed as to what would be appropriate.
Richard had talked very little of him,—so little, in
fact, that she knew nothing whatever of his tastes, except
from the scrap of conversation she once accidentally over

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

heard when the old Colonel was talking to Richard of his
brothers.

“Does Andy like busts as well as ever?” the captain
had asked, but Richard's reply was lost as Ethelyn walked
on.

Still, she had heard enough to give her some inkling with
regard to the mysterious Andy. Probably he was more
refined than either James or John,—at all events, he was
evidently fond of statuary, and his tastes should be gratified.
Accordingly, Boston was ransacked by Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren for an exquisite head of Schiller, done in marble, and
costing thirty dollars. Richard did not see it. The presents
were a secret from him, all except the handsome
point-lace coiffeur which Aunt Barbara sent to Mrs. Markham,
together with a letter which she sat up till midnight
to write, and in which she touchingly commended her darling
to the new mother's care and consideration.

“You will find my Ethie in some respects a spoiled
child,” she wrote, “but it is more my fault than hers. I
have loved her so much, and petted her so much, that I
doubt if she knows what a harsh word or cross look means.
She has been carefully and delicately brought up, but has
repaid me well for all my pains by her tender love. Please,
dear Mrs. Markham, be very, very kind to her, and you
will greatly oblige,

Your most obedient servant,
Barbara Bigelow. “P.S. I dare say your ways out West are not exactly
like our ways at the East, and Ethie may not fall in with
them at once, but I am sure she will do what is right, as
she is a sensible girl. Again, yours with regret, B. B.”

The writing this letter was not the wisest thing Aunt

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

Barbara could have done, but she was incited to it by what
her sister Sophie told her of the rumors concerning Mrs.
Markham, and her own fears lest Ethelyn should not be as
comfortable with the new mother-in-law as was wholly desirable.
To Richard himself she had said that she presumed
that his mother's ways were not like Ethie's—old people
were different from young ones—the world had improved
since their day, and instead of trying to bring young folks
altogether to their modes of thinking, it was well for both
to yield something. This was the third time Richard had
heard his mother's ways alluded to; first by Mrs. Jones,
who called them queer; second, by Mrs. Dr. Van Buren,
who, for Ethie's sake, had also dropped a word of caution,
hinting that his mother's ways might possibly be a little
peculiar; and lastly by good Aunt Barbara, who signalized
them as different from Ethelyn's.

What did it mean, and why had he never discovered
anything amiss in his mother? He trusted that Mrs. Jones,
and Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, and Aunt Barbara were mistaken.
On the whole, he knew they were; and even if
they were not his mother could not do wrong to Ethie,
while Ethie would, of course, be willing to conform to
any request made by a person so much older than herself
as his mother was. So Richard dismissed that subject
from his mind, and Ethelyn,—having never heard it agitated,
except that time when, with Mrs. Jones on his mind,
Richard had thought it proper to suggest the propriety of
her humoring his mother,—felt no fears of Mrs. Markham
Senior, whom she still associated in her mind with heavy
black silk, gold-bowed spectacles, handsome lace and
fleecy crochet-work.

The October morning was clear and crisp and frosty,

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

and the sun had not yet shown itself above the eastern
hills, when Captain Markham's carryall drove to Aunt
Barbara's gate, followed by the long, democrat-wagon
which was to take the baggage. Ethelyn's spoiled travelling
dress had been replaced by a handsome poplin,
which was made in the extreme fashion, and fitted her admirably,
as did every portion of her dress, from her jaunty
hat and dotted lace veil to the Alexandre kids and fancy
little gaiters which encased her feet and hands. She was
prettier than on her bridal-day, Richard thought, as he
kissed away the tears which dropped so fast even after
the last good-by had been said to poor Aunt Barbara, who
watched the flutter of Ethie's veil and ribbons as far as
they could be seen, and then in the secrecy of her own
room knelt and prayed that God would bless and keep
her darling, and make her happy in the new home to
which she was going.

It was very quiet and lonely in the Bigelow house that
day, Aunt Barbara walking softly, and speaking slowly, as if
the form of some one dead had been borne from her side;
while on the bed which the housemaid Betty had made
up so plump and round there was a cavity made by Aunt
Barbara's head, which hid itself there many times as the
good woman went repeatedly to God with the pain gnawing
so at her heart. But in the evening, when a cheerful
wood-fire was kindled on the hearth of her pleasant sitting-room,
and Mrs. Colonel Markham came in with her
knitting-work, to sit until the Colonel called for her on his
return from the meeting where he was to oppose with
all his might the building of a new school-house, to pay
for which he would be heavily taxed, she felt better, and
could talk composedly of the travellers, who by that time

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

were nearing Rochester, where they would spend the
night.

Although very anxious to reach home, Richard had
promised that Ethelyn should only travel through the day,
as she was not as strong as before her illness. And to this
promise he adhered, so that it was near the middle of the
afternoon of the fifth day that the last change was made,
and they took the train that would in two hours' time deposit
them at Olney. At Camden, the county seat, they
waited for a few moments. There was always a crowd of
people here going out to different parts of the country, and
as one after another came into the car Richard seemed to
know them all, while the cordial and rather noisy greeting
which they gave “the Judge” struck Ethelyn a little oddly,—
it was so different from the quiet, undemonstrative manners
to which she had been accustomed. With at least a
dozen men in shaggy overcoats and slouched hats she shook
hands with a tolerably good grace, but when there appeared
a tall, lank, bearded young giant of a fellow, with a
dare-devil expression in his black eyes, and a stain of tobacco
about his mouth, she drew back, and to his hearty
“How are ye, Miss Markham? Considerable tuckered out,
I reckon?” she merely responded with a cool bow and a
haughty stare, intended to put down the young man, whom
Richard introduced as “Tim Jones,” and who, taking the
seat directly in front of her, poured forth a volley of conversation,
calling Richard sometimes “Dick,” sometimes
“Markham,” but oftener “Square,” as he had learned to do
when Richard was Justice of the Peace in Olney. Melinda,
too, or “Melind,” was mentioned as having been over to
the “Square's house helping the old lady fix up a little,”
and then Ethelyn knew that the “savage” was no other

-- 081 --

p597-086 [figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

than brother to Abigail Jones deceased. The discovery
was not a pleasant one, and did not tend to smooth her
ruffled spirits or lessen the feeling of contempt for Western
people in general, and Richard's friends in particular, which
had been growing in her heart ever since the Eastern
world was left behind and she had been fairly launched
upon the great prairies of the Mississippi Valley. Richard
was a prince compared with the specimens she had seen,
though she did wonder that he should be so familiar with
them, calling them by their first names, and even bandying
jokes with the terrible Tim Jones spitting his tobacco-juice
all over the car floor and laughing so loudly at all the
“Square” said. It was almost too dreadful to endure, and
Ethelyn's head was beginning to ache frightfully when the
long train came to a pause, and the conductor, who also
knew Judge Markham, and called him “Dick,” screamed
through the open door “O-l-ney!”

Ethelyn was at home at last.

CHAPTER VI. MRS. MARKHAM'S WAYS.

THEY were very peculiar, and no one knew this
better than Mrs. Jones and her daughter Melinda,
sister and mother to the deceased Abigail and
the redoubtable Tim. Naturally bright and quick-witted,
Melinda caught readily at any new improvement, and the
consequence was that the Jones house bore unmistakable
signs of having in it a grown-up daughter whose new ideas

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

of things kept the old ideas from rusting. After Melinda
came home from boarding-school the Joneses did not set
the table in the kitchen close to the hissing cook-stove, but
in the pleasant dining-room, where there gradually came
to be crochetted tidies on the backs of the rocking-chairs,
and crayon sketches on the wall, and a pot of geraniums
in the window, with a canary bird singing in his cage near
by. At first, Mrs. Markham, who felt a greater interest in
the Joneses than in any other family, looked askance at
these “new-fangled notions,” wondering how “Miss Jones
expected to keep the flies out of her house if she had all
the doors a flyin' three times a day,” and fearing lest
Melinda was getting “stuck-up notions in her head, which
would make her fit for nothing.”

But when she found there were no more flies in farmer
Jones' kitchen than in her own, and that Melinda worked
as much as ever, and was just as willing to lend a helping
hand when there was need of haste at the Markham house,
her anxiety subsided, and the Joneses were welcome to eat
wherever they chose, or even to have to wait upon the
table, when there was company, the little black boy Pete,
whom Tim had bought at a slave auction in New Orleans,
whither he had gone on a flat-boat expedition two or three
years before. But she never thought of introducing any
of Melinda's notions into her own household. She “could
not fuss” to keep so many rooms clean. If in winter time
she had a fire in the front room, where in one corner her
own bed was curtained off, and if in summer she always
sat there when her work was done, it was all that could be
required of her, and was just as they used to do at her
father's, in Vermont, thirty years ago. Her kitchen was
larger than Mrs. Jones', which was rather uncomfortable on

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

a hot day when there was washing to be done; the odor
of the soap-suds was a little sickening then, she admitted,
but in her kitchen it was different; she had had an eye to
comfort when they were building, and had seen that the
kitchen was the largest, airiest, lightest room in the house,
with four windows, two outside doors, and a fire-place,
where, although they had a stove, she dearly loved to cook
just as her mother had done in Vermont, and where hung
an old-fashioned crane, with iron hooks suspended from it.
Here she washed, and ironed, and ate, and performed her
ablutions in the bright tin basin which stood in the sink
near to the pail, with the gourd swinging on the top, and
wiped her on the rolling towel near by, and combed her
hair before the clock, which served the double purpose of
looking-glass and time-piece both. When company came,—
and Mrs. Markham was not inhospitable,—the east room,
where the bed stood, was opened; and if the company, as
was sometimes the case, chanced to be Richard's friends,
she used the west room across the hall, where the chocolate-colored
paper and Daisy's picture hung, and where,
upon the high mantel, there was a plaster image of little
Samuel, and two plaster vases filled with colored fruit.
The carpet was a very pretty Brussels, but it did not quite
cover the floor on either side. It was a small pattern, and
on this account had been offered a shilling cheaper a yard,
and so the economical Mrs. Markham had bought it, intending
to eke out the deficiency with drugget of a corresponding
shade; but the merchant did not bring the
drugget, and the carpet was put down, and time went on,
and the strips of painted board were still uncovered, save
by the straight row of hair-cloth chairs, which stood upon
one side, and the old-fashioned sofa, which had cost fifty

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

dollars, and ought to last at least as many years. There
was a Boston rocker, and a centre-table, with the family
bible on it, and a volume of Scott's Commentaries, and
frosted candlesticks on the mantel and two sperm candles
in them, with colored paper, pink and green, all fancifully
notched and put around them, and a bureau in the corner,
which held the boys' Sunday shirts and Mrs. Markham's
black silk dress, with Daisy's clothes in the bottom drawer,
and the silver plate taken from her coffin. There was a
gilt-framed looking-glass on the wall, and blue paper curtains
at the windows, which were further ornamented with
muslin drapery. This was the great room,—the parlor,—
where Daisy had died, and which, on that account, was a
sacred place to those who held the memory of that sweet
little prairie blossom as the dearest memory of their lives.
Had she lived, with her naturally refined tastes, and her
nicety of perceptions, there was no guessing what that
farm-house might have been, for a young girl makes a deal
of difference in any family. But she died, and so the house,
which, when she died, was not quite flnished, remained
much as it was,—a large, square building, minus blinds,
with a wide hall in the centre, opening in front upon a
broad piazza, and opening back upon a stoop, the side
entrance to the kitchen. There was a picket fence in
front; but the yard was bare of ornament, if we except
the lilac bushes under the parlor windows, the red peony
in the corner, and the clumps of violets and daisies, which
grew in what was intended for borders to the walk, from
the front gate to the door. Sometimes the summer showed
here a growth of marigolds, with sweet peas and china
asters, for Andy was fond of flowers, and when he had
leisure he did a little floral gardening; but this year, owing

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

to Richard's absence, there had been more to do on the
farm, consequently the ornamental had been neglected, and
the late autumn flowers which, in honor of Ethelyn's arrival,
were standing in vases on the centre-table and the
mantel, were contributed by Melinda Jones, who had been
very busy in other portions of the house working for the
bride.

She could do this now without a single pang of jealousy,
for she was a sensible girl, and after a night and a day of
heaviness, and a vague sense of disappointment, she had
sung as merrily as ever, and no one was more interested in
the arrival of Richard's bride than she, from the time when
Richard started eastward for her. Between herself and her
mother there had been a long, confidential conversation,
touching Mrs. Markham's ways and the best means of circumventing
them, so that the new wife might not be utterly
crushed with home-sickness and surprise when she first
arrived. No one could manage Mrs. Markham as well as
Melinda, and it was owing to her influence that the large,
pleasant chamber, which had been Richard's ever since he
became a growing man, was renovated and improved until
it presented a very inviting appearance. The rag carpet,
which for years had done duty, and bore many traces of
Richard's muddy boots, had been exchanged for a new ingrain,—
not very pretty in design, or very stylish either, but
possessing the merit of being fresh and clean. To get the
carpet Melinda had labored assiduously, and had enlisted
all three of the brothers, James, and John, and Andy, in
the cause before the economical mother consented to the
purchase. The rag carpet, if cleaned and mended, was as
good as ever, she insisted; and even if it were not, she
could put down one that had not seen so much actual

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

service. It was Andy who finally decided her to indulge in
the extravagance urged by Melinda Jones. There were
reasons why Andy was very near to his mother's heart, and
when he offered to sell his brown pony, which he loved
as he did his eyes, his mother yielded the point, and taking
with her both Mrs. Jones and Melinda, went to Camden,
and sat two hours upon rolls of carpeting while she decided
which to take.

Mrs. Markham was not stingy with regard to her table;
that was always loaded with the choicest of everything,
while many a poor family blessed her as an angel. But
the articles she ate were mostly the products of their large,
well cultivated farm; they did not cost money directly out
of her hand, and it was the money she disliked parting
with, so she talked, and beat the Camden merchant down five
cents on a yard, and made him cut it a little short, to save
a waste, and made him throw in the thread and binding,
and swear when she was gone, wondering who “the stingy
old woman was.” And yet the very day after her return
from Camden “the stingy old woman” sent to her minister
a loaf of bread and a pail of butter, and to a poor sick
woman, who lived in a leaky cabin off the prairie, a nice
warm blanket for her bed, with a basket of delicacies to
tempt her capricious appetite.

In due time the carpet was made, Melinda Jones sewing
up three of the seams, while Andy, who knew how to use
the needle almost as well as a girl, claimed the privilege of
sewing at least half a seam on the new sister's carpet.
Adjoining Richard's chamber was a little room where Mrs.
Markham's flour, and meal, and corn, were kept, but which,
with a little fitting up, would answer nicely for a bed-room;
and after an amount of engineering, which would have done

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

credit to the general of an army, Melinda succeeded in
coaxing Mrs. Markham to move her barrels and bags, and
give up the room for Ethelyn's bed, which looked very
nice and inviting, notwithstanding that the pillows were
small, and the bedstead a high poster, which had been in
use for twenty years. Mrs. Markham knew all about the
boxes, as she called them. There was one in Mrs. Jones'
front chamber, but she had never bought one, for what
then would she do with her old ones,—“with the laced
cords,” so greatly preferable to the hard slats, which nearly
broke her back the night she slept on some at a friend's
house in Olney.

Richard was fond of books, and had collected form time
to time a well-selected library, which was the only ornament
in his room when Melinda first took it in hand; but when
she had finished her work,—when the carpet was down, and
the neat, white shades were up at the windows; when the
books which used to be on the floor, and table, and chairs,
and mantel, and window sills, and anywhere, were neatly
arranged in the very respectable shelves which Andy made
and James painted; when the little sewing chair designed
for Ethelyn was put before one window, and Richard's arm-chair
before the other, and the drab lounge was drawn a
little into the room, and the bureau stood corner-ways, with
a bottle of cologne upon it, which John had bought, and a
pot of pomade Andy had made, and two little pink and
white mats Melinda had crocheted, the room was very presentable.
Great, womanish Andy was sure Ethelyn would
be pleased, and rubbed his hands jubilantly over the result
of his labors, while Melinda was certainly pardonable for
feeling that in return for what she had done for Richard's
wife she might venture to suggest that the huge box,

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

marked piano, which for ten days had been standing on the
front piazza, be opened, and the piano set up, so that she
could try its tone. This box had cost Andy a world of
trouble, keeping him awake nights, and taking him from
his bed more than once, as he fancied he heard a mysterious
sound, and feared some one might be stealing the
ponderous thing, which it took four men to lift. With
the utmost alacrity he helped in the unpacking, nearly
bursting a blood-vessel as he tugged at the heaviest end,
and then running to the village with all his speed, to borrow
Mrs. Crandall's piano-key, which fortunately fitted Ethelyn's,
so that Melinda Jones was soon seated in state, and
running her fingers over the superb five-hundred-dollar
instrument, Ethelyn's gift from Aunt Barbara on her birthday.

Melinda's fingers were stained and cut with carpet thread,
and pricked with carpet tacks, and red with washing dishes,
but they moved nimbly over the keys, striking out with a
will the few tunes she had learned during her two quarters'
instruction. She had acquired a great deal of knowledge
in a short time, for she was passionately fond of music, and
every spare moment had been devoted to it, so that she had
mastered the scales with innumerable exercises, besides
learning several pieces, of which Moneymusk was one.
This she now played with a sprightliness and energy which
brought Andy to his feet, while his cowhides moved to the
stirring music in a fashion which would have utterly confounded
poor Ethelyn could she have seen them. But Ethelyn
was miles and miles away. She was not coming for a week
or more, and in that time Andy tried his hand at Yankee
Doodle, playing with one finger, and succeeding far beyond
his most sanguine expectations. Andy was delighted with

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

the piano, and so was Eunice, the hired girl, who left her
ironing and her dishes, and stood with wiping towel or flat
iron in hand, humming an accompaniment to Andy's playing,
and sometimes helping find the proper key to touch
next.

Eunice was not an Irish girl, nor a German, nor a Scotch,
but a full-blooded American, and “just as good as her employers,”
with whom she always ate and sat. It was not
Mrs. Markham's custom to keep a girl the year round, but
when she did it was Eunice Plympton, the daughter of the
drunken fiddler who earned his livelihood by playing for
the dances the young people of Olney sometimes got up.
He was anticipating quite a windfall from the infair it was
confidently expected would be given by Mrs. Markham in
honor of her son's marriage; and Eunice herself had washed
and starched and ironed the white waist she intended to
wear on the same occasion. Of course she knew she would
have to wait and tend and do the running, she said to Melinda,
to whom she confided her thoughts, but after the
supper was over she surely might have one little dance, if
with nobody but Andy.

This was Eunice, and she had been with Mrs. Markham
during the past summer; but her time was drawing to a
close. All the heavy work was over, the harvests were
gathered in, the soap was made, the cleaning done, the
house made ready for Richard's wife, and it was the understanding
that when that lady came and was somewhat
domesticated, Miss Eunice was to leave. There was not
much to do in the winter, Mrs. Markham said, and with
Richard's wife's help she should get along. Alas! how
little Ethelyn was prepared for the home which awaited
her, and for the really good woman, who, on the afternoon

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

of her son's arrival, saw into the oven the young turkey
which Andy had been feeding for so long with a view to
this very day, and then helped Eunice set the table for the
expected guests.

It did occur to Mrs. Markham that there might be a
great propriety in Eunice's waiting for once, inasmuch as
there were plates to change, and custard pie and minced,
and pudding, to be brought upon the table; but the good
woman did not dare hint at such a thing, so the seven
plates were put upon the table, and the china cups brought
from the little cupboard at the side of the chimney, and
the silver teapot, which was a family heir-loom, and had
been given Mrs. Markham by her mother, was brought also
and rubbed up; and the pickles, and preserves, and honey,
and cheese, and jellies, and white raised biscuit, and fresh
brown bread, and shredded cabbage, and cranberry sauce,
with golden butter, and pitchers of cream, were all arranged
according to Eunice's ideas. The turkey was browning
nicely, and the vegetables were cooking upon the stove.
Eunice was grinding the coffee, and the clock said it wanted
but half an hour of car-time, when Mrs. Markham finally
left the kitchen, and proceeded to make her toilet.

Eunice's had been made some time ago, and the largesized
hoop she wore had already upset a pail and dragged
a griddle from the stove-hearth, greatly to the discomfiture
of Mrs. Markham, who did not fancy hoops, though she
wore a small one this afternoon under her clean and stifflystarched
dress of purple calico. St. Paul would have made
her an exception in his restrictions with regard to women's
apparel, for neither gold nor silver ornaments nor braided
hair found any tolerance in her. She followed St. Paul
strictly, except at such times as the good people in the

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

Methodist Church at the east end of the village held a
protracted meeting, when she deviated so far from his injunctions
as to speak her mind and tell her experience.

She was a good and a conscientious woman, believing
more in the inner than the outer adorning; and she looked
very neat this afternoon in her purple calico, with a motherly
white apron tied around her waist, and her soft, silvery hair
combed smoothly back from her forehead, and twisted in a
knot behind, about the size of a half dollar. This knot,
however, was hidden by the head-dress which Melinda had
made from bits of black lace and purple ribbon, and which,
though not at all like aunt Barbara's Boston caps, was still
very respectable, and even tasteful-looking. Almost too
tasteful, Mrs. Markham thought, as she glanced at the tiny
artificial flower tucked in among the bows of ribbon. But
Mrs. Markham did not remove the flower, for it was a
daisy, and it made her think of the Daisy who died fourteen
years ago, and who, had she lived till now, would
have been twenty-eight.

“A married woman, most likely, and I might have been
grandmother,” Mrs. Markham sighed; and then, as she
heard in fancy the patter of little feet at her side, and saw
before her little faces with a look like Daisy in them, her
thoughts went softly out to Richard's bride, through whom
this coveted blessing might come to her quiet household,
and her heart throbbed with a quick, sudden yearning for
the young daughter-in-law, now just alighting at the Olney
station, for the Eastern train had come, and James was
there with the democrat wagon to meet it.

-- 092 --

p597-097 CHAPTER VII. GETTING HOME.

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

OLNEY was a thriving, busy little town, numbering
five hundred inhabitants or thereabouts. It had
its groceries, its dry-goods stores, and its two
houses for public worship,—the Methodist and Presbyterian,—
while every other Sunday a little band of Episcopalians
met for their own service in what was called the
Village Hall, where, during week days, a small select school
was frequently taught by some Yankee school-mistress. It
had its post office, too; and there was talk of a bank after
the railroad came that way, and roused the people to a state
of still greater activity. On the whole, it was a pretty
town, though very different from Chicopee, where the
houses slept so aristocratically under the shadow of the old
elms, which had been growing there since the day when our
national independence was declared.

At home Ethelyn's pride had all been centred in Boston,
and she had sometimes thought contemptuously of Chicopee
and its surroundings; but the farther she travelled west
the higher Chicopee rose in her estimation, until she found
herself comparing every prairie village with that rural town
among the hills, which seemed to give it dignity, and made
it so greatly superior to the dead levels of which she was
getting so weary. She had admired the rolling prairies at
first, but, tired and jaded with her long journey, nothing
looked well to her now,—nothing was like Chicopee,—

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

certainly not Olney, where the dwellings were so new and the
streets were minus sidewalks.

Ethelyn had a good view of it as the train approached
it, and even caught a passing glimpse of the white house
in the distance which Richard pointed out as home, his
face lighting up with all the pleasure of a schoolboy as he
saw the old familiar waymarks and felt that he was home
at last.

Dropping her veil over her face, Ethelyn arose to follow
her husband, who, in his eagerness to grasp the hand
of the tall young man he had seen from the window,
forgot to carry her shawl and her satchel, which last being
upon the car-rack, she tugged at with all her strength,
and was about crying with vexation at Richard's thoughtlessness,
when Tim Jones, who had watched her furtively,
wondering how she and Melind would get along, gallantly
came to her aid, and taking the satchel down kept it upon
his arm.

“Take care of that step. Better let me help you out.
Dick is so tickled to see Jim that he even forgets his wife,
I swan!” Tim said, offering to assist her from the train;
but with a feeling of disgust, Ethelyn declined the offer,
and turned away from him to meet the curious gaze of the
young man whom Richard presented as brother James.

He was younger than his brother by half a dozen years,
but he looked quite as old, if not older. His face and
hands were sunburnt and brown, his clothes were coarse,
his pants were tucked into his tall, muddy boots, and he
held in his hands the whip with which he had driven the
shining bays, now pricking up their ears behind the depot
and eyeing askance the train just beginning to move away.
The Markhams were all good-looking, and James was not

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

an exception. The Olney girls called him very handsome,
when on Sunday he came to church in his best clothes and
led the Methodist choir; but Ethelyn only thought him
rough and coarse, and when he bent down to kiss her she
drew back haughtily.

“Ethelyn!” Richard said, in the low, peculiar tone,
which she had almost unconsciously learned to fear, just as
she did the dark expression which his hazel eyes assumed
as he said the single word, “Ethelyn!”

She was afraid of Richard when he looked and spoke
that way, and putting up her lips, she permitted the kiss
which the warm-hearted James gave to her. He was
naturally more demonstrative than his brother, and more
susceptible, too; a pretty face would always set his heart
to beating and call out all the gallantry of his nature.
Wholly unsophisticated, he never dreamed of the gulf
there was between him and the new sister, whom he
thought so beautiful,—loving her at once, because she was
so pretty, and because she was the wife of Dick, their
household idol. He was more of a ladies' man than Richard,
and when on their way to the democrat wagon
they came to a patch of mud, through which Ethelyn's
skirts were trailing, he playfully lifted her in his strong
arms, and set her down upon the wagon-box, saying, as he
adjusted her skirts, “We can't have that pretty dress
spoiled, the very first day, with Iowa mud.”

All this time Tim Jones had been dutifully holding
the satchel which he now deposited at Ethelyn's feet, and
then, at James' invitation, sprang into the hinder part of
the wagon-box, and sitting down let his long limbs dangle
over the back board, while James sat partly in Richard's
lap and partly in Ethelyn's. It had been decided that

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

the democrat must come down again for the baggage;
and so, three on a seat, with Tim Jones holding on behind,
Ethelyn was driven through the town, while face
after face looked out at her from the windows of the
different dwellings, and comment after comment was made
upon her pretty little round hat, with its jaunty feather,
which style had not then penetrated so far west as Olney.
Rumors there were of the Eastern ladies wearing hats
which made them look at least ten years younger than
their actual age; but Ethelyn was the first to carry the
fashion to Olney, and she was pronounced very stylish,
and very girlish, too, by those who watched her curiously
from behind their curtains and blinds.

It was the close of a chill October day, and a bank of
angry clouds hung darkly in the western sky, while the
autumn wind blew cold across the prairie; but colder,
blacker, chillier far than prairie winds, or threatening
clouds, or autumnal day was the shadow resting on
Ethelyn's heart, and making her almost cry out with loneliness
and home-sickness, as she drew near the house where
the blue paper curtains were hanging before the windows,
and Eunice Plympton's face was pressed against the pane.
The daisies and violets and summer grass were withered
and dead, and the naked branches of the lilac brushed
against the house with a mournful, rasping sound, which
reminded her of the tall sign-post in Chicopee, which used
to creak so in the winter-wind, and keep her Aunt Barbara
awake. To the right of the house, and a little in the rear,
were several large, square corn-cribs, and behind these an
enclosure in which numerous cattle, and horses, and pigs
were industriously feeding, while the cobs, stripped and
soiled and muddy, were scattered everywhere. Ethelyn

-- 096 --

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

took it all in at a glance, exclaiming, in a smothered
voice, as the wagon turned into the lane which led to
the side-door, “Not here, Richard; surely, not here!”

But Richard, if he heard her, did not heed her. He
could not comprehend her utter desolation and crushing
disappointment. Her imaginings of his home had never
been anything like the reality, and for the moment she
felt as if in a kind of horrible nightmare, from which she
struggled to awake.

“Oh! if it were only a dream,” she thought; but it
was no dream, and as Richard himself lifted her carefully
from the wagon, and deposited her upon the side-stoop,
there came a mist before her eyes, and for an instant
sense and feeling forsook her; but only for an instant, for
the hall-door was thrown open, and Richard's mother came
out to greet her son and welcome her new daughter.

But alas for Ethelyn's visions of heavy silk and costly
lace! how they vanished before this woman in purple calico,
with ruffles of the same standing up about the throat,
and the cotton-lace coiffeur upon her head. She was very
glad to see her boy, and wound both her arms around his
neck, but she was afraid of Ethelyn. She, too, had had
her ideal, but it was not like this proud-looking beauty,
dressed so stylishly, and, as it seemed to her, so extravagantly,
with her long, full skirt of handsome poplin
trailing so far behind her, and her basque fitting her
graceful figure so admirably. Neither did the hat, rolled
so jauntily on the sides, and giving her a coquettish
appearance, escape her notice, nor the fact that the dotted
veil was not removed from the white face, even after
Richard had put the little plump hand in hers, and
said,

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

“This, mother, is Ethie, my wife. I hope you will love
each other for my sake.”

In her joy at seeing her pet boy again, Mrs. Markham
would have done a great deal for his sake, but she could
not “kiss a veil,” as she afterwards said to Melinda Jones,
and so she only held and pressed Ethelyn's hand, and
leading her into the house, told her she was very welcome,
and bade her come to the fire and take off her things, and
asked if she was not tired, and cold and hungry.

And Ethelyn tried to answer, but the great lumps were
swelling in her throat, and so keen a pain was tugging at
her heart that when at last, astonished at her silence,
Richard said, “What is the matter, Ethie—why don't you
answer mother?” she burst out in a pitiful cry:

“Oh, Richard, I can't, I can't; please take me back to
Aunt Barbara.”

This was the crisis, the concentration of all she had
been suffering for the last hour, and it touched Mrs. Markham's
heart, for she remembered just how wretched she
had been when she first landed at the rude log cabin,
which was so long her Western home, and turning to
Richard, she said, in an aside,

“She is homesick, poor child, as it's natural she should
be at first. She'll be better, by and by, so don't think
strange of it. She seems very young.”

In referring to her youth, Mrs. Markham meant nothing
derogatory to her daughter-in-law. She was finding an
excuse for her crying, and did not mean that Ethelyn
should hear. But she did hear, and the hot tears were
dashed aside at once. She was too proud to be petted or
patronized by Mrs. Markham, or apologized for by her, so
she dried her eyes, and lifting up her head, said proudly:

-- 098 --

p597-103

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

“I am tired to-night, and my head is aching so hard
that I lost my self-control. I beg you will excuse me.
Richard knows me too well to need an excuse.”

A born duchess could not have assumed a loftier air,
and in some perplexity Mrs. Markham glanced from her to
Richard, as if asking what to do next. Fortunately for all
parties, John just then came in and approached his new
sister with some little hesitation. He had heard Tim
Jones' verdict, “Stuck up as the Old Nick,” while even
cautious James had admitted his fears that Dick had made
a mistake, and taken a wife who would never fit into their
ways. And this was why he was so late with his welcome.
He had crept up the back stairs, and donned his best neck-tie,
and changed his heavy boots for a pair of shoes, and
put on another coat and vest. He was all right now, and
he shook hands with his new sister, and asked if she was
pretty well, and told her she was welcome, and then stepped
back for Andy, who had been making his toilet when
the bride arrived, and so was also late with his congratulations.

CHAPTER VIII. ANDY.

ANDY was a character in his way. A fall from his
horse upon the ground had injured his head when
he was a boy, and since that time he had been
what his mother called a little queer, while the neighbors
spoke of him as simple Andy, or Mrs. Markham's half-wit,
who did the work of a girl and knit all his own socks. He

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

was next to Richard in point of age, but he looked younger
than either of his brothers, for his face was round and fair,
and smooth as a girl's. It is true that every Sunday of his life
he made a great parade with lather and shaving-cup, standing
before the glass in his shirt-sleeves, just as the other boys
did, and flourishing his razor around his white throat and
beardless face, to the great amusement of any one who
chanced to see him for the first time.

In his younger days, when the tavern at the Cross Roads
was just opened, Andy had been a sore trial to both mother
and brothers; and many a night, when the rain and sleet
were driving across the prairies, Richard had left the warm
fireside and gone out in the storm after the erring Andy,
who had more than once been found by the roadside, with
his hat jammed into every conceivable shape, his face
scratched, and a tell-tale smell about his breath which contradicted
his assertion “that somebody had knocked him
down.”

Andy had been intemperate, and greatly given to what
the old Colonel in Chicopee had designated as “busts;”
but since the time when the church missionary, young Mr.
Townsend, had come to Olney, and held his first service in
the log school-house, Andy had ceased to frequent the
Cross Roads tavern, and Richard went no more in the
autumnal storms to look for his wayward brother. There
was something in the beautiful simplicity of the church
service which went straight to Andy's heart, and more than
all, there was something in Mr. Townsend's voice, and
manner, and face, which touched a responsive chord in the
breast of the boyish Andy, and when at last the bishop
came to that section of Iowa, his hands were first laid in
blessing on the bowed head of Andy, who knelt to receive

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

the rite of confirmation in the presence of a large concourse
of people, to most of whom the service and ceremony were
entirely new.

While rejoicing and thanking God for the change, which
she felt was wholly sincere, Mrs. Markham had deeply deplored
the pertinacity with which Andy had clung to his resolve
to join “Mr. Townsend's church or none.” She did
not doubt Mr. Townsend's piety or Andy's either, but she
doubted the Episcopalians generally, because they did not
require of their members more than God himself requires, and
it hurt her sore that Andy should go with them rather than
to her church across the brook, where Father Aberdeen
preached. Andy believed in Mr. Townsend, and in time
he came to believe heart and soul in the church doctrines
as taught by him, and the beautiful consistency of his daily
life was to his mother like a constant and powerful argument
in favor of the church to which he belonged, while to
his brothers it was a powerful argument in favor of the religion
he professed.

That Andy Markham was a Christian no one doubted.
It showed itself in every act of his life; it shone in his
beaming, good-natured face, and made itself heard in the
touching pathos of his voice, when he repeated aloud in his
room the prayers of his church, saying to his mother,
when she objected that his prayers were made up beforehand,
“And for the land's sake, ain't the sams and hims,
which are nothing but prayers set to music, made up beforehand?
A pretty muss you'd have of it if everybody
should strike out for himself, a singin' his own words just
as they popped into his head.”

Mrs. Markham was not convinced, but she let Andy alone
after that, simply remarking that “the Prayer-Book would

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

not always answer the purpose; there would come a time
when just what he wanted was not there.”

Andy was willing to wait till that time came, trusting to
Mr. Townsend to find for him some way of escape; and so
the matter dropped, and he was free to read his prayers as
much as he pleased. He had heard from Richard that his
new sister was of his way of thinking,—that though not a
member of the church except by baptism, she was an Episcopalian,
and would be married by that form.

It was strange how Andy's great, warm heart went out
toward Ethelyn after that. He was sure to like her; and
on the evening of the bridal, when the clock struck nine,
he had taken his tallow candle to his room, and opening
his prayer-book at the marriage ceremony, had read it carefully
through, even to the saying, “I, Richard, take thee,
Ethelyn,” &c., kneeling at the proper time, and after he
was through, even venturing to improvise a prayer of his
own, in which he asked, not that Ethelyn might be happy
with his brother,—there was no doubt on that point, for
Richard was perfect in his estimation,—but that old Dick
might be happy with her,—that he, Andy, might do his
whole duty by her, and that, if it was right to ask it, she
might bring him something from that famous Boston,
which seemed to him like a kind of paradise, and also that
she need not at once discover that he did not know as much
as old Dick.

This was Andy's prayer, which he had confessed to Mr.
Townsend; and now, all shaven and shorn, with his best
Sunday coat, and a large bandanna in his hand, he came in
to greet his sister. It needed but a glance for Ethelyn to
know the truth, for Andy's face told what he was; but
there was something so kind in his expression and so

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

winning in his voice, as he called her “Sister Ethie,” that she
unbent to him as she had unbent to no one else; and when
he stooped to kiss her, she did not draw back as she had
from James and John, but promptly put up her lips, and
only winced a little at the second loud, hearty smack which
Andy gave her, his great mouth leaving a wet spot on her
cheek, which she wiped with her handkerchief.

Richard had dreaded the meeting between his polished
wife and his simple brother more than anything else, and
several times he had tried to prepare Ethelyn for it, but he
could not bring himself to say, “Andy is foolish;” for
when he tried to do it Andy's pleading face came up before
him just as it looked on the morning of his departure from
home in June, when Andy had said to him, “Don't tell
her what a shaller critter I am. Let her find it out by her
learning.”

So Richard had said nothing particular of Andy; and
now he watched him anxiously to see the impression he
was making, and, as he saw Ethelyn's manner, he marvelled
greatly at this new phase in her disposition. She did not
feel half so desolate after seeing Andy, and she let him hold
her hand, which he stroked softly, admiring its whiteness,
and evidently comparing it with his own. All the Markhams
had large hands and feet, just as they were all good-looking.
Even Andy had his points of beauty, for his
soft, brown hair was handsomer, if possible, than Richard's,
and more luxuriant, while many a city dandy might have
coveted his white, even teeth, and his dark eyes were very
placid and gentle in their expression.

“Little sister,” he called Ethelyn, who, though not very
short in stature, seemed to him so much younger than he
had expected Dick's wife to be, that he applied the term

-- 103 --

p597-108 [figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

“little” as he would to anything which he wished to
pet.

Ethelyn's hat was laid aside by this time, and the basquine,
too, which Andy thought the prettiest coat he had
ever seen, and which Eunice, who was bidden to carry
Ethelyn's things away, tried on before the glass in Ethelyn's
chamber, as she did also the hat, deciding that
Melinda Jones could make her something like them out of
a gray skirt she had at home and one of Tim's palm-leaf
hats.

CHAPTER IX. DINNER, AND AFTER IT.

EUNICE had not fully seen the stranger, and when
dinner was announced and Richard led her out,
with Andy hovering at her side, she stood ready
to be introduced, with the little speech she had been rehearsing
about “I hope to see you well,” &c., trembling on
the tip of her tongue. But her plans were seriously disarranged.
Six months before Richard would have presented
her himself, as a matter of course; but he had
learned some things since then, and he tried not to see his
mother's meaning look as she glanced from him to Eunice
and then to Ethelyn, whose proud bearing awed and abashed
even her. Eunice, however, had been made quite too much
of to be wholly ignored now, and Mrs. Markham felt compelled
to say, “Ethelyn, this—this is—Eunice—Eunice
Plympton.”

That Eunice Plympton was the hired girl Ethelyn did

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

not for a moment dream; but that she was coarse and
vulgar, like the rest of Richard's family, she at once decided,
and if she bowed at all, it was not perceptible to
Eunice, who mentally resolved “to go home in the morning
if such a proud minx was to live there.”

Mrs. Markham saw the gathering storm, and Richard
knew by the drop of her chin that Ethelyn had not made a
good impression. How could she, with that proud, cold
look, which never for an instant left her face, but rather
deepened in its expression as the dinner proceeded, and
one after the other Mrs. Markham and Eunice left the
table in quest of something that was missing, while Andy
himself, being nearest the kitchen, went to bring a pitcher
of hot water for Ethelyn's coffee, lifting the kettle with
the skirt of his coat, and snapping his fingers, which were
slightly burned with the scalding steam. From the position
she occupied at the table Ethelyn saw the whole performance,
and had it been in any other house she would
have smiled at Andy's grotesque appearance as he converted
his coat-skirts into a holder; but now it only sent a
colder chill to her heart as she reflected that these were
Richard's people and this was Richard's home. Sadly and
vividly there arose before her visions of dear Aunt Barbara's
household, where Betty served so quietly, and where,
except that they were upon a smaller scale, everything was
as well and properly managed as in Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's
family. It was several hours since she had tasted food, but
she could scarcely swallow a morsel for the terrible home-sick
feeling swelling in her throat. She knew the viands
before her were as nicely cooked as even Aunt Barbara or
Betty could have cooked them,—so much she conceded to
Mrs. Markham and Eunice; but had her life depended

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

upon it she could not have eaten them, and the plate which
James had filled so plentifully scarcely diminished at all.
She did pick a little with her fork at the white, tender
turkey, and tried to drink her coffee, but the pain in her
head and the pain at her heart were both too great to
allow of her doing more, and Mrs. Markham and Eunice
both felt a growing contempt for a dainty thing who could
not eat the dinner they had been at so much pains to prepare.

Ethelyn knew their opinion of her as well as if it had
been expressed in words; but she fancied them so far beneath
her that whatsoever they might think was not of the
slightest consequence. They were an ignorant set, the
whole of them, she mentally decided, as she watched their
manners at table, noticing how James and John poured their
coffee into their saucers, blowing it until it was cool, while
Richard, feeling more freedom now that he was again under
his mother's wing, used his knife altogether, even to eating
jelly with it. Indeed, it might be truly said of him that
“Richard was himself again,” for his whole manner was
that of a petted child, which, having returned to the mother
who spoiled it, had cast off the restraint under which for a
time it had been laboring. Richard was hungry, and would
have enjoyed his dinner hugely, but for the cold, silent
woman beside him, who, he knew, was watching and criticising
all he did; but at home he did not care so much for
her criticisms as when alone with her at fashionable hotels
or with fashionable people. Here he was supreme, and
none had ever disputed his will. Perhaps if Ethelyn had
known all that was in his heart she might have changed her
tactics and tried to have been more conciliatory on that
first evening of her arrival at his home. But Ethelyn did

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

not know,—she only felt that she was homesick and
wretched,—and pleading a headache, from which she was
really suffering, she asked to go to her room as soon as
dinner was over.

It was very pleasant up there, for a cheerful wood-fire was
blazing on the hearth, and a rocking-chair drawn up before
it, with a footstool which Andy had made and Melinda
covered; while the bed in the little room adjoining looked
so fresh, and clean, and inviting, that with a great sigh of
relief, as the door closed between her and the “dreadful
people below,” Ethelyn threw herself upon it, and burying
her face in the soft pillows, tried to smother the sobs which,
nevertheless, smote heavily upon Richard's ear when he
came in, and drove from him all thoughts of the little lecture
he had been intending to give Ethelyn touching her
deportment toward his family. It would only be a fair return,
he reflected, for all the Caudles he had listened to so
patiently; and duly strengthened for his task by his mother's
remark to James, accidentally overheard, “Altogether too
fine a lady for us. I wonder what Richard was thinking
of,” he mounted the stairs, resolved at least to talk with
Ethie and ask her to do better.

Richard could be very stern when he tried, and the hazel
of his eye was darker than usual, and the wrinkle between
his eyebrows was deeper as he thus meditated harm against
his offending wife. But the sight of the crushed form
lying so helplessly upon the bed, and crying in such a
grieved, heart-sick way, drove all thoughts of discipline
from his mind. He could not add one iota to her misery.
She might be cold, and proud, and even rude to his family,
as she unquestionably had been, but she was still Ethie, his
young wife, whom he loved so dearly; and bending over

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

her, he smoothed the silken bands of her beautiful hair and
said to her softly, “What is it, darling? Anything worse
than home-sickness? Has any one injured you?”

No one had injured her. On the contrary, all had met,
or tried to meet her with kindness, which she had thrust
back upon them. Ethelyn knew this as well as any one;
and Mrs. Markham, washing her dishes and occasionally
wiping her eyes with the corner of the check-apron as she
thought how all her trouble had been thrown away upon a
proud, ungrateful girl, could not think less of Ethie than
Ethie thought of herself. The family were ignorant and
ill bred, as she counted ignorance and ill breeding; but they
did mean to be kind to her, and she hated herself for her
ingratitude in not at least seeming pleased with their endeavors
to please her. Added to this was a vague remembrance
of a certain look seen in Richard's eye,—a look
which made her uneasy as she thought, “What if he should
hate me too?”

Richard was all Ethelyn had to cling to now. She respected,
if she did not love him, and when she heard his step
upon the stairs, her heart, for an instant, throbbed with dread
lest he was coming to chide her as she deserved. When,
then, he bent so kindly over her, and spoke to her so tenderly,
all her better nature went out toward him in a sudden
gush of something akin to love, and lifting her head,
she laid it upon his bosom, and drawing his arm around her
neck, held it there with a sense of protection, while she said,
“No one has injured me; but, oh, I am so homesick, and
they are all so different, and my head aches so hard.”

He knew she was homesick, and it was natural that she
should be; and he knew, too, that, as she said, they were
“so different,” and though on this point he could not fully

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

appreciate her feelings he was sorry for her, and he soothed
her aching head, and kissed her forehead, and told her she
was tired; she would feel better by and by, and get accustomed
to their ways; and when, as he said this, he felt
the shiver with which she repelled the assertion, he repressed
his inclination to tell her that she could at least
conceal her aversion to whatever was disagreeable, and
kissing her again, bade her lie down and try to sleep, as
that would help her sooner than anything else, unless it
were a cup of sage tea, such as his mother used to make
for him when his head was aching. Should he send Eunice
up with a cup?

“No; oh, no!” and Ethelyn's voice expressed the disgust
she felt for the young lady with red streamers in her hair,
who had stared so at her and called her husband Richard.

Ethelyn had not yet defined Eunice's position in the
family,—whether it was that of cousin, or niece, or companion,—
and now that Richard had suggested her, she said
to him,

“Who is this Eunice that seems so familiar?”

Richard hesitated a little and then replied,

“She is the girl who works for mother when we need
help.”

“Not a hired girl,—surely not a hired girl!” and Ethelyn
opened her brown eyes wide with surprise and indignation,
wondering aloud what Aunt Sophie would say if she knew
she had eaten with and been introduced to a hired girl.

Richard did not say, “Aunt Sophie be hanged, or be—
anything,” but he thought it, just as he thought Ethelyn's
ideas peculiar and over-nice. Eunice Plympton was a
respectable, trusty girl, and he believed in doing well for
those who did well for him; but that was no time to argue

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

the point, and so he sat still and listened to Ethelyn's complaint
that Eunice had called him Richard, and would undoubtedly
on the morrow address her as Ethelyn. Richard
thought not, but he changed his mind when, fifteen minutes
later, he descended to the kitchen and heard Eunice asking
Andy if he did not think “Ethelyn looked like the Methodist
minister's new wife.”

This was an offence which even Richard could not suffer
to pass unrebuked; and sending Andy out on some pretext or
other, he said that to Eunice Plympton which made her more
careful as to what she called his wife, but he did it so kindly
that she could not be offended with him, though she was
strengthened in her opinion that “Miss Ethelyn was a
stuck-up, an upstart, and a hateful. Supposin' she had been
waited on all her life, and brought up delicately, as Richard
said, that was no reason why she need feel so big, and above
speaking to a poor girl when she was introduced.” She
guessed that “Eunice Plympton was fully as respectable and
quite as much thought on by the neighbors, if she didn't
wear a frock-coat and a man's hat with a green feather stuck
in it.”

This was the substance of Eunice's soliloquy, as she
cleaned the potatoes for the morrow's breakfast, and laid
the kindlings by the stove, ready for the morning fire.
Still Eunice was not a bad-hearted girl, and when Andy, who
heard her mutterings, put in a plea for Ethelyn, who he
said “had never been so far away from home before, and
whose head was aching enough to split,” she began to
relent, and proposed of her own accord to take up to the
great lady a foot-bath, together with hot water for her
head.

It was so long since Richard had been at home, and

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

there was so much to hear of what had happened during
his absence, that instead of going back to Ethelyn he
yielded to his mother's wish that he should stay with her;
and sitting down in his arm-chair by the blazing fire, he
found it so pleasant to be flattered and caressed, and
deferred to again, that he was in some danger of forgetting
the young wife who was thus left to the tender mercies of
Andy and Eunice Plympton. Andy had caught eagerly at
Eunice's suggestion of the foot-bath, and offered to carry it
up himself, while Eunice followed with her towels and basin
of hot water. It never occurred to either of them to knock
for admittance, and Ethelyn was obliged to endure their
presence, which she did at first with a shadow on her
brow; but when Andy asked so pleadingly that she try
the hot water, and Eunice joined her entreaties with his,
Ethelyn consented, and lay very quiet while Eunice
Plympton bathed the aching head and smoothed the long,
bright hair, which both she and Andy admired so much;
for Andy, when he found that Ethelyn declined the foot-bath,
concluded to remain awhile, and sitting down before
the fire, he scrutinized the form and features of his new
sister, and made remarks upon the luxuriant tresses which
Eunice combed so carefully.

It was something to have the homage of even such subjects
as these, and Ethelyn's heart grew softer as the pain
gradually subsided beneath Eunice's mesmeric touch, and
she answered graciously the questions propounded as to
whether that sack, or great-coat, or whatever it was called,
which she wore around her, was the very last style, how
much it took to cut it, and if Miss Markham had the pattern.
On being told that “Miss Markham” had not the pattern,
Eunice presumed Melinda Jones could cut one; and

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

then, while the cooled water was heating on the coals
which Andy raked out upon the hearth, Eunice asked if
she might just try on the “vasquine” and let Miss Markham
see how she looked in it.

For a moment Ethelyn hesitated, but Eunice had been
so kind, and made her request so timidly, that she could
not well refuse, and gave a faint assent. But she was spared
the trial of seeing her basquine strained over Eunice's buxom
figure by the entrance of Richard, who came to say that Eunice
was wanted by his mother, and also that Melinda Jones
was in the parlor below, and had asked to see his wife.
In spite of all Tim had said about madam's airs, and his
advice that “Melinda should keep away,” that young lady
had ventured upon a call, thinking her intimacy with the
family would excuse any unseemly haste, and thinking
too, it may be, that possibly Mrs. Richard Markham
would be glad to know there was some one in Olney more
like the people to whom she had been accustomed than
Mrs. Markham senior and her handmaid, Eunice Plympton.
Melinda's toilet had been made with a direct reference to
what Mrs. Ethelyn would think of it, and she was looking
very well indeed in her gray dress and sack, with plain
straw-hat and green ribbons, which harmonized well with
her high-colored cheeks. But Melinda's pains had been for
naught, just as Richard feared, when she asked if “Mrs.
Markham” was too tired to see her.

Richard was glad to see Melinda, and Melinda was glad
to see Richard,—so glad that she gave him a hearty kiss,
prefacing the act with the remark, “I can kiss you, now
you are a married man.”

Richard liked the kiss, and liked Melinda's frank, open
manner, which had in it nothing Van Burenish, as he

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

secretly termed the studied elegance of Mrs. Richard Markham's
style. Melinda was natural, and he promptly kissed
her back, feeling that in doing so he was guilty of nothing
wrong, for he would have done the same had Ethelyn been
present. She had a terrible headache, he said, in answer
to Melinda's inquiry, and perhaps she did not feel able to
come down. He would see.

The hot water and Eunice's bathing had done Ethelyn
good, and, with the exception that she was very pale, she
looked bright and handsome, as she lay upon the pillows
with her loose hair forming a dark, glossy frame about her face.

“You are better, Ethie,” Richard said, bending over her,
and playfully lifting her heavy hair. “Eunice has done
you good. She's not so bad, after all.”

“Eunice is well enough in her place,” was Ethelyn's
reply; and then there was a pause, while Richard wondered
how he should introduce Melinda Jones.

Perhaps it was vain in him, but he really fancied that
the name of Jones was distasteful to Ethelyn, just as the
Van Buren name would have been more distasteful to him
than it already was, had he known of Frank's love affair;
and to a certain extent he was right. Ethelyn did dislike
to hear of the Joneses, and her brow grew cloudy at once
when Richard said, bunglingly, and as if it were not at all
what he had come up to say—“Oh, don't you remember
hearing me speak of Melinda Jones, whom I hoped you
would like? She is very kind to mother; we all think a
great deal of her; and though she knows it is rather soon
to call, she has come in for a few minutes, and would like
to see you. I should be so glad if you would go down, for
it will gratify her, I know; and I really think we owe her
something, she has always been so kind.”

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

But Ethelyn was too tired, and her head ached too hard
to see visitors, she said; and besides that, “Miss Jones
ought to have known that it was not proper to call so soon.
None but a very intimate friend could presume upon such
a thing.”

“And Melinda is an intimate friend,” Richard answered,
a little warmly, as he left his wife and went back to Melinda
with the message that “some time Ethelyn would be
happy to make Miss Jones' acquaintance, but to-night she
must be excused, as she was too tired to come down.”

All this time Andy had been standing with his back to
the fire, his coat-skirts taken up in his arms, his light, soft
hat on his head, and his ears taking in all that was transpiring.
Andy regarded his stylish sister-in-law as a very
choice gem, which was not to be handled too roughly, but
he was not afraid of her; he was seldom afraid of anybody;
and when Richard was gone he walked boldly up
to Ethelyn and said—

“I don't want to be meddlesome, but 'pears to me if
you'd spoke out your feelings to Dick, you'd said, `Tell
Melinda Jones I don't want to see her, neither to-night nor
any time.' Mebby I'm mistaken; but honest, do you want
to see Melinda?”

There was something so straightforward in his manner
that, without being the least offended, Ethelyn replied—

“No, I do not. I am sure I should not like her if she
at all resembles her brother, that terrible Timothy.”

Andy did not know that there was anything so very terrible
about Tim. He liked him because he gave him such
nice chews of tobacco, and was always so ready to lend a
helping hand in hog-killing time, or when a horse was sick;
neither had he ever heard him called Timothy before, and

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

the name sounded oddly; but he classed it with the fine
ways of his new sister, who called him Anderson, though
he so much wished she wouldn't. It sounded as if she did
not like him; but he said nothing on that subject now,—
he merely adhered to the Jones question, and, without defending
Tim, replied—

Gals are never much like their brothers, I reckon.
They are softer, and finer, and neater; leastways our Daisy
was as different from us as different could be, and Melinda
is different from Tim. She's been to Camden high-school,
and has got a book that she talks French out of; and didn't
you ever see that piece that she wrote about Mr. Baldwin's
boy, who fell from the top of the church when it was building,
and was scrushed to death? It was printed, all in
rhyme, in the Camden Sentinel, and Jim has a copy of it
in his wallet, 'long with a lock of Melinda's hair. I tell
you she's a team.”

Andy was warming up with his subject, and finding
Ethelyn a good listener, he continued—

“I want you to like her, and I b'lieve you orter, for if
it hadn't been for her this room wouldn't of been fixed up
as 'tis. Melinda coaxed mother to buy the carpet, and
the curtings, and to put your bed in there. Why, that
was the meal-room, where you be, and we used to keep
the beans there too; but Melinda stuck-to till mother
moved the chest and the bags, and then we got some
paint, and me and the boys, and Melinda painted, and
worked, hopin' all the time that you'd be pleased, as I
guess you be. We wanted to have you like us.”

And simple-hearted Andy drew near to Ethelyn, who
was softened more by what he said than she could have
been by her husband's most urgent appeal. The thought

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

of the people to whom she had been so cold, and rude,
working and planning for her comfort, touched a very tender
chord, and had Richard then requested her to go down, it
is very possible she might have done so; but it was too
late now, and after Andy left her she lay pondering what
he had said, and listening to the sound of voices which
came up to her from the parlor directly beneath her room,
where James, and John, and Andy, and the mother, with
Melinda and Eunice, were talking to Richard, who was
conscious of a greater feeling of content, sitting there in
their midst again, than he had known in many a day.
Melinda had been more than disappointed at Mrs. Richard's
non-appearance, for aside from a curiosity to see the great
lady, there was a desire to be able to report that she had
seen her to other females equally curious, whom she would
next day meet at church. It would have added somewhat
to her self-complacency as well as importance in their eyes,
could she have quoted Mrs. Richard's sayings, and described
Mrs. Richard's dress, the very first day after her arrival. It
would look as if the intimacy, which many predicted would
end with Mrs. Ethelyn's coming, was only cemented the
stronger; but no such honor was in store for her. Ethelyn
declined coming down, and with a good-humored smile
Melinda said she was quite excusable; and then, untying her
bonnet, she laid it aside, just as she did the indescribable
air of stiffness she had worn while expecting Mrs. Richard.

How merrily they all laughed and chatted together! and
how handsome James' eyes grew as they rested admiringly
upon the sprightly girl, who, perfectly conscious of his gaze,
never looked at him, but confined her attention wholly to
Richard, until Andy asked “if they could not have a bit
of a tune.'

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

Then, for the first time, Richard discovered that Ethelyn's
piano had been unpacked, and was now standing between
the south windows, directly under Daisy's picture.
It was open, too, and the sheet of music upon the rack told
that it had been used. Richard did not care for himself,
but he was afraid of what Ethelyn might say, and wondered
why she had not spoken of the liberty they had taken.

Ethelyn had not observed the piano; or if she had she
paid no attention to it. Accustomed as she had always
been to seeing one in the room, she would have missed its
absence more than she noticed its presence. But when, as
she lay half dozing and thinking of Aunt Barbara, the old
familiar air of “Monymusk,” played with a most energetic
hand, came to her ear, she started, for she knew the
tone of her own instrument,—knew, too, that Melinda
Jones' hands were sweeping the keys,—and all that Melinda
Jones had done for her comfort was forgotten in the
deep resentment which heated her blood, and flushed her
cheek as she listened to “Old Zip Coon,” which followed
“Monymusk,” a shuffling sound of feet telling that somebody's
boots were keeping time after a very unorthodox
fashion. Next came a song,—“Old Folks at Home,”—and
in spite of her resentment Ethelyn found herself listening
intently as James' rich, deep bass, and John's clear tenor,
and Andy's alto joined in the chorus with Melinda's full
soprano. The Markham boys were noted for their fine
voices; and even Richard had once assisted at a public
concert; but to-night he did not sing,—his thoughts were
too intent upon the wife up-stairs and what she might be
thinking of the performance, and he was glad when the
piano was closed and Melinda Jones had gone.

It was later than he supposed, and the clock pointed to

-- 117 --

p597-122 [figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

almost eleven when he at last said good-night to his mother
and went, with a half-guilty feeling, to his room. But there
were no chidings in store for him; for, wearied with her
journey, and soothed by the music, Ethelyn had forgotten
all her cares and lay quietly sleeping, with one hand beneath
her cheek and the other resting outside the white
counterpane. Ethie was very pretty in her sleep, and the
proud, restless look about her mouth was gone, leaving an
expression more like a child's than like a girl of eighteen.
And Richard, looking at her, felt supremely happy that she
was his, forgetting all of the past which had been unpleasant,
and thinking only that he was blessed above his fellow-mortals
that he could call the beautiful girl before him
his Ethelyn,—his wife.

CHAPTER X. FIRST DAYS IN OLNEY.

THERE were a great many vacant seats in the
Methodist Church the morning following Ethelyn's
arrival, while Mr. Townsend was surprised
at the size of his congregation. It was generally known
that Mrs. Judge Markham was an Episcopalian, and as she
would of course patronize the Village Hall, the young people
of Olney were there en masse, eager to see the bride.
But their curiosity was not gratified. Ethelyn was too
tired to go out, Andy said, when questioned on the subject,
while Eunice Plympton, who was also of Andy's faith, and
an attendant at the Village Hall, added the very valuable

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

piece of information that “Miss Markham's breakfast had
been taken to her, and that when she (Eunice) came away
she was still in bed, or at all events had not made her appearance
below.” This, together with Eunice's assertion
that she was handsome, and Tim Jones' testimony that she
was “mighty stuck up, but awful neat,” was all the disappointed
Olneyites heard of Mrs. Richard Markham, who, as
Eunice reported, had breakfasted in bed, and was still lying
there when the one bell in Olney rang out its summons for
church. She did not pretend to be sick,—only tired and
languid, and indisposed for any exertion; and then it was
so much nicer taking her breakfast from the little tray covered
with the snowy towel which Richard brought her, than
it was to go down stairs and encounter all “those dreadful
people,” as she mentally styled Richard's family; so she
begged for indulgence this once, and Richard could not refuse
her request, and excused her to his mother, who said
nothing, but whose face wore an expression which Richard
did not like.

Always strong and healthy herself, Mrs. Markham had
but little charity for nervous, delicate people, and she devoutly
hoped that Richard's wife would not prove to be
one of that sort. When the dishes were washed, and the
floor swept, and the broom hung up in its place, and the
sleeves of the brown, dotted calico rolled down, she went
herself to see Ethelyn, her quick eye noticing the elaborate
night-gown, with its dainty tucks and expensive embroidery,
and her thoughts at once leaping forward to ironing-day,
with the wonder who was to do up such finery. “Of
course, though, she'll see to such things herself,” was her
mental conclusion; and then she proceeded to question
Ethelyn as to what was the matter, and where she felt the

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

worst. A person who did not come down to breakfast
must either be sick or very babyish and notional, and as
Ethelyn did not pretend to much indisposition, the good
woman naturally concluded that she was “hypoey,” and
pitied her boy accordingly.

Ethelyn readily guessed the opinion her mother-in-law
was forming of her, and could hardly steady her voice sufficiently
to answer her questions or repress her tears, which
gushed forth the moment Mrs. Markham had left the room,
and she was alone with Richard. Poor Richard! it was a
novel position in which he found himself,—that of mediator
between his mother and his wife; but he succeeded very well,
soothing and caressing the latter, until when, at three
o'clock in the afternoon, the bountiful dinner was ready, he
had the pleasure of taking her down stairs, looking very
beautiful in her handsome black silk, and the pink coral
ornaments Aunt Barbara had given her. There was nothing
gaudy about her dress; it was in perfect taste, and
very plain too, as she thought, even if it was trimmed with
lace and bugles. But she could not help feeling that it was
out of keeping when James, and John, and Eunice stared
so at her, and Mrs. Markham asked if she hadn't better tie
on an apron for fear she might get something on her.
With ready alacrity Eunice, who fancied her young mistress
looked like a queen, ran for her own clean, white
apron, which she offered to the lady.

But Ethelyn declined it, saying, “My napkin is all that
I shall require.”

Mrs. Markham, and Eunice, and Andy glanced at each
other. Napkins were a luxury in which Mrs. Markham
had never indulged. She knew they were common in almost
every family of her acquaintance; but she did not

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

see of what use they were, except to make more washing,
and as her standard of things was the standard of thirty
years back, she was not easily convinced; and even Melinda
Jones had failed on the napkin question. Ethelyn
had been too much excited to observe their absence the
previous night, and she now spoke in all sincerity, never
dreaming that there was not such an article in the house.
But there was a small square towel of the finest linen, and
sacred to the memory of Daisy, who had hemmed it herself
and worked her name in the corner. It was lying in the
drawer now, with her white cambric dress, and, at a whispered
word from her mistress, Eunice brought it out and
laid it in Ethelyn's lap, while Richard's face grew crimson
as he began to think that possibly his mother might be a
very little behind the times in her household arrangements.

Ethelyn's appetite had improved since the previous night,
and she did ample justice to the well-cooked dinner; but
her spirits were ruffled again when, on returning to her
room an hour or so after dinner, she found it in the same
disorderly condition in which she had left it. Ethelyn had
never taken charge of her own room, for at Aunt Barbara's
Betty had esteemed it a privilege to wait upon her young
mistress, while Aunt Van Buren would have been horror-stricken
at the idea of any one of her guests making their
own bed. Mrs. Markham, on the contrary, could hardly
conceive of a lady too fine to do that service for herself,
and Eunice was not the least to blame for omitting to do
what she had never been told was her duty. A few words
from Richard, however, and the promise of an extra quarter
per week, made that matter all right; and neither Betty
nor Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's trained chambermaid, Mag, had
ever entered into the clearing-up process with greater zeal

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

than did Eunice when once she knew that Richard expected
it of her. She was naturally kind-hearted, and though
Ethelyn's lofty ways annoyed her somewhat, her admiration
for the beautiful woman and her elegant wardrobe was
unbounded, and she felt a pride in waiting upon her which
she would once have thought impossible to feel in anything
pertaining to her duties as a servant.

The following morning brought with it the opening of
the box where the family presents were; but Ethelyn did
not feel as much interest in them now as when they
were purchased. She knew how out of place they were,
and fully appreciated the puzzled expression of James'
face when he saw the blue velvet smoking-cap. It did not
harmonize with the common clay-pipe he always smoked
on Sunday, and much less with the coarse, cob thing she
saw him take from the kitchen-mantel that morning just
after he left the breakfast-table, and donned the blue frock
he wore upon the farm. He did not know what the fanciful-tasselled
thing was for; but he reflected that Melinda,
who had been to boarding-school, could enlighten him, and
he thanked his pretty sister with a good deal of gentlemanly
grace. He was more observing than Richard, and
with the same advantages would have polished sooner.
Though a little afraid of Ethelyn, there was something in
her manners very pleasing to him, and his soft eyes looked
down upon her kindly as he took the cap and carried it to
his room, laying it carefully away in the drawer where his
Sunday shirts, and collars, and “dancing pumps,” and
fishing tackle, and paper of chewing tobacco were.

Meanwhile, John, who was even more shy of Ethelyn
than James, had been made the recipient of the elegantly-embroidered
slippers, which presented so marked a contrast

-- 122 --

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

to his heavy cowhides, and were three sizes too small
for his mammoth feet. Ethelyn saw the discrepancy at
once, and the effort it was for John to keep from laughing
outright, as he took the dainty things into which he could
but little more than thrust his toes.

“You did not know what a Goliath I was, nor what stogies
I wore; but I thank you all the same,” John said, and with
burning blushes Ethelyn turned next to her beautiful Schiller,—
the exquisite little bust,—which Andy, in his simplicity,
mistook for a big doll, feeling a little affronted that
Ethelyn should suppose him childish enough to care for
such toys.

But when Richard, who stood looking on, explained to
his weak brother what it was, saying that people of cultivation
prized such things as these, and that some time he
would read to him of the great German poet, Andy felt
better, and accepted his big doll with a very good
grace.

The coiffeur came next, Mrs. Markham saying she was
much obliged, and Eunice asking if it was a half-handkerchief,
to be worn about the neck.

Taken individually and collectively, the presents were a
failure,—all but the pretty collar and ribbon-bow, which, as
an afterthought, Ethelyn gave to Eunice, whose delight
knew no bounds. This was something she could appreciate,
while Ethelyn's gifts to the others had been far beyond
them, and but for the good feeling they manifested might
as well have been withheld. Ethelyn felt this keenly, and
it did not tend to lessen the bitter disappointment which
had been gnawing in her heart ever since she reached her
Western home. Everything was different from what she
had pictured it in her mind,—everything but Daisy's face,

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

which, from its black-walnut frame above her piano, seemed
to look so lovingly down upon her. It was a sweet, refined
face, and the soft eyes of blue were more beautiful than
anything Ethelyn had ever seen. She did not wonder that
every member of that family looked upon their lost Daisy
as the household angel, lowering their voices when they
spoke of her, and even retarding their footsteps when they
passed near her picture. She did wonder, however, that
they were not more like what Daisy must have been, judging
from the expression of her face and all Richard had
said of her.

Between Mrs. Markham and Ethelyn there was from the
first a mutual feeling of antagonism, and it was in no degree
lessened by Aunt Barbara's letter, which Mrs. Markham
read three times on Sunday, and then on Monday
very foolishly talked it up with Eunice, whom she treated
with a degree of familiarity wholly unaccountable to
Ethelyn.

“What did that Miss Bigalow take her for that she must
ask her to be kind to Ethelyn? Of course she should do
her duty, and she guessed her ways were not so very different
from other people's, either,” and the good woman
gave an extra twist to the table-cloth she was wringing, and
shaking it out rather fiercely, tossed it into the huge
clothes-basket standing near.

The wash was unusually large that day, and as the unpacking
of the box had taken up some time, the clock
was striking two just as the last clothes-pin was fastened in
its place, and the last brown towel hung upon the currant
bushes. It was Mrs. Markham's weakness that her washing
should be fluttering in the wind before that of Mrs.
Jones, which could be plainly seen from her kitchen

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

window. But to-day Mrs. Jones was ahead, and Melinda's
pink sun-bonnet was visible in the little back yard as early
as eleven, at which time the Markham garments had just
commenced to boil. The bride had brought with her a
great deal of extra work, and what with waiting breakfast
for her until the coffee was cold and the baked potatoes
“soggy,” and then cleaning up the litter of “that box,”
Mrs. Markham was behind with her Monday's work. And
it did not tend to improve her temper to know that the
cause of all her discomposure was “playing lady” in a
handsome cashmere morning-gown, with heavy tassels
knotted at her side, while she was bending over the washtub
in a faded calico pinned about her waist, and disclosing
the quilt patched with many colors, and the black yarn
stockings footed with coarse white. Not that Mrs. Markham
cared especially for the difference between her dress
and Ethelyn's,—neither did she expect Ethelyn to “help”
that day,—but she might at least have offered to wipe the
dinner dishes, she thought. It would have shown her
good will, at all events. But instead of that she had returned
to her room the moment dinner was over, and
Eunice, who went up to hunt for a missing sock of Richard's,
reported that she was lying on the lounge with a
story-book in her hand.

“Shiffless,” was the word Mrs. Markham wanted to use,
but she repressed it, for she would not talk openly against
Richard's wife so soon after her arrival, though she did
make some invidious remarks concerning the handsome
under-clothes, wondering “what folks were thinking of to
put so much work where it was never seen. Puffs, and embroidery,
and lace, and, I vum, if the rufflers ain't tucked,
too,” she continued, in a despairing voice, hoping Ethelyn

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

knew “how to iron such filagree herself, for the mercy
knew she didn't.”

Now these same puffs, and embroideries, and ruffles, and
tucks had excited Eunice's liveliest admiration, and her fingers
had fairly itched to see how they would look hanging
on the clothes-bars after passing through her hands. That
Ethelyn could touch them she never once dreamed. Her
instincts were truer than Mrs. Markham's, and it struck her
as perfectly proper that one like Ethelyn should sit still
while others served, and to her mistress's remarks as to the
ironing, she hastened to reply, “I'd a heap sight rather do
them up than to iron the boys' coarse shirts and pantaloons.
Don't you mind the summer I was at Camden working for
Miss Avery, who lived next door to Miss Judge Miller, from
New York? She had just such things as these, and I used
to go in sometimes and watch Katy iron 'em, so I b'lieve I
can do it myself. Anyways, I want to try.”

Fears that Eunice might rebel had been uppermost in
Mrs. Markham's mind when she saw the pile of elegant
clothes, for she had a suspicion that Mrs. Ethelyn would
keep as much aloof from the ironing-board as she did from
the dish-washing; but if Eunice was willing and even glad
of the opportunity, why, that made a difference; and the
good woman began to feel so much better that by the time
the last article was on the line, the kitchen floor cleared up,
and the basin of water heating on the stove for her own
ablutions, she was quite amiably disposed toward her grand
daughter-in-law, who had not made her appearance since
dinner. Ethelyn liked staying in her chamber better than
anywhere else, and it was especially pleasant there to-day,
for Eunice had taken great pains to make it so,—sweeping,
and dusting, and putting to rights, and patting the pillows

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

and cushions just as she had seen Melinda do, and then,
after the collar and ribbon had been given to her, going
down on her hands and knees before the fire to wash the
hearth with milk, which gave to the red bricks a polished,
shining appearance, and added much to the cheerfulness of
the room. Ethelyn had commended her pleasantly, and,
in the seventh heaven of delight, Eunice had returned to
her washing, taking greater pains than ever with the dainty
puffs and frills, and putting in a stitch where one was
needed.

It was very evident that Eunice admired Ethelyn, and
Ethelyn in return began to appreciate Eunice; and when,
after dinner, she went to her room, and, wearied with her
unpacking, lay down upon the lounge, she felt happier than
she had since her first sight of Olney. It was pleasant up
there, and the room looked very pretty with the brackets
and ornaments, and pictures she had hung there instead of
in the parlor, and she decided within herself that she
could be quite comfortable for the few weeks which must
intervene before she went to Washington. She should
spend most of the time in the retirement of her room,
mingling as little as possible with the family, and keeping
at a respectful distance from her mother-in-law, whom
she liked less than any of Richard's relations.

“I trust the Olney people will not think it their duty
to call,” she thought. “I suppose I shall have to endure
the Joneses for Abigail's sake. Melinda certainly has some
taste; possibly I may like her,” and while cogitating upon
Melinda Jones and the expected gayeties in Washington,
she fell asleep; nor did Richard's step arouse her, when,
about three o'clock, he came in from the village in quest
of some law documents he wished to see.

-- 127 --

p597-132

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

Frank Van Buren would probably have kissed her as she
lay there sleeping so quietly; but Richard was in a great
hurry. He had plunged at once into business. There
were at least forty men waiting to see and consult “the
Squire,” whose reputation for honesty and ability was
very great, and whose simple assertion carried more
weight than the roundest oath of some lawyers, sworn
upon the biggest bible in Olney. Waylaid at every corner,
and plied with numberless questions, he had hardly
found an opportunity to come home to dinner, and now
he had no time to waste in love-making. He saw
Ethelyn, however, and felt that his room had never been
as pleasant as it was with her there in it, albeit her coming
was the cause of his books and papers being disturbed,
and tossed about and moved where he had much
trouble to find them. He felt glad, too, that she was
out of his mother's way; and feeling that all was well, he
found his papers and hurried off to the village again,
while Ethelyn slept on till Eunice Plympton came up to
say that “Miss Jones and Melinda were both in the parlor
and wanted her to come down.”

CHAPTER XI. CALLS AND VISITING.

MRS. JONES had risen earlier than usual that Monday
morning, and felt not a little elated when she
saw her long line of snowy linen swinging in the
wind before that of her neighbor, whom she excused on

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

the score of Richard's wife. But when twelve o'clock,
and even one o'clock struck, and still the back yard gave
no sign, she began to wonder “if any of 'em could be
sick;” and never was flag of truce watched for more
anxiously than she watched for something which should tell
that it was all well at Mrs. Markham's.

The sign appeared at last, and with her fears quieted,
Mrs. Jones pursued the even tenor of her way until everything
was done, and her little kitchen was as shining as
soap and sand and scrubbing-brush could make it. Perhaps
it was washing the patchwork quilt which Abigail
had pieced that brought the deceased so strongly to Mrs.
Jones' mind, and made her so curious to see Abigail's
successor. Whatever it was, Mrs. Jones was very anxious
for a sight of Ethelyn; and when her work was done she
donned her alpaca dress, and tying on her black silk apron,
announced her intention of “running into Mrs. Markham's,
just a minute. Would Melinda go along?”

Melinda had been once to no purpose, and she had inwardly
resolved to wait awhile before calling again; but
she felt that she would rather be with her mother at her
first interview with Ethelyn, for she knew she could cover
up some defects by her glibber and more correct manner
of conversing. So she signified her assent, but did not
wear her best bonnet, as she had on Saturday night. This
was only a run in, she said, never dreaming that, “for fear
of what might happen if she was urged to stay to tea,”
her mother had deposited in her capacious pocket the
shirt-sleeve of unbleached cotton she was making for Tim.

And so about four o'clock the twain started for the house
of Mrs. Markham, who welcomed them warmly. She was
always glad to see Mrs. Jones, and she was doubly glad to

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

day, for it seemed to her that some trouble had come upon
her which made neighborly sympathy and neighborly intercourse
more desirable than ever. Added to this, there
was in her heart an unconfessed pride in Ethelyn and a
desire to show her off. “Miss Jones was not going to stir
home a step till after supper,” she said, as that lady demurred
at laying off her bonnet. “She had got to stay
and see Richard; besides that, they were going to have
waffles and honey, with warm gingerbread.”

Nobody who had once tested them could withstand Mrs.
Markham's waffles and gingerbread,—Mrs. Jones certainly
could not; and when Eunice went up for Ethelyn that
worthy woman was rocking back and forth in a low rocking-chair,
her brass thimble on her finger and Tim's shirt-sleeve
in progress of making; while Melinda, in her pretty
brown merino and white collar, with her black hair shining
like satin, sat in another rocking-chair, working at the bit
of tetting she chanced to have in her pocket. Ethelyn did
not care to go down; it was like stepping into another
sphere,—leaving her own society for that of the Joneses;
but there was no alternative, and with a yawn she started
up and began smoothing her hair.

“This wrapper is well enough,” she said, more to herself
than Eunice, who was still standing by the door looking
at her.

Eunice did not think the wrapper was well enough. It
was pretty, but not as pretty as the dresses she had seen
hanging in Ethelyn's closet when she arranged the room
that morning; so she said, hesitatingly, “I wish you
wouldn't wear that down. You was so handsome yesterday
in the black gown, with them red ear-rings and pin,
and your hair brushed up, so.

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

Ethelyn liked to look well, even here in Olney, and so
the wrapper was laid aside, the beautiful brown hair was
wound in heavy coils about the back of the head, and
brushed back from her white forehead after a fashion
which made her look still younger and more girlish than
she was. A pretty plaid silk, with trimmings of blue, was
chosen for to-day, Eunice going nearly wild over the short
jaunty basque, laced at the sides and the back. Eunice
had offered to stay and assist at her young mistress's
toilet, and as Ethelyn was not unaccustomed to the office
of waiting-maid, she accepted Eunice's offer, finding, to her
surprise, that the coarse red fingers, which that day had
washed and starched her linen, were not unhandy even
among the paraphernalia of a Boston lady's toilet.

“You do look beautiful,” Eunice said, standing back to
admire Ethelyn, when at last she was dressed. “I have
thought Melinda Jones handsome, but she can't hold a
candle to you, nor nobody else I ever seen, except Miss
Judge Miller, in Camden. She do act some like you, with
her gown dragglin' behind her half a yard.”

Thus flattered and complimented, Ethelyn went down
stairs to where Mrs. Jones sat working on Timothy's shirt,
and Melinda was crocheting, while Mrs. Markham, senior,
clean and neat, and stiff in her starched, purple calico, sat
putting a patch on a fearfully large hole in the knee of
Andy's pants. As Ethelyn swept into the room there fell
a hush upon the inmates, and Mrs. Jones was almost guilty
of an exclamation of surprise. She had expected something
fine, she said,—something different from the Olney
quality,—but she was not prepared for anything as grand
and queenly as Ethelyn, when she sailed into the room,
with her embroidered handkerchief held so gracefully in

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

her hands, and in response to Mrs. Markham's introduction,
bowed so very low, and slowly, too, her lips scarcely moving
at all, and her eyes bent on the ground. Mrs. Jones
actually ran the needle she was sewing with under her
thumb in her sudden start, while Melinda's work dropped
into her lap. She, too, was surprised, though not as much
as her mother. She, like Eunice, had seen Mrs. Judge
Miller, from New York, whose bridal trousseau was imported
from Paris, and whose wardrobe was the wonder of Camden.
And Ethelyn was very much like her, only younger and
prettier.

“Very pretty,” Melinda thought, while Mrs. Jones fell
to comparing her, mentally, with the deceased Abigail,—
wondering how Richard, if he had ever loved the one, could
have fancied the other, they were so unlike.

Of course, the mother's heart gave to Abigail the preference
for all that was good and womanly, and worthy of
Richard Markham; but Ethelyn bore off the palm for style,
and beauty too.

“Handsome as a doll, but awfully proud,” Mrs. Jones
decided, during the interval in which she squeezed her
wounded thumb, and got the needle again in motion upon
Timothy's shirt-sleeve.

Ethelyn was not greatly disappointed in Mrs. Jones and
her daughter; the mother especially was much like what she
had imagined her to be, while Melinda was rather prettier,—
rather more like the Chicopee girls than she expected.
There was a look on her face like Susie Granger, and the
kindly expression of her black eyes made Ethelyn excuse
her for wearing a Magenta bow, while her cheeks were something
the same hue. They were very stiff at first, Mrs. Jones
saying nothing at all, and Melinda only venturing upon

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

commonplace inquiries,—as to how Ethelyn bore her journey,
if she was ever in that part of the country before, and how
she thought she should like the West. This last question
Ethelyn could not answer directly.

“It was very different from New England,” she said,
“but she was prepared for that, and hoped she should not
get very homesick during the few weeks which would
elapse before she went to Washington.”

At this point Mrs. Markham stopped her patching and
looked inquiringly at Ethelyn. It was the first she had
heard about Ethelyn's going to Washington; she had understood
that Richard's wife was to keep her company
during the winter, a prospect which since Ethelyn's arrival
had not looked so pleasing to her as it did before. How
in the world they should get on together without Richard,
she did not know, and if she consulted merely her own
comfort she would have bidden Ethelyn go. But there
were other things to be considered,—there was the great
expense it would be for Richard to have his wife with him.
Heretofore he had saved a good share of his salary, but
with Ethelyn it would be money out of his pocket all the
time; besides that, Ethelyn's best place for the present
was at home.

Thus reasoned Mrs. Markham, and when next her needle
resumed its work on Andy's patch, Ethelyn's fate with regard
to Washington was decided, for as thought the mother
on that point, so eventually would think the son, who deferred
so much to her judgment. He came in after a little,
looking so well and handsome that Ethelyn felt proud of
him; and had he then laid his hand upon her shoulder, or
put his arm around her waist, as he sometimes did when
they were alone, she would not have shaken it off, as was

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

her usual custom. Indeed, such is the perversity of human
nature, and so many contradictions are there in it, that
Ethelyn rather wished he would pay her some little attention.
She could not forget Abigail, with Abigail's mother
and sister sitting there before her, and she wanted them to
see how fond her husband was of her, hoping thus to prove
how impossible it was that Abigail could ever have been to
him what she was. But Richard was shy in the presence of
others, and would sooner have put his arm around Melinda
than around his wife, for fear he should be thought silly.
He was very proud of her, though, and felt a thrill of satisfaction
in seeing how superior, both in look and manner,
she was to Melinda Jones, whose buxom, healthy face grew
almost coarse and homely from comparison with Ethelyn's.

As Ethelyn's toilet had occupied some time, it was five
when she made her appearance in the parlor, consequently
she had not long to wait ere the announcement of supper
broke up the tediousness she endured from that first call
or visit. The waffles and the gingerbread were all they
had promised to be, and the supper passed off quietly, with
the exception of a mishap of poor, awkward Andy, who
tipped his plate of hot cakes and honey into his lap, and
then, in his sudden spring backward, threw a part of the
plate's contents upon Ethelyn's shining silk. This was the
direst calamity of all, and sent poor Andy from the table
so heart-broken and disconsolate that he did not return
again, and Eunice found him sitting on the wood-house
steps, wiping away with his coat-sleeve the great tears
which rolled down his womanish face.

“Ethelyn never would like him again,” he said, calling
himself “a great blundering fool, who never ought to eat
at the same table with civilized folks.”

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

But when Ethelyn, who heard from Eunice of Andy's
distress, went out to see him, assuring him that but little
damage had been done, that soft water and magnesia would
make the dress all right again, he brightened up, and was
ready to hold Mr. Harrington's horse when after dark that
gentleman drove over from Olney with his wife and sister
to call on Mrs. Richard. It would almost seem that Ethelyn
held a reception that evening, for more than the Harringtons
knocked at the front door, and were admitted by
the smiling Eunice. It was rather early to call, the Olneyites
knew, but there on the prairie they were not hampered
with many of Mrs. Grundy's rules, and several of the
young people had agreed together between the Sunday
services to call at Mrs. Markham's the following night.
They were well-meaning, kind-hearted people, and would
any one of them have gone far out of their way to serve
either Richard or his wife; but awed by Ethelyn's cold,
frigid manner, they appeared shy and awkward,—all except
Will Parsons, the young M.D. of Onley, who joked, and
talked, and laughed so loudly, that even Richard wondered
he had never before observed how noisy Dr. Parsons was,
while Andy, who was learning to read Ethelyn's face, tried
once or twice, by pulling the doctor's coat-skirts and giving
him a warning glance, to quiet him down a little. But
the doctor took no hints, and kept on with his fun, finding
a splendid coadjutor in the “terrible Tim Jones,” who himself
came over to call on Dick and his woman.

Tim was dressed in his best, with a bright red cravat
tied round his neck, and instead of his muddy boots with
his pants tucked in the tops, he wore coarse shoes tied with
strings, and flirted his yellow silk handkerchief for the entire
evening. It was dreadful to Ethelyn, for she could see

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

nothing agreeable in Richard's friends; and the proud look
on her face was so apparent that the guests all felt ill at
ease, while Richard was nearer being angry with Ethelyn
than he had ever been. Will Parsons and Tim Jones
seemed exceptions to the rest of the company, especially
the latter, who, if he noticed Ethelyn's evident contempt,
was determined to ignore it, and made himself excessively
familiar.

As yet, the open piano had been untouched, no one
having courage to ask Ethelyn to play; but Tim was fond
of music, and unhesitatingly seating himself upon the stool,
thrust one hand in his pocket, and with the other struck
the keys at random, trying to make out a few bars of “Hail
Columbia.” Then turning to Ethelyn, he said, with a good-humored
nod, “Come, old lady, give us something good.”

Ethelyn's eyes flashed fire, while others of the guests
looked their astonishment at Tim, who knew he had done
something, but could not for the life of him tell what.

“Old lady” was a favorite title with him. He called
his mother so, and Melinda, and Eunice Plympton, and
Maria Morehouse, whose eyes he thought so bright, and
whom he always saw home from meeting on Sunday nights;
and so it never occurred to him that this was his offence.
But Melinda knew, and her red cheeks burned scarlet as
she tried to cover her brother's blunder by modestly urging
Ethelyn to favor them with some music.

Of all the Western people whom she had seen, Ethelyn
liked Melinda the best. She had thought her rather familiar;
and after the Olneyites came in and put her more at
her ease, she had fancied her a little flippant and forward;
but, in all she did or said, there was so much genuine sincerity
and frankness, that Ethelyn could not dislike her as

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

she had thought she should dislike a sister of Abigail
Jones and the terrible Tim. She had not touched her
piano since her arrival, for fear of the home-sickness which
its familiar tones might awaken; and when she saw Tim's
big red hands fingering the keys, in her resentment at the
desecration she said to herself that she never would touch
it again; but when in a low aside Melinda added to her entreaties,
“Please, Mrs. Markham, don't mind Tim,—he
means well enough, and would not be rude for the world,
if he knew it,” she began to give way, and it scarcely
needed Richard's imperative “Ethelyn” to bring her to
her feet. No one offered to conduct her to the piano,—
not even Richard, who sat just where he was; while Tim,
in his haste to vacate the music-stool, precipitated it to the
floor, and got his leather shoes entangled in Ethelyn's
skirts.

Tim, and Will Parsons, and Andy, all hastened to pick
up the stool, knocking their heads together, and raising a
laugh in which Ethelyn could not join. Thoroughly disgusted
and sick at heart, she felt much as the Jewish maidens
must have felt when required to give a song. Her
harp was indeed upon the willows hung, and her heart was
turning sadly toward her far-off Jerusalem as she sat down
and tried to think what she should play to suit her audience.
Suddenly it occurred to her to suit herself rather than her
hearers, and her snowy fingers,—from which flashed Daisy's
diamond and a superb emerald,—swept the keys with a
masterly grace and skill. Ethelyn was perfectly at home
at the piano, and dashing off into a brilliant and difficult
overture, she held her hearers for a few moments astonished
both at her execution and the sounds she made. Most of
them, however, wanted something familiar,—something

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

they had heard before; and when the fine performance
was ended terrible Tim electrified her with the characteristic
exclamation, “That is mighty fine, no doubt, for
them that understand such; but now, for land's sake, give
us a tune.”

Ethelyn was horror-stricken. She had cast her pearls
before swine; and with a haughty stare at the offending
Timothy, she left the stool, and, walking back to her former
seat, said—

“I leave the tunes to your sister, who, I believe, plays
sometimes.”

Somewhat crestfallen, but by no means brow-beaten, Tim
insisted that Melinda should give them a jig; and, crimsoning
with shame and confusion, Melinda took the vacant
stool and played her brother a tune,—a rollicking, galloping
tune, which everybody knew, and which set the
feet to keeping time, and finally brought Tim and Andy to
the floor for a dance. But Melinda declined playing for the
cotillon which her brother proposed, and so the dancing
arrangement came to naught, greatly to the delight of
Ethelyn, who could only keep back her tears by looking
up at the sweet face of Daisy smiling down upon her from
the wall. That was the only redeeming point in that whole
assembly, she thought. She would not even except
Richard then, so intense was her disappointment and so
bitter her regret for the mistake she made when she promised
to go where her heart could never be.

It was nine o'clock when the company dispersed, each
of the ladies cordially inviting Ethelyn to call as soon as
convenient, and Mrs. Harrington, whose husband was the
village merchant, saying encouragingly to her, as she held
her hand a moment, “Our Western manners seem strange

-- 138 --

p597-143 [figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

to you, I dare say; but we are a well-meaning people, and
you will get accustomed to us by and by.”

She never should,—no never, Ethelyn thought as she
went up to her room, tired and homesick, and disheartened
with this, her first introduction to the Olney people. It
was a very cross wife which slept at Richard's side that
night, and the opinion expressed of the Olneyites was anything
but complimentary to the taste of one who had
known them all his life and liked them so well. But
Richard was getting accustomed to such things. Lectures
did not move him now as they had at first, and, overcome
with fatigue from his day's work and the evening's excitement,
he fell asleep while Ethelyn was enlarging upon the
merits of the terrible Tim who had addressed her as “old
lady” and asked her to “play a tune.”

CHAPTER XII. SOCIETY.

IN the course of two weeks all the ton of Olney called
upon Ethelyn, who would gladly have declined
seeing them if she could. But after the morning
when Andy stood outside the door of her room, wringing
his hands in great distress at the tone of Richard's voice,
and after the day Ethelyn stayed in bed with the headache,
and was nursed by Eunice and Melinda, Ethelyn did better,
and was at least polite to those who called. She had said
she would not see them, and Richard had said she should;
and as he usually made people do as he liked, Ethelyn was

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

forced to submit, but cried herself sick. It was very desolate
and lonely up-stairs that day, for Richard was busy in
town, and the wind swept against the windows with a
mournful, moaning sound, which made Ethelyn think of
Chicopee and the lofty elms through whose branches the
same wind was probably sighing on this autumnal day.

Ethelyn was very wretched, and hailed with delight the
presence of Melinda Jones, who came in the afternoon,
bringing a basket of delicious apples and a lemon tart she
had made herself. Melinda was very sorry for Ethelyn,
and her face said as much as she stood by her side and
laid her hand softly upon the throbbing temples, guessing
just how homesick she was there with Mrs. Markham,
whose ways had never seemed to peculiar, even to her, as
since Ethelyn's arrival. “And still,” she thought, “I do
not see how she can be so very unhappy, in any circumstances,
with a husband like Richard.” But here Melinda made
a mistake; for though Ethelyn had learned to miss her
husband when he was gone, and the day whose close was
not to bring him back would have been very long, she did
not love him as a husband should be loved; and so there
was nothing to fall back upon when other props gave
way.

Wholly unsuspicious, Melinda sat down beside her,
offering to brush her hair; and while she brushed, and
combed, and braided, and admired the glossy brown locks,
she talked on the subject she thought most acceptable to
the young wife's ear,—of Richard, and the great popularity
he had achieved, not only in his own county, but in neighboring
ones, where he stood head and shoulders above his
fellows. There was talk once of making him Governor,
she said, but some thought him too young. Lately,

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

however, she had heard that the subject was again agitated,
adding that her father and Tim both thought it more than
probable that the next election would take him to the
gubernatorial mansion.

Tim would work like a hero for Richard,” she said.
“He almost idolizes him, and when he was up for Judge,
Tim's exertions alone procured for him a hundred extra
votes. Tim is a rough, half-savage fellow, but he has the
kindest of hearts, and is very popular with a certain class
of men who could not be reached by one more polished
and cultivated.”

So much Melinda said, by way of excusing Tim; and
then with the utmost tact she led the conversation back to
Richard and the governorship, hinting that Ethelyn could
do much toward securing that office for her husband. A
little attention, which cost nothing, would go a great
ways, she said; and it was sometimes worth one's while to
make an effort, even if they did not feel like it. More
than one rumor had reached Melinda's ear touching the
pride of Dick Markham's wife,—a pride which the Olney
people felt keenly, knowing that they had helped to give
her husband a name; they had made him Judge, and sent
him to Congress, and would like to make him Governor,
knowing well that no office, however high, would change
him from the plain, unpretending man, who, even in the
Senate-chamber, would shake drunken Ike Plympton's
hand, and slap Tim Jones on the back if need be. They
liked their Dick, who had been a boy among them, and
they thought it only fair that his wife should unbend a
little, and not freeze them with her lofty ways.

“She'll kick the whole thing over if she goes on so,”
Tim had said to his father, in Melinda's hearing; and, like

-- 141 --

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

a true friend to Richard, Melinda determined to try and
prevent the proud little feet from doing so much mischief.

Nor was she unsuccessful. Ethelyn saw the drift of the
conversation, and though for an instant her cheek crimsoned
with resentment that she should be talked at by
Melinda Jones, she was the better for the talking; and the
Olney people, when next they came in contact with her,
changed their minds with regard to her being so very
proud. She was homesick at first, and that was the cause
of her coldness, they said, excusing her in their kind
hearts, and admiring her as something superior to themselves.
Even Tim Jones got now and then a pleasant
word, for Ethelyn had not forgotten the hundred extra
votes. She would have repelled the insinuation that she
was courting favor, or that hopes of the future governorship
for Richard had anything to do with her changed demeanor.
She despised such things in others; but Ethelyn
was human, and it is just possible that had there been
nothing in expectancy she would not have submitted with
so good a grace to the familiarities with which she so constantly
came in contact. At home she was cold and proud
as ever, for between her mother-in-law and herself there
was no affinity, and they kept as far apart as possible,—
Ethelyn staying mostly in her room, and Mrs. Markham
senior staying in the kitchen, where Eunice Plympton
still remained.

Mrs. Markham had fully expected that Eunice would go
home within a few days after Ethelyn's arrival; but when
the days passed on, and Ethelyn showed no inclination for
a nearer acquaintance with the kitchen, the good woman
began to manifest some anxiety on the subject, and finally
went to Richard to know if “he expected to keep a hired

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

girl all winter, or was Ethelyn going to do some light
chores.

Richard really did not know; but after a visit to his
room, where Ethie sat reading in her handsome crimson
wrapper, with the velvet trimmings, he decided that she
could “not do chores,” and Eunice must remain. It was
on this occasion that Washington was broached, Mrs.
Markham repeating what she had heard Ethelyn saying to
Melinda, and asking Richard if he contemplated such a
piece of extravagance as taking his wife to Washington
would be. Richard did not especially mind the expense
she might be to him, and he owned to a weak desire to see
her queen it over all the reigning belles, as he was certain
she would. Unbiassed by his mother, and urged by
Ethelyn, he would probably have yielded in her favor;
but the mother was first in the field, and so she won the
day, and Ethie's disappointment was a settled thing. But
Ethie did not know it, as Richard wisely refrained from
being the first to speak of the matter. That she was
going to Washington Ethelyn had not a doubt, and this
made her intercourse with the Olneyites far more endurable.
Some of them she found pleasant, cultivated people,—
especially Mr. Townsend, the clergyman, who, after the
Sunday on which she appeared at the Village Hall in her
blue silk and elegant basquine, came to see her, and seemed
so much like an old friend when she found that he had
met at Clifton, in New York, some of her acquaintances.
It was easy to be polite to him, and to the people from
Camden, who, hearing much of Judge Markham's pretty
bride, came out to call upon her,—Judge Miller and his
wife, with Marcia Fenton and Miss Ella Backus, both belles
and blondes, and both somebodies, according to Ethelyn's

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

definition of that word. She liked these people, and
Richard found no trouble in getting her to return their
calls. She would gladly have stayed in Camden altogether,
and once laughingly pointed out to Richard a large vacant
lot adjoining Mr. Fenton's, where she would like to have
her new house built.

There was a decided improvement in Ethelyn; nor did
her old perversity of temper manifest itself very strongly
until one morning, three weeks after her arrival in Olney,
when Richard suggested to her the propriety of his
mother's giving them a party. The people expected it, he
said; they would be disappointed without it, and, indeed,
he felt it was something he owed them for all their kindness
to him. Then Ethelyn rebelled,—stoutly, stubbornly re
belled,—but Richard carried the point, and two days after
the farm-house was in a state of dire confusion, wholly unlike
the quiet which reigned there usually. Melinda Jones
was there all the time, while Mrs. Jones was back and forth,
and a few of the Olney ladies dropped in with suggestions
and offers of assistance. It was to be a grand affair,—so
far, at least, as numbers were concerned,—for everybody
was invited, from Mr. Townsend and the other clergy, down
to Cecy Doane, who did dress-making and tailoring from
house to house. The Markhams were very democratic in
their feelings, and it showed itself in the guests bidden to
the party. They were invited from Camden as well,—Mr.
and Mrs. Miller, with Marcia Fenton and Ella Backus; and
after the two young ladies had come over to ascertain how
large an affair it was to be, so as to know what to wear
Ethelyn began to take some interest in it herself, and to
give the benefit of her own experience in such matters.
But having a party in Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's handsome

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

house, where the servants were so well trained, and everything
necessary was so easy of access, or even having a
party at Aunt Barbara's, was a very different thing from
having one here under the supervision of Mrs. Markham,
whose ideas were so many years back, and who objected to
nearly everything which Ethelyn suggested. But by dint
of perseverance on Melinda's part, her scruples were finally
overcome; so that when the night of the party arrived the
house presented a very respectable appearance, with its
lamps of kerosene, and the sperm candles flaming on the
mantels in the parlor, and the tallow candles smoking in the
kitchen.

Mrs. Markham's bed had been removed from the sitting-room,
and the carpet taken from the floor, for they were
going to dance; and Eunice's mother had been working
hard all day to keep her liege lord away from the Cross
Roads tavern, so that he might be presentable at night, and
capable of performing his part, together with his eldest son,
who played the flute. She was out in the kitchen now,
very large and important with the office of head waiter,
her hoops in everybody's way, and her face radiant with
satisfaction as she talked to Mrs. Markham about what we
better do. The table was laid in the kitchen and loaded
with all the substantials, beside many delicacies which Melinda
and Ethelyn had concocted; for the latter had put
her hands to the work, and manufactured two large dishes
of charlotte-russe, with pretty moulds of blanc-mange, which
Eunice persisted in calling “corn-starch pudding.” There
were trifles, and tarts, and jellies, and sweetmeats, with
raised biscuits by the hundred, and loaves on loaves of
frosted cake; while out in the wood-shed, wedged in a tub
of ice, was a huge tin pail, over which James, and John,

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

and Andy, and even Richard had sat, by turns, stirring the
freezing mass. Mrs. Jones' little colored boy, who knew
how to wait on company, came over in his clean jacket, and
out on the doorstep was eating chestnuts and whistling
Dixie, as he looked down the road to see if anybody was
coming. Melinda Jones had gone home to dress, feeling
more like going to bed than making merry at a party, as she
looped up her black braids of hair, and donned her white
muslin dress with the scarlet ribbons. Melinda was very
tired, for a good share of the work had fallen upon her,—
or rather she had assumed it,—and her cheeks and hands
were redder than usual when about seven o'clock Tim
drove her over to Mrs. Markham's, and then went on to the
village after the dozen or more of girls whom he had promised
“to see to the doin's.”

But Melinda looked very pretty,—at least James Markham
thought so,—when she stood up on tiptoe to tie
his cravat in a better-looking bow than he had done.
Since the night when Richard first told her of Ethelyn,
it had more than once occurred to Melinda that possibly
she might yet bear the name of Markham, for her woman-nature
was quick to see that James, at least, paid
her the homage which Richard had withheld. But
Melinda's mind was not yet made up, and as she was
too honest to encourage hopes which might never be
fulfilled, she would not even look up into the handsome
eyes resting so admiringly upon her as she tied
the bow of the cravat and felt James' breath upon her
burning cheeks. She did, however, promise to dance
the first set with him, and then she ran up-stairs to
see if Ethelyn needed her. But Eunice had been before
her, and Ethelyn's toilet was made.

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

Had this party been at Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's, in
Boston, Ethelyn would have worn her beautiful white
satin with the fleecy lace; but here it would be out
of place, she thought, and so she left it pinned up in
towels at the bottom of her trunk, and chose a delicate
lavender, trimmed with white applique. Lavender was
not the most becoming color Ethelyn could wear, but
she looked very handsome in it, with the soft pearls
upon her neck and arms. Richard thought her dress
too low, while modest Andy averted his eyes, lest he
should do wrong in looking upon the beautiful round
neck and shoulders which so greatly shocked his mother.
“It was ridiculous and disgraceful for respectable wimmen
folks to dress like that,” she said to Melinda Jones,
who spoke up for Ethelyn, saying the dress was like
that of all fashionable ladies, and in fact was not as
low as Mrs. Judge Miller wore to a reception when
Melinda was at school in Camden.

Mrs. Markham “did not care for Miss Miller, nor forty
more like her. Ethelyn looked ridickelous, showing her
shoulderblades, with that sharp p'int running down her
back, and her skirts moppin' the floor for half a yard
behind.”

Any superfluity of length in Ethelyn's skirts was more
than counterbalanced by Mrs. Markham, who this night
wore the heavy black silk which her sister-in-law had
matched in Boston ten years before. Of course it was
too narrow, and too short, and too flat in front, Andy
said, admiring Ethelyn far more than he did his mother,
even though the latter wore the coiffeur which Aunt
Barbara had sent her, and a big collar made from the
thread lace which Mrs. Captain Markham, of Chicopee,

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

had also matched in Boston. Ethelyn was perfect, Andy
thought, and he hovered constantly near her, noticing how
she carried her hands, and her handkerchief, and her fan,
and thinking Richard must be perfectly happy in the possession
of such a gem.

But Richard was not happy,—at least not that night,—
for, with Mrs. Miller, and Marcia Fenton, and Ella Backus
before her mind, Ethelyn had lectured him again on etiquette,
and Richard did not bear lecturing here as well
as at Saratoga. There it was comparatively easy to make
him believe he did not know anything which he ought
to know; but at home, where the old meed of praise
and deference was awarded to him, where his word was
law and gospel, and he was Judge Markham, the potentate
of the town, Ethelyn's criticisms were not palatable,
and he hinted that he was old enough to take care of
himself without quite so much dictation. Then, when he
saw a tear on Ethelyn's eyelashes, he would have put his
arm around her and kissed it away if she had not kept
him back, telling him he would muss her dress. Still he
was not insensible to her pretty looks, and felt very proud
of her, as she stood at his side and shook the hands of
the arriving guests.

By eight o'clock the Olneyites had assembled in full
force; but it was not until the train came in and brought
the élite from Camden that the party fairly commenced.
There was a hush when the three ladies with veils on their
heads went up the stairs, and a greater bush when they
came down again,—Mrs. Judge Miller, splendid in green
moire-antique, with diamonds in her ears, while Marcia Fenton
and Ella Backus figured in white tarleton, one with
trimmings of blue, the other with trimmings of pink, and

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

both with waists so much lower than Ethelyn's that Mrs.
Markham thought the latter very decent by comparison.

It took the ladies a few minutes to inspect the cut of
Mrs. Miller's dress, and the style of hair worn by Marcia
and Ella, whose heads had been under a hair-dresser's
hands, and were curiosities to some of the Olneyites. But
all stiffness vanished with the sound of Jerry Plympton's
fiddle, and the girls on the west side of the room began to
look at the boys on the opposite side, who were straightening
their collars and glancing at their “pumps.”

Ethelyn did not intend to dance, but when Judge Miller
politely offered to lead her to the floor, saying, as he guessed
her thoughts, “Remember the old adage, `among the Romans,
and so forth,”' she involuntarily assented, and found
herself leading the first cotillon to the sound of Jerry Plympton's
fiddle. Mrs. Miller was dancing too, as were both
Marcia and Ella, and that in a measure reconciled her to
what she was doing. They knew something of the Lancers
there on the prairie, and terrible Tim Jones offered to call
off “if Miss Markham would dance with him and keep him
goin' straight.”

Tim had laid a wager with a companion as rough as himself
that he would dance with the proud beauty, and this was
the way he took to win his bet. The ruse succeeded, too,
Richard's eyes and low-toned “Ethelyn!” availing more
than aught else to drive Ethelyn to the floor with the
dreadful Tim, who interlarded his directions with little
asides of his own, such as “Go it, Jim,” “Cut her down
there, Tom,” and so forth.

Ethelyn could have screamed out with disgust, and the
moment the set was over, she said to Richard, “I shall not
dance again to-night.”

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

And she kept her word, until toward the close of the
party, when poor Andy, who had been so unfortunate as to
find everybody engaged or too tired, came up to her as
she sat playing an accompaniment to Jerry's “Monymusk,”
and with a most doleful expression said to her
timidly—

“Please, sister Ethie, dance just once with me; none of
the girls wants to, and I hain't been in a figger to-night.”

Ethelyn could not resist Andy, whose face was perfectly
radiant as he led her to the floor, and bumped his head
against hers in bowing to her. Eunice was in the same
set,—her partner the terrible Tim,—who cracked his jokes
and threw his feet about in the most astounding fashion.
And Ethelyn bore it all, feeling that by being there with
such people she had fallen from the pedestal on which
Ethelyn Grant once stood. Her lavender dress was stepped
upon, and her point applique caught and torn by the big
pin Andy had upon his coat-cuff. Taken as a whole, that
party was the most dreadful of anything Ethelyn had endured,
and she could have cried for joy when the last guest
had said good-night, and she was at liberty to lay her aching
head upon her pillow.

Four days after there was a large and fashionable party
at Mrs. Judge Miller's, in Camden, and Ethelyn went over
in the cars, taking Eunice with her as dressing-maid, and
stopping at the Stafford House. That night she wore her
bridal robes, and received so much attention that her head
was nearly turned with flattery. She could dance with
the young men of Camden, and flirt with them too,—especially
with Harry Clifford, who, she found, had been in
college with Frank Van Buren. Harry Clifford was a fast
young man, but pleasant to talk with for a while, and Ethelyn

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

found him very agreeable, saving that his mention of Frank
made her heart throb unpleasantly; for she fancied he
might know something of that page in her past life which
she had concealed from Richard. Nor were her fears without
foundation, for once, when they were standing together
near her husband, Harry said—

“It seems so strange that you are the Ethie about whom
Frank used to talk so much, and a lock of whose hair he
kept so sacred. I remember I tried to buy a part of it
from him, but could not succeed until once, when his funds
from home failed to come, and he was hard up, as we used
to say, he actually sold, or rather pawned half of the shining
tress for the sum of five dollars. As the pawn was
never redeemed, I have the hair now, but never expected to
meet with its owner, who needs not to be told that the tress
is ten-fold more valuable since I have met her, and know
her to be the wife of our esteemed Member,” and young
Clifford bowed toward Richard, whose face wore a perplexed,
dissatisfied expression.

He did not fancy Harry Clifford, and he certainly did
not care to hear that he had in his possession a lock of
Ethelyn's hair, while the allusions to Frank Van Buren
were anything but agreeable to him. Neither did he like
Ethelyn's painful blushes, and her evident desire for Harry
to stop. It looked as if the hair business meant more than
he would like to believe. Naturally bright and quick,
young Clifford began at once to wonder if there had not
been something more serious between Frank Van Buren
and Ethelyn than he had at first supposed.

“I mean to find out,” he thought; and watching an
opportunity, when Ethelyn was comparatively alone, he
crossed to her side and said, in a low tone, “Excuse me,

-- 151 --

p597-156 [figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

Mrs. Markham. If, in my allusions to Frank Van Buren, I
touched a subject not altogether agreeable to you, I meant
no harm, I assure you.”

Instead of rebuking the impertinent young man, Ethelyn
turned very red and stammered out something about its
being of no consequence; and so Harry Clifford held the
secret which she had kept so carefully from Richard; and
that party in Camden was the stepping-stone to much of
the wretchedness that afterward came to our heroine.

CHAPTER XIII. GOING TO WASHINGTON.

RICHARD'S trunk was ready for Washington. His
twelve shirts, which Eunice had ironed so nicely,
were packed away, with his collars and new yarn
socks, and his wedding-suit, which he was carrying as a
mere matter of form, for he knew he should not need it
during his three months' absence. He should not go into
society, he thought, or even attend levees, with his heart
as sore and heavy as it was during his last days at home.
Ethelyn was not going with him. She knew it now, and
never did face of a six-months' wife look harder or stonier
than hers as she stayed in her room, paying no heed whatever
to Richard, and leaving entirely to Eunice and her
mother-in-law those little things which most wives would
have been delighted to do for their husband's comfort.
Ethelyn was very unhappy, very angry, and very bitterly
disappointed. The fact that she was not going to

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

Washington had fallen upon her like a thunderbolt, paralyzing
her, as it were, so that after the first great shock was over
she seemed like some benumbed creature bereft of care, or
feeling, or interest in anything.

She had remained in Camden the most of the day following
Mrs. Judge Miller's party, and had done a little
shopping with Marcia Fenton and Ella Backus, to both of
whom she spoke of her winter in Washington as a matter
of course, saying what she had to say in Richard's presence,
and never dreaming that he was only waiting for a fitting
opportunity to demolish her castles entirely. If Ethelyn
had talked Washington openly to her husband when she
was first married, and before his mother had gained his
ear, her chances for a winter at the Capital would have
been far greater than they were now. But she had taken
it for granted that she was going, and supposed that
Richard understood it just as she did. She had asked
him several times where he intended to board, and why
he did not secure rooms at Willard's, but Richard's noncommittal
replies had given her no cue to her impending
fate. On the night of her return from Camden, as she
stood by her dressing-burean, folding away her point-lace
handkerchief, she had casually remarked, “I shall not use
this again till I use it in Washington. Will it be very
gay there this winter?”

Richard was leaning his elbow upon the mantel, looking
thoughtfully into the fire, and for a moment he did not
answer. He hated to demolish Ethie's castles, but it could
not be helped; so he said at last, “Put down your finery,
Ethelyn, and come stand by me while I say something to
you.”

His voice and manner startled Ethelyn, but did not

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

prepare her for what followed after she had “dropped her
finery,” and was standing by her husband.

“Ethelyn,” he began, and his eyes did not move from
the blazing fire, “it is time we came to an understanding
about Washington. I have talked with mother, whose
age certainly entitles her opinion to some consideration,
and she thinks with me that it will be far better for you
to remain quietly at home this winter, where she can care
for you, and see that you are not at all imprudent. It
would break my heart if anything should happen to my
darling.”

He was looking at Ethelyn now, and the expression of
her face startled and terrified him, it was so strange and
terrible.

“Not go to Washington!” and her lips quivered with
passion, while her eyes burned like coals of fire. “I stay
here all this long, dreary winter with your mother! Never,
Richard, never! I'll die before I'll do that. It is all—”
she did not finish the sentence, for she would not say, “It
is all I married you for;” she was too much afraid of
Richard for that, and so she hesitated, but looked at him
intently to see if he was in earnest.

She knew he was at last,—knew that neither tears, nor
reproaches, nor bitter scorn could avail to carry her point,
for she tried them all, even to violent histerics, which
brought Mrs. Markham, senior, into the field and made the
matter ten times worse. Had she stayed away, Richard
might have yielded, for he was frightened at the storm he
had provoked; but Richard was passive in his mother's
hand, and listened complacently while in stronger, plainer
language than he had used she repeated in substance all he
had said about the impropriety of Ethelyn's mingling with

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

the gay throng at Washington. And while she talked
poor Ethelyn lay upon the lounge, writhing with pain and
passion, wishing that she could die, and feeling in her
heart that she hated the entire Markham race, from Richard
down to innocent Andy, who heard of the quarrel going
on between his brother and Ethelyn, and crept cautiously
to the door of their room, wishing that he could mediate
between them.

But this was a matter beyond Andy's ken. He could not
even find a petition in his Prayer-Book suited to that occasion.
Mr. Townsend had assured him that it would meet
every emergency; but for once Mr. Townsend was at fault,—
for with the sound of Ethelyn's angry voice ringing in his
ears, Andy lighted his tallow candle, and creeping up to his
chamber knelt down by his wooden chair and sought
among the general prayers for one suited “to a man and
his wife quarrelling.” There was a prayer for the President,
a prayer for the clergy, a prayer for Congress, a prayer
for rain, a prayer for the sick, a prayer for people going
to sea, and people going to be hung,—but there was nothing
for the point at issue, unless he took the prayer to be used
in time of war and tumults, and this he thought would
never answer, inasmuch as he did not really know who was
the enemy from which he would be delivered. It was
hard to decide against Ethelyn and still harder to decide
against “Dick,” and so with his brains all in a muddle
Andy concluded to take the prayer “for all sorts and conditions
of men,” speaking very low and earnestly when he
asked that all “who were distressed in mind, body, or
estate, might be comforted and relieved according to
their several necessities.” This surely covered the ground
to a very considerable extent; or if it did not, the fervent

-- 155 --

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

“Good Lord, deliver us,” with which Andy finished his
devotions, did; and the simple-hearted, trusting man arose
from his knees comforted and relieved, even if Richard and
Ethelyn were not.

With them the trouble continued, for Ethelyn kept her
bed next day, refusing to see any one, and only answering
Richard in monosyllables when he addressed himself directly
to her. Once he bent over her and said, “Ethelyn,
tell me truly,—is it your desire to be with me, your dread
of separation from me, which makes you so averse to be
left behind?”

There was that in his voice which said that if this were
the case he might be induced to reconsider. But though
sorely tempted to do it, Ethelyn would not tell a falsehood
for the sake of Washington; so she made no reply, and
Richard drew from her silence any inference he pleased.
He was very wretched those last days, for he could not
forget the look of Ethelyn's eye or the sound of her voice
when, as she finally gave up the contest, she said to him,
with quivering nostrils and steady tones, “You may leave
me here, Richard, but remember this: not one line will I
write to you while you are gone. I mean what I say. I
shall keep my word.”

It would be dreadful not to hear directly from Ethie
during all the dreary winter, and Richard hoped she would
recall her words; but Ethelyn was too sorely wounded to
do that. She must reach Richard somehow, and this was
the way she would do it. She did not come down stairs
again after it was settled. She was sick, she said, and kept
her room, seeing no one but Richard and Eunice, who three
times a day brought up her nicely-cooked meals and looked
curiously at her as she deposited her tray upon the stand

-- 156 --

p597-161 [figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

and quietly left the room. Mrs. Markham did not go up
at all, for Ethelyn charged her disappointment directly to
her mother-in-law, and had asked that she be kept away;
and so, 'mid passion and tears and bitterness, the week
went by and brought the day when Richard was to leave.

CHAPTER XIV. THE FIRST DAY OF RICHARD'S ABSENCE.

THE gray light of a November morning was breaking
over the prairies when Richard stooped down
to kiss his wife, who did not think it worth her
while to rise so early to see him off. She felt that
she had been unjustly dealt with, and up to the very last
maintained the same cold, icy manner so painful to Richard,
who would fain have won from her one smile to cheer him
in his absence. But the smile was not given, though the
lips which Richard touched did move a little, and he tried
to believe it was a kiss they meant to give. Only the day
before Ethie had heard from Aunt Van Buren that Frank
was to be married at Christmas, after which they were
going on to Washington, where they confidently expected to
meet Ethelyn. With a kind of grim satisfaction Ethelyn
showed this letter to her husband, hoping to awaken in him
some remorse for his cruelty to her, if indeed he was capable
of remorse, which she doubted. She did not know
him, for if possible he suffered more than she did, though
in a different way. It hurt him to leave her there alone,
feeling as she did. He hated to go without her, carrying

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

only in his mind the memory of the white, rigid face which
had not smiled on him for so long. He wanted her to
seem interested in something, for her cold apathy of manner
puzzled and alarmed him; so remembering her aunt's
letter on the morning of his departure, he spoke of it to her
and said, “What shall I tell Mrs. Van Buren for you? I
shall probably see more or less of them.”

“Tell her nothing. Prisoners send no messages,” was
Ethelyn's reply; and in the dim gray of the morning the two
faces looked a moment at each other with such thoughts
and passions written upon them as was pitiable to behold.

But when Richard was fairly gone, when the tones of
his voice bidding his family good-by had ceased, and
Ethelyn sat leaning on her elbow and listening to the
sound of the wheels which carried him away, such a feeling
of desolation and loneliness swept over her that, burying
her face in the pillows, she wept bitterer tears of remorse
and regret than she had ever wept before.

That day was a long and dreary one to all the members
of the prairie farm-house. It was always lonely the first day
of Richard's absence, but now it was drearier than ever;
and with a harsh, forbidding look upon her face, Mrs.
Markham went about her work, leaving Ethelyn entirely
alone. She did not believe her daughter-in-law was any
sicker than herself. “It was only airs,” she thought,
when at noon Ethelyn declined the boiled beef and cabbage,
saying just the odor of it made her sick. “Nothing
but airs,” she persisted in saying, as she prepared a slice
of nice cream-toast with a soft-boiled egg and cup of fragrant
black tea. Ethie did not refuse these viands, and
was gracious enough to thank her mother-in-law for her
extra trouble; but she did it in such a queenly as well as

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

injured kind of way, that Mrs. Markham felt more aggrieved
than ever, and, for a good woman, who sometimes
spoke in meeting, slammed the door considerably hard as
she left the room and went back to her kitchen, where the
table had been laid ever since Ethelyn took to eating up-stairs.
So long as she ate with the family Mrs. Markham
felt rather obliged to take her meals in the front room, but
it made a deal more work, and she was glad to return to
her olden ways once more. Eunice was gone of an errand,
and so she felt at liberty to speak her mind freely to
her boys as they gathered around the table.

“It is sheer ugliness,” she said, “which keeps her
cooped up there to be waited on. She is no more sick
than I am; but I couldn't make Richard b'lieve it.”

“Mother, you surely did not go to Richard with complaints
of his wife,” and James looked reproachfully across
the table at his mother, who replied, “I told him what I
thought, for I wa'n't going to have him miserable all the
time thinking how sick she was; but I might as well have
talked to the wind, for any good it did. He even seemed
putcherky, too.”

“I should be more than putcherky if you were to talk
to me against my wife if I had one,” James retorted, thinking
of Melinda and the way she sang that solo in the choir
the day before.

It was a little strange that James and John and Andy
all took Ethelyn's part against their mother, and even
against Richard, who they thought might have taken her
with him.

“It would not have hurt her any more than fretting herself
to death at home. No, nor half so much; and she
must feel like a cat in a strange garret here alone with us.”

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

It was John who said this,—quiet John, who talked so
little and annoyed Ethelyn so much by coming to the table
in his blue frock, with his pants tucked in his boots, and
his curly hair standing every way. Though very much
afraid of his grand sister-in-law, he admired her beyond
everything, and kept the slippers she brought him safely put
away with a lock of Daisy's hair and a letter written to him
by the young girl whose grave was close beside Daisy's in
the Olney Cemetery. John had had his romance and
buried it with its heroine, since which time he had said
but little to womankind, though never was there a truer
heart than that which beat beneath the home-spun frock
Ethelyn so despised. Richard had bidden him be kind
to Ethie, and John had said he would; and after that
promise was given, had the farm-house been on fire the
sturdy fellow would have perilled life and limb to save her
for Dick. To James, too, Richard had spoken a word for
Ethie, and to Andy also; so there were left to her four
champions in his absence,—for Eunice had had her charge,
with promises of a new dress if faithful to her trust; and
thus there was no one against poor Ethelyn saving the
mother-in-law, who made that first dinner after Richard's
absence so uncomfortable that John left the table without
touching the boiled indian-pudding, of which he was so
fond, while James rather curtly asked what there was to be
gained by spitting out so about Ethelyn, and Andy listened
in silence, thinking how, by and by, when all the chores
were done, he would take a basket of kindlings up for
Ethie's fire, and if she asked him to sit down, he would do
so and try and come to the root of the matter, and see if
he could not do something to make things a little better.

-- 160 --

p597-165 CHAPTER XV. ANDY TRIES TO FIND THE ROOT OF THE MATTER.

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

ETHELYN was very sick with a nervous headache,
and so Andy did not go in with his kindlings
that night, but put the basket near the door,
where Eunice would find it in the morning. It was a part
of Richard's bargain with Eunice that Ethie should always
have a bright warm fire to dress by, and the first thing
Ethelyn heard as she unclosed her eyes was the sound of
Eunice blowing the coals and kindlings into a blaze as she
knelt upon the hearth, with her cheeks and eyes distended
to their utmost capacity. It was a very dreary awaking,
and Ethelyn sighed as she looked from her window out
upon the far-stretching prairie, where the first snows of the
season were falling. There were but few objects to break
up the monotonons level, and the mottled November sky
frowned gloomily and coldly upon her. Out in the back
yard James and John were feeding the cattle; and the bleating
of the sheep and the lowing of the cows came to her ear
as she turned with a shiver from the window. How could
she stay there all that long, dreary winter,—there where
there was not an individual who had a thought or taste in
common with her own. She could not stay, she decided;
and then as the question arose “where will you go?” the
utter hopelessness and helplessness of her position rushed
over her with so much force that she sank down upon the
lounge which Eunice had drawn to the fire, and when the
latter came up with breakfast she found her young mistress

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

crying in a heart-broken, despairing kind of way, which
touched her heart at once.

Eunice knew but little of the trouble with regard to
Washington. Mrs. Markham had been discreet enough to
keep that from her; and so she naturally ascribed Ethie's
tears to grief at parting with her husband, and tried in her
homely way to comfort her. Three months were not very
long; they would pass very quickly, she said, adding that
she heard Jim say the night before that as soon as he got
his gray colts broken he was going to take his sister all
over the country and cheer her up a little.

Ethie's heart was too full to permit her to reply, and
Eunice soon left her alone, reporting below stairs how white
and sick she was looking. To Mrs. Markham's credit we
record that, with a view to please her daughter-in-law, a fire
was that afternoon made in the parlor and Ethelyn solicited
to come down, Mrs. Markham, who carried the invitation,
urging that a change would do her good, as it was not well
to stay always in one place. But Ethelyn preferred the
solitude of her own chamber, and though she thanked her
mother-in-law for her thoughtfulness, she declined going
down, and Mrs. Markham had made her fire for nothing.
Not even Melinda came to enjoy it, for she was in Camden,
visiting a schoolmate; and so the day passed drearily enough
with them all, and the autumnal night shut down again
darker, gloomier than ever, as it seemed to Ethelyn. She had
seen no one but Mrs. Markham and Eunice since Richard
went away, and she was wondering what had become of
Andy, when she heard his shuffling tread upon the stairs,
and a moment after, his round, shining face appeared, asking
if he might come in. Andy wore his best clothes on
this occasion, for an idea had been lodged in his brain that

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

Ethelyn liked a person well dressed, and he was much
pleased with himself in his short coat and shorter pants,
and the buff and white cotton cravat tied in a hard knot
around his sharp standing-collar, which almost cut the bottom
of his ears.

“I wished to see you,” he said, taking a chair directly
in front of Ethelyn and tipping back against the wall. “I
wanted to come before, but was afraid you didn't care to
have me. I've got somethin' for you now, though,—somethin'
good for sore eyes. Guess what 'tis?”

And Andy began fumbling in his pocket for the something
which was to cheer Ethelyn, as he hoped.

“Look a-here. A letter from old Dick, writ the very
first day. That's what I call real courtin' like,” and Andy
gave to Ethelyn the letter which John had brought from
the office, and which a detention of the train at Stafford for
four hours had afforded Richard an opportunity to write.

It was only a few lines, meant for her alone, but Ethelyn's
cheek did not redden as she read them, or her eyes
brighten one whit. Richard was well, she said, explaining
to Andy the reason for his writing, and then she put the
letter away, while Andy sat looking at her, and wondering
what he should say next. He had come up to comfort her,
but found it hard to begin. Ethie was very pale, and there
were dark rings around her eyes, showing that she suffered,
even if Mrs. Markham did assert there was nothing ailed
her but spleen.

At last Andy blurted out, “I am so sorry for you, Ethelyn,
for I know it must be bad to have your man go off and
leave you alone, when you wanted to go with him. Jim
and John and me talked it up to-day when we was out to
work, and we think you orto have gone with Dick. It

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

must be lonesome staying here, and you only six months
married. I wish, and the boys wishes, we could do something
to chirk you up.”

With the exception of what Eunice had said these were
the first words of sympathy Ethelyn had heard, and her
tears flowed at once, while her slight form shook with such
a tempest of sobs that Andy was alarmed, and getting down
on his knees beside her, begged of her to tell him what was
the matter. Had he hurt her feelings? he was such a
blunderin' critter he never knew the right thing to say, and
if she liked he'd go straight off down stairs.

“No, Anderson,” Ethelyn said, “you have not hurt my
feelings, and I do not wish you to go, but, oh, I am so
wretched and so disappointed too!”

“About goin' to Washington, you mean?” Andy asked,
resuming his chair, and his attitude of earnest inquiry,
while Ethelyn, forgetting all her reserve, replied, “Yes, I
mean that and everything else. It has been nothing but
disappointment ever since I left Chicopee, and I sometimes
wish I had died before I promised to go away from dear
Aunt Barbara's, where I was so happy.”

“What made you promise, then? I suppose, though,
it was because you loved Dick so much,” simple-minded
Andy said, trying to remember if there was not a passage
somewhere which read, “For this cause shall a man leave
father and mother and cleave unto his wife, and they twain
shall be one flesh.”

Ethelyn would not wound Andy by telling him how little
love had had to do with her unhappy marriage, and she remained
silent for a moment, while Andy continued, “Be
you disappointed here,—with us, I mean, and the fixins?”

Yes, Anderson, terribly disappointed. Nothing is as

-- 164 --

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

I supposed. Richard never told me what I was to expect,”
Ethelyn replied, without stopping to consider what she was
saying.

For a moment Andy looked intently at her, as if trying
to make out her meaning. Then, as it in part dawned upon
him, he said, sorrowfully, “Sister Ethie, if it's me you
mean, I was more to blame than Dick, for I asked him not
to tell you I was—a—a—wall, I once heard Miss Captain
Simmons say I was Widder Markham's fool,” and Andy's
chin quivered as he went on: “I ain't a fool exactly, for I
don't drool or slobber, like Tom Brown, the idiot, but I
have a soft spot in my head, and I didn't want you to know
it, for fear you wouldn't like me. Daisy liked me, though,
and Daisy knew what I was and called me `dear Andy,'
and kissed me when she died.”

Andy was crying softly now, and Ethelyn was crying
with him. The hard feeling at her heart was giving way,
and she could have put her arms around this childish man,
who after a moment continued, “Dick said he wouldn't
tell you, so you must forgive him for that. You've found
me out, I s'pose. You know I ain't like Jim, nor John,
and I can't hold a candle to old Dick, but sometimes I've
hoped you liked me a little, even if you do keep callin' me
Anderson. I wish you wouldn't; seems as if folks thinks
more of me when they say `Andy' to me.”

“Oh, Andy, dear Andy,” Ethelyn exclaimed, “I do like
you so much,—like you best of all! I did not mean you
when I said I was disappointed.”

“Who, then?” Andy asked, in his straightforward way.
“Is it mother? She is odd, I guess, though I never
thought on't till you came here. Yes, mother is some
queer, but she is good; and oncet when I had the tythoid

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

and lay like a log, I heard her pray for `her poor dear boy
Andy;' that's what she called me, as lovin' like as if I
wasn't a fool or somethin' nigh it.”

Ethelyn did not wish to leave upon his mind the impression
that his mother had everything to do with her wretchedness,
and so as cautiously as she could she tried to explain
to him the difference between the habits and customs
of Chicopee and Olney. Warming up with her theme
as she progressed, she said more than she intended, and
succeeded in driving into Andy's brain a vague idea that his
family were not up to her standard, but were in fact a long
way behind the times. Andy was in a dilemma; he wanted
to help Ethelyn and he did not know how. Suddenly,
however, his face brightened and he asked, “Do you belong
to the church?”

“Yes,” was Ethelyn's reply.

You do!” Andy repeated in some surprise, and Ethelyn
replied, “Not the way you mean, perhaps; but when I was
a baby I was baptized in the church and thus became a
member.”

“So you never had the Bishop's hands upon your head,
and done what the Saviour told us to do to remember
him by?”

Ethelyn shook her head, and Andy went on: “Oh, what
a pity, when he is such a good Saviour, and would know
just how to help you, now you are so sorry-like, and
homesick, and disappointed. If you had him, you could
tell him all about it and he would comfort you. He helped
me, you don't know how much, and I was dreadful bad
once. I used to git drunk, Ethie,—drunker'n a fool, and
come hiccuppin' home with my clothes all tore and my
hat smashed into nothin'.”

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

Andy's face was scarlet as he confessed his past misdeeds,
but without the least hesitation he went on: “Mr.
Townsend found me one day in the ditch, and helped me
up and got me into his room and prayed over me and talked
to me, and never let me off from that time till the Saviour
took me up, and now it's better than three years since I
tasted a drop. I don't taste it even at the Sacrament, for
fear what the taste might do, and I used to hold my nose
to keep shut of the smell. Mr. Townsend knows I don't
touch it, and God knows, too, and thinks I'm right, I'm
sure, and gives me to drink of his precious blood just the
same, for I feel light as air when I come from the altar. If
religion could make me, a fool and a drunkard, happy, it
would do sights for you who know so much. Try it, Ethie,
won't you?”

Andy was getting in earnest now, and Ethelyn could not
meet the glance of his honest, pleading eyes.

“I can't be good, Andy,” she said; “I shouldn't know
how to begin or what to do.”

“Seems to me I could tell you a few things,” Andy
said. “God didn't want you to go to Washington for
some wise purpose or other, and so he put it into
Dick's heart to leave you at home. Now, instead of
crying about that I'd make the best of it and be as happy
as I could here. I know we ain't starched-up folks
like them in Boston, but we like you, all of us,—leastwise
Jim and John and me do,—and I don't mean to come
to the table in my shirt-sleeves any more, if that will
suit you, and I won't blow my tea in my sasser, nor sop my
bread in the platter; though if you are all done and
there's a lot of nice gravy left, you won't mind it, will
you, Ethelyn?—for I do love gravy.”

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

Ethelyn had been more particular than she meant to
be with her reasons for her disappointment, and in enumerating
the bad habits of the family she had included
the points upon which Andy had seized so readily. He
had never been told before that his manners were entirely
what they ought not to be; he could hardly see
it so now, but if it would please Ethie he would try
to refrain, he said, asking that when she saw him doing
anything very outlandish, she would remind him of it and
tell him what was right.

“I think folks is always happier,” he continued, “when
they forgit to please themselves and try to suit others,
even if they can't see any sense in it.”

Andy did not exactly mean this as a rebuke, but
it had the effect of one and set Ethelyn to thinking.
Such genuine simplicity and frankness could not be lost
upon her; and long after Andy had left her and gone
to his room, where he sought in his Prayer-Book for
something just suited to her case, she sat pondering upon
all he had said, and upon the faith which could make
even simple Andy so lovable and good.

“He has improved his one talent far more than I
have my five or ten,” she said, while regrets for her
own past misdeeds began to fill her bosom, with a wish
that she might in some degree atone for them.

Perhaps it was the resolution formed that night, and
perhaps it was the answer to Andy's prayer that God
would have mercy upon Ethie and incline her and his
mother to pull together better, which sent Ethelyn down
to breakfast the next morning and kept her below stairs
a good portion of the day, and made her accept James'
invitation to ride with him in the afternoon. Then when

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

it was night again, and she saw Eunice carrying through
the hall a smoking firebrand, which she knew was designed
for the parlor fire, she changed her mind about staying alone
up-stairs with the books she had commenced to read,
but brought instead the white, fleecy cloud she was
knitting, and sat with the family, who had never seen
her more gracious or amiable, and wondered what had
happened. Andy thought he knew; he had prayed for
Ethie, not only the previous night, but that morning before
he left his room, and also during the day,—once in the
barn upon a rick of hay and once behind the smoke-house.

Andy always looked for direct answers to his prayers,
and believing he had received one his face was radiant with
content and satisfaction when after supper he brushed and
wet his hair and plastered it down upon his forehead, and
changed his heavy boots for a lighter pair of Richard's, and
then sat down before the parlor fire with the yarn sock he
was knitting for himself. Ethelyn had never seen him engaged
in this feminine employment before, and she felt a
strong disposition to laugh, but fearing to wound him, repressed
her smiles and seemed not to look at him as he
worked industriously on the heel, turning and shaping it
better than she could have done. It was not often that
Ethelyn had favored the family with music, but she did so
that night, playing and singing pieces which she knew
were familiar to them, and only feeling a momentary pang
of resentment when at the close of Yankee Doodle, with
variations, quiet John remarked that Melinda herself could
not go ahead of that! Melinda's style of music was evidently
preferable to her own, but she swallowed the insult
and sang “Lily Dale,” at the request of Andy, who, thinking
the while of dear little Daisy, wiped his eyes with the

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

leg of his sock, while a tear trickled down his mother's
cheek and dropped into her lap.

“I thought Melinda Jones wanted to practise on the
pianner,” Eunice said, after Ethelyn was done playing; “I
heard her saying so one day and wondering if Miss Markham
would be willin'.”

Ethelyn was in a mood then to assent to anything, and
she expressed her entire approbation, saying even that she
would gladly give Melinda any assistance in her power.
Ethelyn had been hard and cold and proud so long that
she scarcely knew herself in this new phase of character,
and the family did not know her either. But they appreciated
it fully, and James' eyes were very bright and sparkling,
when in imitation of Andy he bade his sister good-night,
thinking, as she left the room, how beautiful she was
and how pleased Melinda would be, and hoped she would
find it convenient to practise there evenings, as that would
render an escort home absolutely necessary, unless her
brother came for her.

Ethelyn had not changed her mind when Melinda came
home next day, and as a matter of course called at the
Markhams in the evening. But Ethelyn's offer had come
a little too late,—Melinda was going to Washington to
spend the winter! A bachelor brother of her mother's,
living among the mountains of Vermont, had been elected
Member of Congress in the place of the regular member,
who had resigned; and as the uncle was wealthy and generous,
and had certain pleasant reminiscences of a visit to
Iowa when a little black-eyed girl had been so agreeable to
him, he had written for her to join him in Washington,
promising to defray all expenses, and sending on a draft for
two hundred dollars, with which she was to procure

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

whatever she deemed necessary for her winter's outfit. Melinda's
star was in the ascendant, and Ethelyn felt a pang of
something like envy as she thought how differently Melinda's
winter would pass from her own, while James
trembled for the effect Washington might have upon the
girl who walked so slowly with him along the beaten path
between his house and her father's, and whose eyes, as she
bade him good-night, were scarcely less bright than the
stars shining down upon her. Would she come back like
Ethelyn? He hoped not, for there would then be an end
to all the fond dreams he had been dreaming. She would
despise his homely ways and look for somebody higher
than plain Jim Markham in his cowhide boots. James was
sorry to have Melinda go, and Ethelyn was sorry too. It
seemed as if she was to be left alone, for two days after
Melinda's return Marcia Fenton and Ella Backus came out
from Camden to call, and communicated the news that
they, too, were going on to Washington, together with
Mrs. Judge Miller, whose father was a U. S. Senator. It
was terrible to be thus left behind, and Ethelyn's heart
grew harder against her husband for dooming her to such a
fate. Every week James, or John, or Andy brought from
the post a letter in Richard's handwriting, directed to Mrs.
Richard Markham, and once in two weeks Andy carried a
letter to the post directed in Ethelyn's handwriting to
“Richard Markham, M.C.,”—but Andy never suspected that
the dainty little envelope, with a Boston mark upon it, enclosed
only a blank sheet of paper! Ethelyn had affirmed
so solemnly that she would not write to her husband that
she half feared to break her vow; and besides that, she
could not forgive him for having left her behind, while
Marcia, Ella, and Melinda were enjoying themselves so

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

much. She knew she was doing wrong, and not a night of
her life did she go to her lonely bed that there did not
creep over her a sensation of fear as she thought, “What
if I should die while I am so bad?”

At home, in Chicopee, she used always to go through
with a form of prayer, but she could not do that now for
the something which rose up between her and heaven,
smothering the words upon her lips; and so in this condition
she lived on day after day, growing more and more
desolate and lonely, and wondering sadly if life would always
be as dreary and aimless as it was now. And while
she pondered thus, Andy prayed on and practised his lessons
in good manners, provoking the mirth of the whole
family by his ludicrous attempts to be polite, and feeling
sometimes tempted to give the matter up. Andy was
everything to Ethelyn, and once when her conscience was
smiting her more than usual with regard to the blanks, she
said to him, abruptly, “If you had made a wicked vow,
which would you do,—keep it or break it, and so tell a
falsehood?”

Andy was not much of a lawyer, he said, but “he thought
he knew some scripter right to the p'int,” and taking his
well-worn bible he found and read the parable of the two
sons commanded to work in their father's vineyard.

“If the Saviour commended the one who said he
wouldn't and then went and did it, I think there can be
no harm in your breaking a wicked vow; leastways I
should do it.”

This was Andy's advice; and that night, long after the
family were in bed, a light was shining in Ethelyn's chamber,
where she sat writing to her husband, and as if Andy's
spirit were pervading hers, she softened as she wrote and

-- 172 --

p597-177 [figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

asked forgiveness for the past which she had made so
wretched. She was going to do better, she said, and when
her husband came home she would try to make him
happy.

“But, oh! Richard,” she wrote, “please take me away
from here,—to Camden, or Olney, or anywhere,—so I can
begin anew to be the wife I ought to be. I was never
worthy of you, Richard. I deceived you from the first, and
if I could summon the courage I would tell you about it.”

This letter, which would have done so much good, was
never finished, for when the morning came there were
troubled faces at the prairie farm-house,—Mrs. Markham
looking very anxious and Eunice very scared, James going
for the doctor and Andy for Mrs. Jones, while up in
Ethie's room, where the curtains were drawn so closely
before the windows, life and death were struggling for the
mastery, and each in a measure coming off triumphant.

CHAPTER XVI. WASHINGTON.

RICHARD had not been happy in Washington. He
led too quiet and secluded a life, his companions
said, and they advised him to go out more, jocosely
telling him that he was pining for his young wife and
growing quite an old man. When Melinda Jones came,
Richard brightened a little, for there was always a sense of
comfort and rest in Melinda's presence, and Richard spent
much of his leisure in her society, accompanying her to

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

concerts and occasionally to a levee, and taking pains to
show her whatever he thought would interest her. It was
pleasant to have a lady with him sometimes, and he wished
so much it had been practicable for Ethelyn to have come.
“Poor Ethie,” he called her to himself, pitying her because,
vain man that he was, he thought her so lonely without
him. This was at first, and before he had received
that dreadful blank, which sent such a chill to his heart,
making him cold, and faint, and sick, as he began to realize
what it was in a woman's power to do. He had occasionally
thought of Ethelyn's threat, not to write him a line,
and felt very uncomfortable as he recalled the expression
of her eyes when she made it. But he did not believe she
was in earnest. She surely could not hold out against the
letter he wrote, telling how he missed her every moment,
and how, if it had been at all advisable, he would have
taken her with him. He did not know Ethelyn, and was
not prepared for the disappointment in store for him when
the dainty little envelope was put into his hand. It was
her handwriting,—so much he knew; and there lingered
about the missive faint traces of the sweet perfume he remembered
as pervading everything she wore or used. Ethelyn
had not kept her vow; and with a throb of joy Richard
tore open the envelope and removed the delicate tinted
sheet inside. But the hand of the strong man shook, and
his heart grew heavy as lead, when he turned the sheet
thrice over, seeking in vain for some line or word, or syllable
or sign. But there was none, and Richard felt for a
moment as if all the world were as completely a blank as
that bit of gilt-edged paper he crumpled so helplessly in his
hand. Anon, however, hope whispered that she would
write next time; she could not hold out thus all winter;

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

and so Richard wrote again and again with the same success,
until at last he expected nothing, and people said of
him that he was growing old, while even Melinda noticed
his altered appearance, and how fast his brown hair was
turning gray. Melinda was in one sense his good angel.
She brought him news from home and Ethelyn, telling for
one thing of Ethie's offer to teach her music during the
winter; and for another, of Ethie's long drives upon the
prairie, sometimes with James, and sometimes with John,
but oftenest with Andy, to whom she seemed to cling as to
a very dear brother.

This news did Richard good, showing a better side of
Ethie's character than the one presented to him. She was
not cold and proud to the family at home; even his mother,
who wrote to him once or twice, spoke kindly of her, while
James warmly applauded her, and Andy wrote a letter,
wonderful in composition, and full of nothing but Ethelyn,
who made their home so pleasant with her music, and songs,
and pretty face. There was some comfort in this, and so
Richard bore his burden in silence, and no one ever dreamed
that the letters he received with tolerable regularity were
only blank, fulfilments of a hasty vow.

With Christmas came the Van Buren set from Boston,—
Aunt Sophie, with Frank and his girlish bride, who soon
became a belle, and flirted with every man who offered his
attentions, while Frank was in no ways behind in his flirtations
with the other sex. Plain, matter-of-fact Melinda Jones
was among the first to claim his notice after he learned that
she was niece of the man who drove such splendid blacks
and kept so handsome a suite of rooms at Willard's; but
Melinda was more than his match, and snubbed him so unmercifully
that he gave her up, and sneered at her as “that

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

old-maidish girl from out West.” Mrs. Dr. Van Buren
had been profuse in her inquiries after Ethelyn, and loud
in her regrets at her absence. She had also tried to patronize
both Richard and Melinda, taking the latter with her
to the theatre and to a reception, and trying to cultivate
her for the sake of poor Ethie, who was obliged to associate
with her, and people like her. Melinda, however, did not
need Mrs. Van Buren's patronage. Her uncle was a man
of wealth and mark, who stood high in Washington, where
he had been before. His niece could not lack attention,
and ere the season was over the two rival belles at Washington
were Mrs. Frank Van Buren, from Boston, and Miss
Melinda Jones, from Iowa.

But prosperity did not spoil Melinda, and James Markham's
chances were quite as good when, dressed in pink silk,
with camelias in her hair, she entertained some half dozen
judges and M.C.'s, as when in brown delaine and Magenta
ribbons she danced a quadrille at some “quilting bee out
West.” She saw the difference, however, between men of
cultivation and those who had none, and began to understand
the cause of Ethelyn's cold, proud looks when surrounded
by Richard's family. She began also silently to
watch and criticise Richard, comparing him with other men
of equal brain, and thinking how, if she were his wife, she
would go to work to correct his manners. Possibly, too,
thoughts of James, in his blue frock and cowhide boots,
occasionally intruded themselves upon her mind; but if so,
they did not greatly disturb her equanimity, for, let what
might happen, Melinda felt herself equal to the emergency,—
whether it were to put down Frank Van Buren and the
whole race of impudent puppies like him, or polish rough
James Markham if need be. How she hated Frank Van

-- 176 --

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

Buren when she saw his neglect of his young wife, whose
money was all he seemed to care for; and how utterly she
loathed and despised him after the night when, at a party
given by one of Washington's magnates, he stood beside
her for half an hour and talked confidentially to her of
Ethelyn, whom, he hinted, he could have married if he would.

“Why didn't you, then?” and Melinda turned sharply
upon him, with a look in her black eyes which made him
wince as he replied, “Family interference,—must have money,
you know. But, zounds! don't I pity her!—tied to
that clown, whom—”

Frank did not finish the sentence, for Melinda's eyes
fairly blazed with anger as she cut him short with “Excuse
me, Mr. Van Buren; I can't listen to such abuse of one
whom I esteem as highly as I do Judge Markham. Why,
sir, he is head and shoulders above you, in sense and
intellect and everything which makes a man;” and with a
haughty bow Melinda swept away, leaving the shame-faced
Frank alone in his discomfiture.

“I'd like to kick myself if I could, though I told nothing
but the truth. Ethie did want me confoundedly, and I
would have married her if she hadn't been poor as a
church mouse,” Frank muttered to himself, standing in the
deep recess of the window, and all unconscious that just
outside upon the balcony was a motionless form which had
heard every word of his conversation with Melinda, and his
soliloquy afterward.

Richard Markham had come to this party to please Melinda,
but he did not enjoy it. If Ethie had been there,
he might; but he could not forget the blank that day received,
or the letter from James, which said that Ethelyn
was not looking as well as usual, and had the morning

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

previous asked him to turn back before they had ridden more
than two miles. He could not be happy with that upon
his mind, and so he stole from the gay scene out upon the
balcony, where he stood watching the quiet stars and thinking
of Ethelyn, when his ear was caught by the mention
of her name.

He had not thought before who the couple were standing
so near to him, but he knew now it was Melinda and
Frank Van Buren, and became an involuntary listener to
the conversation which ensued. There was a clenching of
his fist, a shutting together of his teeth, and an impulse to
knock the boasting Frank Van Buren down; and then, as
the past flashed before him, with the thought that possibly
Frank spoke the truth and Ethelyn had loved him, there
swept over him such a sense of anguish and desolation that
he forgot all else in his own wretchedness. It had never
occurred to him that Ethelyn married him while all the
time she loved another,—that perhaps she loved that other
still,—and the very possibility of it drove him nearly wild.

He was missed from the party, but no one could tell
when he left, for no one saw him as he sprang down into
the garden, and taking refuge in the paths where the shadows
were the deepest, escaped unobserved into the street,
and back to his own room, where he went over all the past
and recalled every little act of affection on Ethelyn's part,
and weighed it in the balance with proofs that she did not
care for him and never had. So much did Richard love his
wife, and so anxious was he to find her guiltless, that he magnified
every virtue and excused every error until the verdict
rendered was in her favor, and Frank alone was the delinquent,—
Frank, the vain, conceited coxcomb, who thought
because a woman was civil to him that she must needs wish

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

to marry him; Frank, the wretch who had presumed to
pity his cousin, and called her husband a clown! How
Richard's fingers tingled with a desire to thrash the insulting
rascal; and how, in spite of the verdict, his heart ached
with a dull, heavy fear lest it might be true that Ethie had
once felt for Frank something deeper than what girls usually
feel for their first cousins.

“And supposing she has?” Richard's generous nature
asked. “Supposing she did love Frank once on a time
well enough to marry him? She surely was all over that
love before she promised to be my wife, else she had not
promised; and so the only point where she is at fault is in
concealing from me the fact that she had loved another
first. I was honest with her. I told her of Abigail, and
it was very hard to do it, for I felt that the proud girl's
spirit rebelled against such as Abigail was years ago. It
would have been so easy, then, for Ethelyn to have confessed
to me, if she had a confession to make; though how
she could ever care for such a jackanapes as that baboon
of a Frank is more than I can tell.”

Richard was waxing warm against Frank Van Buren,
whom he despised so heartily that he put upon his shoulders
all the blame concerning Ethelyn, if blame there were.
He would so like to think her innocent, and he tried so
hard to do it that he succeeded in part; though frequently,
as the days passed on, and he sat at his post in the House,
listening to some tiresome speech, or took his solitary
walk, a pang of something like fear that all had not been
open and fair between himself and his wife would cut like
a knife through his heart, and almost stop his breath. The
short session was wearing to a close, and he was glad of it,
for he longed to be home again with Ethelyn, even if he

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

were doomed to meet the same coldness which those terrible
blanks had brought him. Anything was preferable
to the life he led; and though he grew pale as ashes when,
toward the latter part of February, he received a telegram
to come home at once, as Ethelyn was very sick, he hailed
the news as a message of deliverance whereby he could
escape from Washington a few days sooner. He hardly
knew when or how the idea occurred to him that Aunt
Barbara's presence would be more than acceptable to
Ethelyn now; but occur to him it did; and Aunt Barbara,
sitting by her winter fire and thinking of Ethelyn, was
startled terribly by the missive which bade her join Richard
Markham at Albany, on the morrow, and go with him to
Iowa, where Ethie lay so ill. A pilgrimage to Mecca would
scarcely have looked more formidable to the good woman
than this sudden trip to Iowa; but where her duty was
concerned she did not hesitate; and when at noon of the
next day the New York train came up the river, the first
thing Richard saw, as he walked rapidly toward the Central
Depot at Albany, was Aunt Barbara's bonnet protruding
from the car window, and Aunt Barbara's hand making
frantic passes and gestures to attract his notice.

-- 180 --

p597-185 CHAPTER XVII. RICHARD'S HEIR.

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

FOR one whole week the windows of Ethelyn's
room were darkened as dark as Mrs. Markham's
heavy shawl and a patchwork quilt could make
them. The doctor rode to and from the farm-house, looking
more and more concerned each time he came from the
sick-room. Mrs. Jones was over almost every hour, or if
she did not come Tim was sent to inquire, his voice very
low and subdued as he asked, “How is she now?” while
James' voice was lower and sadder still as he answered,
“There is no change.” Up and down the stairs Mrs. Markham
went softly, wishing that she had never harbored an unkind
thought against the pale-faced girl lying so unconscious
of all they were doing for her. In the kitchen below, with
a scared look upon her face, Eunice washed and wiped
her dishes, and wondered if Richard would get home in
time for the funeral, and if he would order from Camden
a metallic coffin such as Minnie Dayton had been buried
in; and Eunice's tears fell like rain as she thought how
terrible it was to die so young, and unprepared, too, as
she heard Mrs. Markham say to the Methodist clergyman
when he came over to offer consolation.

Yes, Ethelyn was unprepared for the fearful change
which seemed so near, and of all the household none felt
this more keenly than Andy, whose tears soaked through
and through the leaf of the Prayer-Book where was
printed the petition for the sick, and who improvised many

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

a touching prayer himself, kneeling by the wooden chair
where God had so often met and blessed him.

“Don't let Ethie die, Good Father, don't let her die; at
least not till she is ready, and Dick is here to see her,—
poor old Dick, who loves her so much. Please spare
her for him and take me in her place. I'm good for
nothing, only I do hope I'm ready, and Ethie ain't; so spare
her and take me in her place.”

This was one of Andy's prayers,—generous, unselfish
Andy,—who would have died for Ethelyn, and who had
been in such exquisite distress since the night when Eunice
first found Ethelyn moaning in her room, with her
letter to Richard lying unfinished before her. No one had
read that letter,—the Markhams were too honorable for
that,—and it had been put away in the portfolio, while undivided
attention was given to Ethelyn. She had been unconscious
nearly all the time, saying once when Mrs. Markham
asked “Shall we send for Richard?” “Send for
Aunt Barbara; please send for Aunt Barbara.”

That was the third day of Ethelyn's danger, and on the
sixth there came a change. The shawl was pinned back
from the window, admitting light enough for the watchers
by the bedside to see if the sufferer still breathed. Life
was not extinct, and Mrs. Markham's lips moved with a
prayer of thanksgiving when Mrs. Jones pointed to a tiny
drop of moisture beneath the tangled hair. Ethelyn
would live, the doctor said, but down in the parlor on the
sofa where Daisy had lain was a little lifeless form with a
troubled look upon its face, showing that it had fought for
its life. Prone upon the floor beside it sat Andy, whispering
to the little one, and weeping for “poor old Dick,
who would mourn for his lost boy.”

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

Andy was very sorry, and to one who saw him that day
and, ignorant of the circumstances, asked what was the
matter that he looked so solemn, he answered sadly, “I
have just lost my little uncle that I wanted to stand sponsor
for. He only lived a day,” and Andy's tears flowed afresh
as he thought of all he had lost with the child whose life
numbered scarcely twenty-four hours in all. But that was
enough to warrant its being now among the spirits of the
Redeemed, and heaven seemed fairer, more desirable to
Andy than it had done before. His father was there with
Daisy and his baby uncle, as he persisted in calling Ethelyn's
dead boy until James told him better, and pointed
out the ludicrousness of the mistake. To Ethelyn Andy
was tender as a mother, when at last they let him see her,
and his lips left marks upon her forehead and cheek. She
was perfectly conscious now, and when told they had sent
for Richard, manifested a good deal of interest, and asked
when he would probably be there. They were expecting
him every train; but ere he came the fever, which seemed
for a time to have abated, returned with double force, and
Ethelyn knew nothing of the kisses Richard pressed upon
her lips, or the tears Aunt Barbara shed over her poor
darling.

There were anxious hearts and troubled faces in the
farm-house that day, for death was brooding there again, and
they who watched his shadow darkening around them spoke
only in whispers, as they obeyed the physician's orders.
When Richard first came in Mrs. Markham wound her
arm around his neck, and said, “I am so sorry for you, my
poor boy,” while the three sons, one after another, had
grasped their brother's hand in token of sympathy, and
that was all that had passed between them of greeting

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

For the rest of the day Richard had sat constantly by
Ethelyn, watching the changes of her face, and listening to
her as she raved in snatches, now of himself, and the time
he saved her from the maddened cow, and now of Frank
and the huckleberries, which she said were ripening on the
Chicopee hills. When she talked of this Richard held his
breath, and once, as he leaned forward so as not to lose a
word, he caught Aunt Barbara regarding him intently, her
cheek flushing as she met his eye and guessed what was in
his mind. If Richard had needed any confirmation of his
suspicions, that look on transparent Aunt Barbara's face
would have confirmed them. There had been something
between Ethelyn and Frank Van Buren more than a
cousinly liking, and Richard's heart throbbed painfully as
he sat by the tossing, restless Ethelyn, moaning on about
the buckleberry hills, and the ledge of rock where the wild
laurels grew. This pain he did not try to analyze; he only
said to himself that he felt no bitterness toward Ethelyn.
She was too near to death's dark tide for that. She was
Ethie,—his darling,—the mother of the child they had
buried from sight before he came. Perhaps she did not
love him, and never would; but he had loved her so much,
and if he lost her he would be wretched indeed. And so,
forgiving all the past of which he knew, and trying to forgive
all he did not know, he sat by her till the sun went
down, and his mother came for the twentieth time, urging
him to eat. He had not tasted food that day, and faint
for the want of it, he followed her to where the table had
been set, and supper prepared with a direct reference to
his particular taste.

He felt better and stronger when supper was over,
and listened eagerly while Andy and Eunice, who had

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

been the last with Ethelyn before her sudden illness,
recounted every incident as minutely and reverently as
if speaking of the dead. Especially did he hang on what
Andy said with reference to her questioning him about
the breaking of a wicked vow, and when Eunice added
her mite to the effect that, getting up for some camphor
for an aching tooth, she had heard a groan from
Ethelyn's room, and had found her mistress bending over
a half-finished letter, which she “reckoned” was to him,
and had laid away in the portfolio, he waited for no
more, but hurried up-stairs to the little book-case where
Eunice had put the treasure,—for it was a countless treasure,
that unfinished letter, which he read with the great
tears rolling down his cheeks, and his heart growing ten-fold
softer and warmer toward the writer, who confessed to having
wronged him, and wished that she dare tell him all.
What was it she had to tell? Would he ever know? he
asked himself, as he put the letter back where he found it.
Yes, she would surely tell him, if she lived, as live she must.
She was dearer to him now than she had ever been,
and the lips unused to prayer, save as a form, tried to
pray that Ethie might be spared. Then, as there flashed
upon him a sense of the inconsistency there was in
keeping aloof from God all his life, and going to him
only when danger threatened, he bowed his head in
very shame, and the prayer died on his lips. But Andy
always prayed,—at least he had for many years; and
so the wise, strong brother sought the simple, weaker
one, and asked him to do what he himself had not power
to do.

Andy's swollen eyes and haggard face bore testimony
to his sorrow, and his voice was very low and earnest,

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

as he replied, “Brother Dick, I'm prayin' all the time.
I've said that prayer for the sick until I've wore it threadbare,
and now every breath I draw has in it the petition,
`We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.' There's nothing
in that about Ethie, it's true; but God knows I mean her,
and will hear me all the same.”

There was a touching simplicity in Andy's faith, which
went to the heart of Richard, making him feel of how little
avail was knowledge, or wisdom, or position, if there was
lacking the one thing needful, which Andy so surely possessed.
That night was a long, wearisome one at the farm-house;
but when the morning broke, hope and joy came
with it, for Ethelyn was better, and in the brown eyes,
which unclosed so languidly, there was a look of consciousness,
which deepened into a look of surprise and joyful recognition
as they rested upon Aunt Barbara.

“Is this Chicopee? Am I home? Oh, Aunt Barbara,
I am so glad! you can't guess how glad, or know how tired
and sorry your poor Ethie has been,” came brokenly from
the pale lips, as Ethelyn moved nearer to Aunt Barbara
and laid her head upon the motherly bosom, where it had
so often lain in the dear old Chicopee days.

She did not notice Richard, or seem to know that she
was elsewhere than Chicopee, back in the old home; and
Richard's pulse throbbed quickly as he saw the flush come
over Ethie's face, and the look of pain creep into her eyes,
when a voice broke the illusion and told her she was still
in Olney, with him and the mother-in-law leaning over the
bed-rail and saying, “Speak to her, Richard.”

“Ethie, don't you know me, too?—I came with Aunt
Barbara.”

That was what he said, as he bent over her, seeking to

-- 186 --

p597-191 [figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

take in his own one of the feverish little hands locked so
fast in those of Aunt Barbara. She did know then, and
remember, and her lip quivered in a grieved, disappointed
way as she said, “Yes, Richard, I know now. I am not at
home, I'm here;” and the intonation of the voice as it
uttered the word here, spoke volumes, and told Aunt Barbara
just how homesick and weary and wretched her darling
had been here. She must not talk much, the physician
said; and so with one hand in Richard's and one in Aunt
Barbara's she fell away to sleep again, while the family stole
out to their usual avocations,—Mrs. Markham and Eunice
to their baking, James and John to their work upon the
farm, and Andy to his Bethel in the wood-house chamber,
where he repeated, “Blessed be the Lord God of Israel who
has visited and redeemed his people,” and added at the conclusion
the Gloria Patri, which he thought suitable for the
occasion.

CHAPTER XVIII. DAYS OF CONVALESCENCE.

THEY were very pleasant to Ethelyn, for with Aunt
Barbara anticipating every want, and talking of
Chicopee, she could not be very weary. It was
pleasant, too, having Richard home again, and Ethie was
very soft and kind, and amiable toward him; but she did
not tell him of the letter she had commenced, or hint at the
confession he longed to hear. It would have been comparatively
easy to write it, but with him there where she could
look into his face and watch the dark expression which was

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

sure to come into his eyes, it was hard to tell him that Frank
Van Buren had held the first place in her affections, if indeed
he did not hold it now. She was not certain yet,
though she hoped and tried to believe that Frank was nothing
more than cousin now. He surely ought not to be, with
Nettie calling him her husband, while she too was a wife.
But so subtle was the poison which that unfortunate attachment
had infused into her veins that she could not tell whether
her nature was cleared of it or not; and so, though she
asked forgiveness for having so literally kept her vow, and
said that she did commence a letter to him, she kept back
the most important part of all. It was better to wait, she
thought, until she could truly say, “I loved Frank Van
Buren once, but now I love you far better than ever I did
him.”

Had she guessed how much Richard knew, and how the
knowledge was rankling in his bosom, she might have
done differently. But she took the course she thought the
best, and the perfect understanding Richard had so ardently
hoped for was not then arrived at. For the time, however,
there seemed to be perfect peace between them, and Ethelyn
was far happier than she had been since she first came
to Olney. She could not say that she loved her husband
as a true wife ought to love a man like Richard Markham,
but she found a pleasure in his society which she had never
experienced before, while Aunt Barbara's presence was a
constant source of joy. That good woman had prolonged
her stay far beyond what she had thought it possible
when she left Chicopee. She could not tear herself away,
when Ethie pleaded so earnestly for her to remain a
little longer, and she stayed on week after week, seeing
far more than she seemed to see, and making up her

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

mind pretty accurately with regard to the prospect of
Ethie's happiness, if she remained an inmate of her husband's
family.

Aunt Barbara and Mrs. Markham did not harmonize at
all. At first, when Ethie was so sick, everything had been
merged in the one absorbing thought of her danger, but
when the danger was past it kept recurring again and
again, with very unpleasant distinctness, that Aunt Barbara
was in her way. Nobody could quarrel with Aunt Barbara,—
she was so mild, and gentle, and peaceable,—and Mrs.
Markham did not quarrel with her; but she thought about
her all the time, and fretted over her, and remembered the
letter she had written about her ways and her being good
to Ethie, and wondered what she was there for, and why
she did not go home, and asked at last what time they
generally cleaned house in Chicopee, and if she dared trust
her cleaning with Betty. Aunt Barbara was a great annoyance,
and she complained to Eunice and Mrs. Jones, and
Melinda, who had returned from Washington, that she was
spoiling Ethelyn, and making her think herself so much
weaker than she was.

“Merey knew,” she said, “that in her day, when she
was sick, she did not hug the bed forever. She had something
else to do, and was up and around in a fortnight at
the most. Nobody was carryin' her up glasses of milkpunch,
and lemonade, and cups of tea, at all hours of the
day. She was glad of anything, and got well the faster
for it. Needn't tell her!—it would do Ethelyn good to
stir round and take the air, instead of staying cooped up in
her room, complaining that it is hot and close there in the
bedroom. It's airy enough out doors;” and with a most
aggrieved look on her face, Mrs. Markham put into the

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

oven the pan of soda-biscuit she had been making, and
then proceeded to lay the cloth for tea.

Eunice had been home for a day or two with a felon on
her thumb, and thus a greater proportion of the work had
fallen upon Mrs. Markham, which to some degree accounted
for her ill-humor. Mrs. Jones and Melinda were spending
the afternoon with her, but the latter was up in Ethie's
room. Melinda had always a good many ideas of her own,
and she had brought with her several new ones from Washington,
and New York, where she had stayed for four weeks
at the Fifth Avenue Hotel. But Melinda, though greatly
improved in appearance, was not one whit spoiled. In
manner and the fit of her dress she was more like Ethelyn
and Mrs. Judge Miller, of Camden, than she once had been;
and at first James was a little afraid of her, she puffed her
hair so high and wore her gowns so long; while his mother,
looking only at the stylish hat and fashionable sack,
which she brought back from Gotham, said her head was
turned, and she was altogether too fine for Olney. But
when, on the next rainy Sunday, she rode to church in her
father's lumber-wagon, holding the blue cotton umbrella
over her old last year's straw and water-proof,—and when
arrived at church she suffered James to help her to alight,
jumping over the muddy wheel, and then going straight
to her accustomed seat in the choir, which had missed her
strong voice so much,—the son changed his mind, and said
she was the same as ever; while after the day when she
found Mrs. Markham making soap, and good-humoredly
offered to watch it and stir it while that lady went into the
house to see to the corn-pudding, which Eunice was sure
to spoil if left to her own ingenuity, the mother, too,
changed her mind, and wished Richard had been so lucky

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

as to have fixed his choice on Melinda. But James was
far from wishing a thing which would so seriously have
interfered with his hopes and wishes. He was very glad
that Richard's preference had fallen where it did, and his
cheery whistle was heard almost constantly; and after Tim
Jones told, in his blunt way, how “Melind was tryin' to
train him, and to make him more like them dandies at the
big tavern in New York,” he, too, began to amend, and
taking Richard for his pattern, imitated him, until he found
that simple, loving Andy, in his anxiety to please Ethelyn,
had seized upon more points of etiquette than Richard
ever knew existed; and then he copied Andy, having this
in his favor, that whatever he did himself was done with a
certain grace inherent in his nature, whereas Andy's attempts
were awkward in the extreme.

Melinda saw the visible improvement in James, and imputing
it rather to Ethelyn's influence than her own, was
thus saved from any embarrassment she might have experienced
had she known to a certainty how large a share of
James Markham's thoughts and affections she possessed.
She was frequently at the farm-house; but had not made
what her mother called a visit until the afternoon when
Mrs. Markham gave her opinion so freely of Aunt Barbara's
petting and its effect on Ethelyn.

From the first introduction Aunt Barbara had liked the
practical, straightforward Melinda, in whom she found a
wonderful ally whenever any new idea was suggested with
regard to Ethelyn. To her Aunt Barbara had confided
her belief that it was not well for Ethelyn to stay there
any longer,—that she and Richard both would be better
by themselves; an opinion which Melinda heartily endorsed,
and straightway set herself at work to form

-- 191 --

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

some plan whereby Aunt Barbara's idea might be carried
out.

Melinda was not a meddlesome girl, but she did like to
help manage other people's business,—doing it so well, and
evincing so little selfishness in her consideration for others,
that when once she had taken charge of a person's affairs
she was pretty sure to have the privilege again. When
Richard ran for Justice of the Peace, and she was a little
girl, she had refused to speak to three other little girls
who flaunted the colors of the opposition candidate; and
when he was nominated first for Judge and then as member
for the district, she had worked for him quite as zealously
as Tim himself, and through her more than one vote,
which otherwise might have been lost, was cast in his
favor. As she had worked for him, so she now worked
for Ethelyn,—approaching Richard very adroitly and managing
so skilfully that when at last, on the occasion of her
visit to his mother's, Aunt Barbara asked him, in her presence
and Ethelyn's, if he had never thought it would be
well both for himself and wife to live somewhere else than
there at home, he never dreamed that he was echoing the
very ideas Melinda had instilled into his mind by promptly
replying that “he had recently thought seriously of a
change,” and then asked Ethie where she would like to
live,—in Olney or in Camden.

“Not Olney,—no, not Olney!” Ethelyn gasped, thinking
how near that was to her mother-in-law, and shrinking
from the espionage to which she would surely be subjected.

Her preference was Davenport, but to this Richard would
not listen. Indeed, he began to feel sorry that he had admitted
a willingness to change at all, for the old home was
very dear to him, and he had thought he would never leave

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

it. But he stood committed, and Melinda followed him up
so dexterously, that in less than half an hour it was arranged
that early in June Ethelyn should have a home in Camden,—
either a house of her own, or a suite of rooms at the
Stafford House, just which she preferred. She chose the
latter, and, woman-like, began at once in fancy to furnish
and arrange the handsome apartments which looked out
upon Camden Park, and which Melinda said were at present
unoccupied. Melinda knew, for only two days before she
had been to Camden with her brother Tim, and dined at
the Stafford House, and heard her neighbor on her right
inquire of his vis-a-vis how long since General Martin left
the second floor of the new wing, and who occupied it now.
This was a mere happen-so, but Melinda was one of those
to whom the right thing was always happening, the desired
information always coming; and if she did contrive to
ascertain the price charged for the rooms, it was only because
she understood that one of the Markham peculiarities
was being a little close, and wished to be armed at every
point.

Richard had no idea that Melinda was managing him,
or that any one was managing him. He thought himself
that Camden might be a pleasant place to live in; as an
ex-Judge and M.C. he could get business anywhere; and
though he preferred Olney, inasmuch as it was home, he
would, if Ethelyn liked, try Camden for a while. It is
true, the price of the rooms, which Melinda casually named,
was enormous, but, then, Ethelyn's health and happiness
were above any moneyed consideration; and so, while Mrs.
Markham below made and moulded her soda-biscuit, and
talked about dreading the hot weather if “Ethelyn was
going to be weakly,” Aunt Barbara, and Melinda, and

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

Richard settled a matter which made her eyes open wide with
astonishment when, after the exit of the Joneses, it was
revealed to her. Of course, she charged it all to Aunt
Barbara, wishing that good woman as many miles away as
intervened between Olney and Chicopee. Had the young
people been going to keep house she would have been
more reconciled, for in that case much of what they consumed
would have been the product of the farm; but
to board, to take rooms at the Stafford House, where
Ethelyn would have nothing to do but to dress and
gossip, was abominable. Then, when she heard of the
price, she opposed the plan with so much energy that, but
for Aunt Barbara and Melinda Jones, Richard might have
succumbed; but the majority ruled, and Ethelyn's eyes
grew brighter, and her cheeks rounder, with the hope of
leaving a place where she had been so unhappy. She
should miss Melinda Jones; and though she would be near
Mrs. Miller, and Marcia Fenton, and Ella Backus, they
could not be to her all Melinda had been, while Andy,—
Ethelyn felt the lumps rising in her throat whenever she
thought of him, and the burst of tears with which he had
heard that she was going away.

“I can't help thinkin' it's for the wuss,” he said, wiping
his smooth face with the cuff of his coat-sleeve. “Something
will happen as the result of your goin' there. I feel
it in my bones.”

Were Andy's words prophetic? Would something
happen, if they went to Camden, which would not have
happened had they remained in Olney? Ethelyn did not
ask herself the question. She was too supremely happy,
and if she thought at all, it was of how she could best accelerate
her departure from the lonely farm-house.

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

When Mrs. Markham found that they were really going,
that nothing she could say would be of any avail, she gave
up the contest, and, mother-like, set herself at work planning
for their comfort, or rather for Richard's comfort. It
was for him that the best and newest feather-bed, weighing
thirty pounds and a half to a feather, was aired and sunned
three days upon the kitchen roof, the good woman little
dreaming that if the thirty-pounder was used at all it would
do duty under the hair-mattress Ethelyn meant to have.
They were to furnish their own rooms, and whatever expense
Mrs. Markham could save her boy she meant to do.
There was the carpet in their chamber,—they could have
that; for after they were gone it was not likely the room
would be used, and the old rag one would answer. They
could have the curtains too, if they liked, with the table
and the chairs. Left to himself and his mother's guidance,
Richard would undoubtedly have taken to Camden such a
promiscuous outfit as would have made even a truckman
smile; but there were three women leagued against him,
and so draft after draft was drawn from his funds in the
Camden bank until the rooms were furnished; and one
bright morning in early June, a week after Aunt Barbara had
started for Chicopee, Ethie bade her husband's family good-by,
and turning her back upon Olney, turned also the first
leaf of her life's history in the West.

-- 195 --

p597-200 CHAPTER XIX. COMING TO A CRISIS.

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

RICHARD was not happy in his new home; it did
not fit him like the old. He missed his mother's
petting; he missed the society of his plain, outspoken
brothers; he missed his freedom from restraint,
and he missed the deference so universally paid to him in
Olney, where he was the only lion. In Camden there were
many to divide the honors with him; and though he was
perhaps unconscious of it, he had been first so long that to
be one of many firsts was not altogether agreeable. With
the new home and new associates more like those to which
she had been accustomed, Ethelyn had resumed her training
process, which was not now borne as patiently as in the
halcyon days of the honeymoon, when most things wore
the couleur de rose and were right because they came from
the pretty young bride. Richard chafed under the criticisms
to which he was so frequently subjected, and if he
improved upon them in the least it was not perceptible to
Ethelyn, who had just cause to blush for the careless habits
of her husband,—habits which even Molinda observed
when in August she spent a week with Ethelyn, and then
formed one of a party which went for a pleasure-trip to
St. Paul's and Minnehana. From this excursion, which
lasted for two weeks, Richard returned to Camden in anything
but an amiable frame of mind. Ethelyn had not
pleased him at all, notwithstanding that she had been
unquestionably the reigning belle of the party,—the one

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

whose hand was claimed in every dance, and whose company
was sought in every ride and picnic. Marcia Fenton
and Ella Backus faded into nothingness when she was near,
and they laughingly complained to Richard that his wife
had stolen all their beaux away, and they wished he would
make her do better.

“I wish I could,” was his reply, spoken not playfully,
but moodily, just as he felt at the time.

He was not an adept in concealing his feelings, which
generally showed themselves upon his face, or were betrayed
in the tones of his voice; and when he spoke as he
did of his wife the two young girls glanced curiously at
each other, wondering if it were possible that the grave
Judge was jealous. If charged with jealousy Richard
would have denied it, though he did not care to have
Ethelyn so much in Harry Clifford's society. Richard
knew nothing definite against Harry, except that he would
occasionally drink more than was wholly in accordance
with a steady and safe locomotion of his body; and once
it had been said at Hal's boarding-house that the young
lawyer was invisible for three entire days. “Sick with a
cold,” was his excuse when he appeared again at table, with
haggard face and bloodshot eyes; but in the parlor, and
halls, and private rooms, there were whispers of soiled
clothes and jammed hats, and servants bribed to keep the
secret that young lawyer Clifford's boots were carried dangling
up to No. 94 at a very late hour of the night on which
he professed to have taken his cold. After this, pretty
Marcia Fenton, who, before Ethelyn came to town, had
ridden oftenest after the black horses owned by Harry,
tossed her curls when he came near, and arched her eyebrows
in a manner rather distasteful to the young man;

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

while Ella Backus turned her back upon him, and in his
hearing gave frequent lectures on intemperance and its
loathsomeness. Ethelyn, on the contrary, made no difference
in her demeanor toward him. She cared nothing for
him either way, except that his polite attentions and delicate
deference to her tastes and opinions were complimentary
and flattering, and she saw no reason why she should
shun him because he had fallen once. It might make him
worse, and she should stand by him as an act of philanthropy,
she said to Richard when he asked what she saw
to admire in that drunken Clifford.

Richard had no idea that Ethelyn cared in the least for
Harry Clifford; he knew she did not, though she sometimes
singled him out as one whose manners in society her
husband would do well to imitate. Of the two young
men, Harry Clifford and Frank Van Buren, who had
been suggested to him as copies, Richard preferred the
former, and wished he could feel as easy with regard
to Frank as he was with regard to Harry. He had
never forgotten that fragment of conversation overheard
in Washington, and as time went on it haunted him
more and more. He had given up hoping for any confession
from Ethelyn, though at first he was constantly
expecting it, and laying little snares by way of hints and
reminders; but Ethelyn had evidently changed her mind,
and if there was a past which Richard ought to have known,
he would now probably remain in ignorance of it, unless
some chance revealed it. It would have been far better
if Richard had tried to banish all thoughts of Frank
Van Buren from his mind, and taken Ethelyn as he
found her; but Richard was a man, and so, manlike, he
hugged the skeleton which in part he had dragged into his

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

home, and petted it, and kept it constantly in sight, instead
of thrusting it out from the chamber of his heart, and barring
the door against it. Frank's name was never mentioned
between him and Ethelyn, but Richard fancied that always
after the receipt of Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's letters Ethelyn
was a little sad, and more disposed to find fault with him,
and he sometimes wished Mrs. Dr. Van Buren might
never write to them again. There was one of her letters
awaiting Ethelyn on her return from Minnesota, and she
read it standing under the chandelier, with Richard lying
upon the couch near by, and watching her curiously.
There was something in the letter which disturbed her
evidently, for her face flushed, and her lips shut firmly together,
as they usually did when she was agitated. Richard
always read Aunt Barbara's letters, and heretofore he had
been welcome to Mrs. Van Buren's, a privilege of which
he seldom availed himself, for he found nothing interesting
in her talk of parties, and operas, and fashions, and the last
new color of dress-goods, and style of wearing the hair.

“It was too much twaddle for him,” he had once said
in reply to Ethelyn's question as to whether he would like
to see what Aunt Van Buren had written.

Now, however, she did not offer to show him the letter,
but crumpled it nervously in her pocket, and going to her
piano, began to play dashingly, rapidly, as was her custom
when excited. She did not know that Richard was listening
to her, much less watching her, as he lay in the shadow,
wondering what that letter contained, and wishing that he
knew. Ethelyn was tired that night, and after the first
heat of her excitement had been thrown off in a spirited
Schottish, she closed her piano, and coming to the couch
where Richard was lying, sat down by his side, and after

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

waiting a moment in silence, asked “of what he was thinking?”

There was something peculiar in the tone of her voice,—
something almost beseeching, as if she either wanted sympathy,
or encouragement for the performance of some good
act. But Richard did not so understand her. He was, to
tell the truth, a very little cross, as men, and women too,
are apt to be when tired with sight-seeing and dissipation.
He had been away from his business three whole weeks,
travelling with a party for not one member of which, with
the exception of his wife, Melinda, Marcia, and Ella, did he
care a straw.

Hotel life at St. Paul's he regarded as a bore, second only
to life at Saratoga. The falls of Minnehaha “was a very
pretty little stream,” he thought, but what people could
see about it to go into such ecstacies as Ethelyn, and even
Melinda did, he could not tell. Perhaps if Harry Clifford
had not formed a part of every scene where Ethelyn was
the prominent figure, he might have judged differently.
But Harry had been greatly in his way, and Richard did
not like it any more than he liked Ethelyn's flirting so much
with him, and leaving him, her husband, to look about for
himself. He had shown, too, that he did not like it to
Marcia Fenton and Ella Backus, who probably thought
him a bear, as perhaps he was. On the whole, Richard
was very uncomfortable in his mind, and Aunt Van Buren's
letter did not tend in the least to improve his temper; so
when Ethelyn asked of what he was thinking, and accompanied
her question with a stroke of her hand upon his
hair, he answered her, “Nothing much, except that I am
tired and sleepy.”

The touch upon his hair he had felt to his finger-tips, for

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

Ethelyn seldom caressed him even as much as this; but
he was in too moody a frame of mind to respond as he
would once have done. His manner was not very encouraging,
but, as if she had nerved herself to some painful duty,
Ethelyn persisted, and said to him next, “You have not seen
Aunt Van Buren's letter. Shall I read you what she says?”

Every nerve in Richard's body had been quivering with
curiosity to see that letter, but now, when the coveted privilege
was within his reach, he refused it; and, little dreaming
of all he was throwing aside, answered indifferently,
“No, I don't know that I care to hear it. I hardly think
it will pay. Where are they now?”

“At Saratoga,” Ethelyn replied; but her voice was not
the same which had addressed Richard first; there was a
coldness, a constraint in it now, as if her good resolution had
been thrown back upon her and frozen up the impulse
prompting her to the right.

Richard had had his chance with Ethelyn and lost it.
But he did not know it, or guess how sorry and disappointed
she was when at last she left him and retired to
her sleeping-room. There was a window open in the parlor,
and as the wind was rising with a sound of rain,
Richard went to close it ere following his wife. The window
was near to the piano, and as he shut it something
rattled at his feet. It was the crumpled letter, which Ethelyn
had accidentally drawn from her dress-pocket with the
handkerchief she held in her hand when she sat down by
Richard. He knew it was the letter, and his first thought
was to carry it to Ethelyn; then, as he remembered her
offer to read it to him, he said, “Surely there can be no
harm in reading it for myself. A man has a right to know
what is in a letter to his wife.”

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

Thus reasoning, he sat down by the side light as far
away from the bed-room door as possible, and commenced
Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's letter. They were stopping at the
United States, and there was nothing particular at first,
except her usual remarks of the people and what they
wore; but on the third page Richard's eye caught Frank's
name, and skipping all else, leaped eagerly forward to what
the writer was saying of her son. His conduct evidently
did not please his mother; neither did the conduct of
Nettie, who was too insipid for anything, the lady wrote,
adding that she was not half so bright and pretty as when she
was first married, but had the headache and kept her own
room most of the time, and was looking so faded and worn
that Frank was really ashamed of her.

“You know how much he likes brilliant, sparkling girls,”
she wrote, “and of course he has no patience with Nettie's
fancied ailments. I can't say that I altogether sympathize
with her myself; and, dear Ethie, I must acknowledge that
it has more than once occurred to me that I did very wrong
to meddle with Frank's first love affair. He would be far
happier now if it had been suffered to go on, for I suspect
he has never entirely gotten over it; but it is too late now
for regrets. Nettie is his wife, and we must make the best
of it.”

Then followed what seemed the secret of the Van Buren
discomfort. The bank in which most of Nettie's fortune
was deposited had failed, leaving her with only the scanty
income of five hundred dollars a year, a sum not sufficient
to buy clothes, Mrs. Van Buren said. But Richard did not
notice this,—his mind was only intent upon Frank's first
love affair, which ought to have gone on. He did not ask
himself whether, in case it had gone on, Ethelyn would

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

have been there, so near to him that her soft breathing
came distinctly to his ear. He knew she would not; there
had been something between her and Frank Buren, he was
convinced beyond a doubt; and the fiercest pang he had
ever known was that which came to him when he sat with
Mrs. Dr. Van Buren's letter in his hand, wondering why
Ethie had withheld the knowledge of it from him, and if
she had outlived the love which her aunt regretted as
having come to naught. Then, as the more generous part
of his nature began to seek for excuses for her, he asked
himself why she offered to read the letter if she had really
been concerned in Frank's first love affair, and hope whispered
that possibly she was not the heroine of that romance.
There was comfort in that thought; and Richard
would have been comforted if jealousy had not suggested
how easy it was for her to skip the part relating to Nettie
and Frank, and thus leave him as much in the dark as ever.
Yes, that was undoubtedly her intention. While seeming
to be so open and honest, she would have deceived him all
the more. This was what Richard decided, and his heart
grew very hard against the young wife, who looked so innocent
and pretty in her quiet sleep, when at last he sought
his pillow and lay down by her side.

He was very moody and silent for days after that, and
even his clients detected an irritability in his manner which
they had never seen before. “There was nothing ailed
him,” he said to Ethelyn, when she asked what was the
matter, and accused him of being cross. She was very
gay; Camden society suited her; and as the season advanced,
and the festivities grew more and more frequent,
she was seldom at home more than one or two evenings in
the week, while the day was given either to the arrangement

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

of dress or taking of necessary rest, so that her husband saw
comparatively little of her, except for the moment, when she
always came to him with hood and white cloak in hand
to ask him how she looked, before going to the carriage
waiting at the door. Never in her girlish days had she
been so beautiful as she was now; but Richard seldom told
her so, though he felt the magic influence of her beauty,
and did not wonder that she was the reigning belle. He
did not often accompany her himself. Parties, and receptions,
and concerts, were bores, he said; and at first he
had raised objections to her going without him. But after
motherly Mrs. Harris, who boarded in the next block, and
was never happier than when chaperoning some one, offered
to take her under the same wing which had sheltered
six fine and now well-married daughters, Richard made no
further objections. He did not wish to be thought a domestic
tyrant; he did not wish to seem jealous, and so he
would wrap Ethie's cloak around her, and taking her himself
to Mrs. Harris' carriage, would give that lady sundry charges
concerning her, bidding her see that she did not dance till
wholly wearied out, and asking her to bring her home earlier
than the previous night. Then, returning to his solitary
rooms, he would sit nursing the demon which might
so easily have been thrust aside. Ethie was not insensible
to his kindness in allowing her to follow the bent of her
own inclinations, even when it was so contrary to his own,
and for his sake she did many things she might not otherwise
have done. She snubbed Harry Clifford and the
whole set of dandies like him, so that, though they danced,
and talked, and laughed with her, they never crossed a
certain line of propriety which she had drawn between
them. She was very circumspect, and tried at first in

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

various ways to atone to Richard for her long absence
from him, by telling him whatever she thought would interest
him; and sometimes, when she found him waiting
for her, and looking so tired and sleepy, she would playfully
chide him for sitting up for her, and tell him that
though it was kind in him to do so, she preferred that he
should not. This was early in the season; but after the
day when Mrs. Markham, senior, came over from Olney to
“blow Richard's wife up,” as she expressed it, everything
was changed, and Ethelyn stayed out as late as she
liked without any concessions to Richard. Mrs. Markham,
senior, had heard strange stories of Ethelyn's proceedings,—
“going to parties night after night, with her dress shamefully
low, and going to plays and concerts bareheaded, with
flowers and streamers in her hair, besides wearing a mask,
and pretending she was Queen Hortense.”

“A pretty critter to be,” Mrs. Markham had said to the
kind neighbor who had returned from Camden and was giving
her the particulars in full of Ethelyn's misdoings. “Yes,
a pretty critter to be! If I was goin' to turn myself into somebody
else, I'd take a decent woman. I wonder at Richard's
lettin' her; but, law! he is so blind and she so headstrong!”

And the good woman groaned over this proof of depravity
as she questioned her visitor further with regard to
Ethie's departures from duty.

“And he don't go with her much, you say,” she continued,
feeling more aggrieved than ever when, in reply to her question,
she heard that on the occasion of Ethie's personating
Hortense, Richard had also appeared as a knight of the
Sixteenth Century, and borne his part so well that Ethelyn
herself did not recognize him until the mask was removed.

Mrs. Markham could not suffer such high-handed

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

wickedness to go unrebuked, and taking as a peace-offering, in case
matters assumed a serious aspect, a pot of gooseberry-jam
and a ball of head-cheese, she started for Camden the very
next day.

Ethelyn did not expect her, but she received her kindly,
and knowing how she hated a public table, had dinner
served in her own room, and then, without showing the
least impatience, waited a full hour for Richard to come in
from the court-house, where an important suit was pending.
Mrs. Markham was to return to Olney that night, and
as soon as they were seated at the table, she brought the
conversation round to the “stories” she had heard, and
little by little laid on the lash till Ethelyn's temper was
roused, and she asked her mother-in-law to say out what
she had to say at once, and not skirt round it so long.
Then came the whole list of misdemeanors which Mrs.
Markham thought “perfectly ridiculous,” asking her son
how he “could put up with such work.”

Richard wisely forbore taking either side; nor was it
necessary that he should speak for Ethie. She was fully
competent to fight her own battle, and she fought it with
a will, telling her mother-in-law that she should attend
as many parties as she pleased and wear as many masks.
She did not give up her liberty of action when she married.
She was young yet, and should enjoy herself if she chose,
and in her own way.

This was all the satisfaction Mrs. Markham could get; and
supremely pitying “her poor boy,” whom she mentally
decided was “henpecked,” she took the cars back to Olney,
saying to Richard, who accompanied her to the train, “I
am sorry for you from the bottom of my heart. It would
be better if you had stayed with me.”

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

Richard liked his mother's good opinion, but as he
walked back to the hotel he could not help feeling that a
mother's interference between man and wife was never very
discreet, and he wished the good woman had stayed at
home. If he had said so to Ethelyn, when on his return
to his rooms he found her weeping passionately, there
might have come a better understanding between them, and
she probably would have stayed with him that evening instead
of attending the whist party given by Mrs. Miller.
But he had determined to keep silent, and when Ethelyn
asked if she was often to be subjected to such insults, he
did not reply. He went with her, however, to Mrs. Miller's,
and knowing nothing of cards, almost fell asleep while
waiting for her and playing backgammon with another fellow-sufferer,
who had married a young wife and was there
on duty.

Mrs. Markham, senior, did not go to Camden again; and
when Christmas came, and with it an invitation for Richard
and his wife to dine at the farm-house on the turkey Andy
had fattened for the occasion, Ethelyn peremptorily declined;
and as Richard would not go without her, Mrs.
Jones and Melinda had their seats at table, and Mrs. Markham
wished for the hundredth time that Richard's preference
had fallen on the latter young lady instead of “that
headstrong piece who would be his ruin.”

-- 207 --

p597-212 CHAPTER XX. THE CRISIS.

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

IT was the Tuesday before Lent. The gay season
was drawing to a close, for Mrs. Howard and
Mrs. Miller, who led the fashionable world of
Camden before Ethelyn's introduction to it, were theoretically
the highest kind of church-women, and while neglecting
the weightier matters of the law were strict to bring
their tithes of mint and anise and cummin. They were
going to wear sackcloth and ashes for forty days and stay
at home, unless they met occasionally in each other's house
for a quiet game of whist or euchre. There could be no
harm in that, particularly if they abstained on Fridays, as
of course they should. Mr. Bartow himself could not find
fault with so simple a recreation, even if he did try so hard
to show what his views were with regard to keeping the
Lenten fast. Mrs. Miller and Mrs. Howard intended to be
very regular at the morning service, hoping that the odor
of sanctity with which they would thus be permeated
would in some way atone for the absence of genuine heart-religion
and last them for the remainder of the year. First,
however, and as a means of helping her in her intended seclusion
from the world, Mrs. Howard was to give the largest
party of the season,—a sort of carnival, from which the revellers
were expected to retire the moment the silvery-voiced
clock on her mantel struck the hour of twelve and
ushered in the dawn of Lent. It was to be a masquerade,
for the Camdenites had almost gone mad on that fashion

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

which Ethelyn had the credit of introducing into their
midst; that is, she was the first to propose a masquerade
early in the season, telling what she had seen, and giving
the benefit of her larger experience in such matters.

It was a fashion which took wonderfully with the people,
for the curiosity and interest attaching to the characters
was just suited to the restless, eager temperament of the
Camdenites, and they entered into it with heart and soul,
ransacking boxes and barrels and worm-eaten chests, scouring
the country far and near, and even sending as far as
Davenport and Rock Island for the necessary costumes.

Ethelyn enjoyed the masquerades, and for this last and
most elaborate of all she had made great preparations, for
she was to appear as “Mary Queen of Scots.” Richard
had not opposed her joining it, and he walked over piles
of ancient-looking finery, and got his boot tangled in the
wig which Ethie had hunted up, and was persuaded into
saying he would go to the party himself, not as a masquer,
but in his own proper person as Richard Markham, the
grave and dignified Judge whom the people respected so
highly. Ethie was glad he was going. She would always
rather have him with her, if possible; and the genuine
satisfaction she evinced when he said he would accompany
her went far toward reconciling him to the affair about
which so much was being said in Camden. When, however,
he came in to supper on Tuesday night, complaining
of a severe headache, and saying he wished he could remain
quietly at home, inasmuch as he was to start early the next
morning for St. Louis, where he had business to transact,
Ethelyn said to him, “If you are sick, of course I will not
compel you to go. Mr. and Mrs. Miller will look after
me.”

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

She meant this kindly, for she saw that he was looking
pale and haggard, and Richard took it so then; but
afterward her words became so many scorpions, stinging
him into fury. It would seem as if every box, and
drawer, and bag, had been overturned, and the contents
brought to light,—for ribbons, and flowers, and laces, were
scattered about in wild confusion, while on the carpet, near
the drawer where Ethie's little mother-of-pearl box was
kept, lay a tiny note, which had inadvertently been dropped
from its hiding-place when Ethie opened the box in quest
of something which was wanted for Queen Mary's outfit.
Richard saw the note just as he saw the other litter, but
paid no attention to it then, and after supper was over went
out as usual for his evening paper.

Gathered about the door of the office was a group of
young men, all his acquaintances, and all talking together
upon some theme which seemed to excite them greatly.

“Too bad, to make such a fool of himself,” one said,
while another added, “He ought to have known better
than to order champagne, when he knows what a beast a
few drops will make of him, and he had a first-rate character
for to-night, too.”

Richard was never greatly interested in gossip of any
kind, but something impelled him now to ask of whom
they were talking.

“Of Hal Clifford,” was the reply. “A friend of his
came last night to Moore's Hotel, where Hal boards, and
wishing to do the generous host Hal ordered champagne
and claret for supper, in his room, and got drunker than a
fool. It always lasts him a day or two, so he is gone up
for to-night.”

Richard had no time to waste in words upon Harry

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

Clifford, and after hearing the story started for his boarding-place.
His route lay past the Moore House, and as he
reached it the door opened and Harry came reeling down
the steps. He was just drunk enough to be sociable, and
spying Richard by the light of the lamp-post he hurried to
his side, and taking his arm in the confidential manner he
always assumed when intoxicated, he began talking in a
half-foolish, half-rational way, very disgusting to Richard,
who tried in vain to shake him off. Harry was not to be
baffled, and, with a stammer and a hiccup, he began, “I
say—a—now, old chap, don't be so fast to get rid of a
cove. Wife waiting for you, I suppose. Deuced fine
woman. D'ye know her old beau is here?”

“Who? What do you mean?” Richard asked, turning
sharply upon his companion, who continued—

“Why, Frank Van Buren. Cousin, you know; was
chum with me in college, so I know all about it. Don't
you remember my putting it to her that first time I met
her at Mrs. Miller's? Mistrusted by her blushing there was
more than I supposed; and so there was. He told me all
about it last night.”

Richard did not try now to shake off his comrade.
There seemed to be a spell upon him, and though he longed
to thrash the impudent young man saying such things of
Ethelyn, he held his peace, with the exception of the single
question—

“Frank Van Buren in town? Where is he stopping?”

“Up at Moore's. Came last night; and, between you
me, Judge, I took a little too much. Makes my head feel
like a tub. Sorry for Frank. He and his wife ain't congenial,
beside she's lost her money that Frank married her
for. Serves him right for being so mean to Mrs.

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

Markham, and I told him so when he opened his heart and told
me all about it; how his mother broke it up about the
time you were down there; and how she went to the altar
with a heavier heart than she would have carried to her
coffin. Quite a hifalutin speech for Frank, who used to be
at the foot of his class.”

Richard grew faint and cold as death, feeling one moment
an impulse to knock young Clifford down, and the
next a burning desire to hear the worst, if, indeed, he had
not already heard it. He would not question Harry; but
he would listen to all he had to say, and so he kept quiet,
waiting for the rest. Harry was just enough beside himself
to take a malicious kind of satisfaction in inflicting
pain upon Richard, as he was sure he was doing. He
knew Judge Markham despised him, and though, when
sober, he would have shrunk from so mean a revenge, he
could say anything now, and so went on.

“She has not seen him yet, but will to-night, for he is
going. I got him invited as my friend. She knows he is
here. He sent her a note this morning. Pity I can't
go too; but I can't, for, you see, I know how drunk I am.
Here we part, do we?” and Harry loosed his hold of
Richard's arm as they reached the corner of a street.

Wholly stunned with what he had heard, Richard kept
on his way, but not toward the Stafford House. He could
not face Ethelyn yet. He was not determined what
course to pursue, and so he wandered on in the darkness,
through street after street, while the wintry wind blew
cold and chill about him; but he did not heed it, or feel
the keen, cutting blast. His blood was at a boiling heat,
and the great drops of sweat were rolling down his face,
as, with head and shoulders bent like an aged man, he

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

walked on, revolving all he had heard, and occasionally
whispering to himself, “She carried a heavier heart to
the altar than she would have taken to her coffin.”

“Yes, I believe it now. I remember how white she
was, and how her hand trembled when I took it in mine.
Oh! Ethie, Ethie, I did not deserve this from you.”

Resentment,—hard, unrelenting resentment,—was beginning
to take the place of the deep pain he had at first
experienced, and it needed but the sight of Mrs. Miller's
windows, blazing with light, to change the usually quiet,
undemonstrative man into a demon.

“She is to meet him here to-night, it seems, and perhaps
talk over her blighted life. Never, no, never, so long as
bolts and bars have power to hold her. She shall not disgrace
herself, for, with all her faults, she is my wife, and I
have loved her so much. Oh, Ethie, I love you still!” and
the wretched man leaned against a post as he sent forth
this despairing cry for the Ethie who he felt was lost forever.

Every little incident which could tend to prove that
what Harry had said was true came to his mind: the conversation
overheard in Washington between Frank and
Melinda, Ethelyn's unfinished letter, to which she had
never referred, and the clause in Aunt Van Buren's letter
relating to Frank's first love affair. He could not any
longer put the truth aside with arguments, for it stood out
in all its naked deformity, making him cower and shrink
before it. It was a very different man who went up the
stairs of the Stafford House to room No. — from the man
who two hours before had gone down them, and Ethelyn
would hardly have known him for her husband had she
been there to meet him. Wondering much at his long
absence, she had at last gone on with her dressing, and

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

then, as he still did not appear, she had stepped for a moment
to the room of a friend who was sick and had asked
to see her when she was ready. Richard saw that she was
out, and sinking into the first chair, his eye fell upon the
note lying near the bureau-drawer. The room had partially
been put to rights, but this had escaped Ethie's notice,
and Richard picked it up, glowering with rage, and almost
foaming at the mouth when, in the single word “Ethie,”
on the back, he recognized Frank Van Buren's writing,
which he had often seen on the back of his mother's letters.

He had it then,—the note which his rival had sent,
apprising his wife of his presence in town, and he would
read it, too. He had no scruples about that, and his fingers
tingled to his elbows as he opened the note, never observing
how yellow and worn it looked, or that it was not dated.
He had no doubt of its identity, and his face grew purple
with passion as he read—

My own Darling Ethie:—Don't fail to be there
to-night, and if possible leave the `old maid' at home, and
come alone. We shall have so much better time. Your
devoted

Frank.

Words could not express Richard's emotions as he held
that note in his shaking hand, and gazed at the words,
“My own darling Ethie.” Quiet men like Richard Markham
are terrible when aroused; and Richard was terrible
in his anger, as he sat like a block of stone contemplating
the proof of his wife's unfaithfulness. He called it by that
hard name, grating his teeth together as he thought of her

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

going by appointment to meet Frank Van Buren, who had
called him an “old maid,” and planned to have him left
behind if possible. Then, as he recalled what Ethelyn had
said about his remaining at home if he were ill, he leaped
to his feet, and an oath quivered on his lips at her duplicity.

“False in every respect,” he muttered, “and I trusted
her so much!”

It never occurred to him that the note was a strange one
for what he imagined it to portend, Frank merely directing
it to “Ethie,” and charging her to be present at the party,
without even announcing his arrival, or giving any explanation
for his sudden appearance in Camden. Richard was
too much excited to reason upon anything, and stood leaning
upon the piano, with his face turned toward the door,
when Ethie made her appearance, looking very pretty and
piquant in her Mary Stuart guise. She held her mask in
her hand, but when she caught a glimpse of him she hastily
adjusted it, and springing forward, exclaimed, “Where
were you so long? I began to think you were never coming.
We shall be among the very last. How do I look
as Mary? Am I pretty enough to make an old maid like
Elizabeth jealous of me?”

Had anything been wanting to perfect Richard's wrath,
that allusion to an “old maid” would have done it. It
was the drop in the brimming bucket, and Richard exploded
at once, hurling such language at Ethelyn's head
that, white and scared, and panting for breath, she put up
both her hands to ward off the storm, and asked what it
meant. Richard had locked the door, the only entrance to
their room, and stooping over Ethelyn, he hissed into her
ear his meaning, telling her all he had heard from Harry
Clifford, and asking if it were true. Ere Ethelyn could

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

reply there was a knock at the door, and a servant's voice
called out, “Carriage waiting for Mrs. Markham.”

It was the carriage sent by Mrs. Miller for Ethelyn, and
quick as thought Richard stepped to the door, and unlocking
it, said, hastily, “Give Mrs. Miller Mrs. Markham's
compliments, and say she cannot be present to-night. Tell
her she regrets it exceedingly;” and Richard's voice was
very bitter and sarcastic in its tone as he closed the door
upon the astonished waiter; and relocking it, he returned
again to Ethelyn, who had risen to her feet, and with a
different expression upon her face from the white, scared
look it had worn at first, stood confronting him fearlessly
now, and even defiantly, for this bold step had roused her
from her apathy; and in a fierce whisper, which, nevertheless,
was as clear and distinct as the loudest tones could
have been, she asked, “Am I to understand that I am a
prisoner here in my own room? Is it your intention to
keep me from the party?”

It is;” and with his back against the door, as if
doubly to bar her egress, Richard regarded her gloomily,
while he charged her with the special reason why she
wished to go. “It was to meet Frank Van Buren, your
former lover,” he said, asking if she could deny it.

For a moment Ethelyn stood irresolute, mentally going
over with all that would be said if she stayed from Mrs.
Miller's, where she was to be the prominent one, and calculating
her strength to stem the tide of wonder and conjecture
as to her absence which was sure to follow. She
could not meet it, she decided; she must go, at all hazards,
even if, to achieve her purpose, she made some concessions
to the man who had denounced her so harshly, and used
such language as is not easily forgotten.

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

“Richard,” she began, and her eyes had a strange, glittering
light in them, “with regard to the past I shall say
nothing now, but that Frank was here in Camden I had not
the slightest knowledge till I heard it from you. Believe
me, Richard, and let me go. My absence will seem very
strange, and cause a great deal of remark. Another time
I may explain what would best have been explained before.”

The light in her eye was softer now, and her voice
full of entreaty; for Ethie felt almost as if pleading
for her life. But she might as well have talked to the wall
for any good results it produced. Richard was moved
from his lofty height of wrath and vindictiveness, but
he did not believe her. How could he, with the fatal
note in his hand, and the memory of the degrading
epithet it contained, and which Ethie, too, had used
against him, still ringing in his ears? The virgin queen
of England was never more stony and inexorable with
regard to the unfortunate Mary than was Richard toward
his wife, and the expression of his face froze all the better
emotions rising in Ethie's heart, as she felt that in a measure
she was reaping a just retribution for her long deception.

“I do not believe you, madam,” Richard said; “and if
I were inclined to do so, this note, which Harry said was
sent to you, and which I found upon the floor, would tell
me better;” and tossing into her lap the soiled bit of paper,
accomplishing so much harm, he continued, “There is my
proof; that, in conjunction with the name of opprobrium,
which you remember you insinuatingly used, asking if
you were pretty enough to make the old maid Elizabeth
jealous. You are pretty enough, madam; but it is an

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

accursed beauty, which would attract to itself men of Frank
Van Buren's stamp.”

Richard could not get over that epithet. He would have
forgiven the other sin almost as soon as this, and his face
was very dark and stern as he watched Ethelyn reading the
little note. She knew in a moment what it was, and the
suddenness of its appearance before her turned her white
and faint. It brought back so vividly the day when she
received it,—the hazy September day, when the Chicopee
hills wore the purplish light of early autumn, and the air
was full of golden sunshine. It was a few weeks after that
childish betrothal among the huckleberry hills, and Frank
had come up to spend a week with a boy-friend of his, who
lived across the river. There was to be an exhibition in
the white school-house, in the river district, and Frank had
written urging her to come, and asking that Aunt Barbara
should be left behind,—“the old maid,” he sometimes
called her to his cousin, thinking it sounded smart and
manlike. Aunt Barbara had stayed at home from choice,
sending her niece in charge of Susie Granger's mother;
but the long walk home, after the exercises were over, the
lingering, loitering walk across the causeway, where the fog
was rising so damply, the stopping on the bridge, and looking
down into the deep, dark water, where the stars were reflected
so brightly, the slow climbing of the depot hill, and the
long talk by the gate beneath the elms, whose long arms began
to drop great drops of dew on Ethie's head ere the interview
was ended,—all this had been experienced with Frank,
whose arm was round the young girl's waist, and whose hand
was clasping hers, as with boyish pride and a laughable effort
to seem manly, he talked of “our engagement,” and leaped
forward in fancy to the time “when we are married.”

-- 218 --

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

All this came back to Ethelyn, and she felt again the
breath of the September night, and saw through the
clustering branches the light waiting for her in the dear
old room in Chicopee. She forgot for a moment the
stern man watching her so jealously, and hardening
toward her as he saw how pale she grew, and heard her
exclamation of surprise when she first recognized the note,
and remembered that in turning over the contents of the
box she must have dropped it upon the floor.

“Do you still deny all knowledge of Frank's presence in
town?” Richard asked, and his voice recalled Ethelyn from
the long-ago back to the present time.

He was waiting for her answer; but Ethie had none to
give. Her hot, imperious temper was in the ascendant
now. She was a prisoner for the night; her own husband
was the jailer, who she felt was unjust to her, and she
would made no explanations, at least not then. He might
think what he liked or draw any inference he pleased from
her silence. And so she made him no reply, except to
crush into her pocket the paper which she should have
burned on that morning when, crouching on the hearth-stone
at home, she destroyed all other traces of a past
which ought never to have been. He could not make her
speak, and his words of reproach might as well have been
given to the winds as to that cold, statue-like woman, who
mechanically laid aside the fanciful costume in which she
was arrayed, doing everything with a deliberation and coolness
more exasperating to Richard than open defiance would
have been. A second knock at the door, and another servant
appeared, saying, apologetically, that the note he held
in his hand was left at the office for Mrs. Markham early in
the morning, and forgotten till now.

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

“Give it to me, if you please. It is mine,” Ethelyn said,
and something in her voice and manner kept Richard quiet
while she took the offered note and went back to the chandelier,
where, with a compressed lip and burning cheek, she
read the genuine note sent by Frank.

“Dear cousin,” he wrote, “business for a Boston firm
has brought me to Camden, where they have had debts
standing out. Through the influence of Harry Clifford,
who was a college chum of mine, I have an invitation to
Mrs. Miller's, where I hope to meet yourself and husband.
I should call to-day, but I know just how busy you must be
with your costume, which I suppose you wish to keep incog.,
even from me. I shall know you, though, at once. See
if I do not. Wishing to be remembered to the Judge, I
am, yours truly,

Frank Van Buren.

This was what Ethelyn read, knowing, as she read, that
it would make matters right between herself and husband,—
at least so far as an appointment was concerned; but she
would not show it to him then. She was too angry, too
much aggrieved, to admit of any attempts on her part for a
reconciliation; so she put that note with the other, and
then went quietly on arranging her things in their proper
places. When this was done, she sat down by the window,
and peering out into the wintry darkness watched the many
lights and moving figures in Mrs. Miller's house, which
could be distinctly seen from the hotel. Richard still intended
to take the early train for St. Louis, and so he retired
at last; but Ethelyn sat where she was until the carriages
taking the revellers home had passed, and the lights
were out in Mrs. Miller's windows, and the bell of St. John's
had ushered in the second hour of the fast. Not then did

-- 220 --

p597-225 [figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

she join her husband, but lay down upon the sofa, where
he found her when, at six o'clock, he came from his broken,
feverish sleep, to say his parting words. He had contemplated
the propriety of giving up his trip and remaining
at home while Frank Van Buren was in town, but this he
could not very well do.

“I will leave her to herself,” he thought, “trusting that
what has passed will deter her from any further improprieties.”

Something like this he said to her when, in the gray
dawn, he stood before her, equipped for his journey; but
Ethelyn did not respond, and with her cold, dead silence
weighing more upon him than bitter reproaches would have
done, Richard left her and took his way through the chill,
snowy morning to the depot, little dreaming, as he went,
of when and how he and Ethelyn would meet again.

CHAPTER XXI. THE RESULT.

THE bell in the tower of St. John's pealed forth its
summons to the house of prayer, and one by one,
singly or in groups, the worshippers went up to
keep this first solemn day of Lent,—true, sincere worshippers,
many of them, who came to weep, and pray, and acknowledge
their past misdeeds; while others came from
habit, and because it was the fashion, their pale, haggard
faces and heavy eyes telling plainly of the last night's dissipation,
which had continued till the first hour of the

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

morning. Mrs. Howard was there, and Mrs. Miller too,
both glancing inquiringly at Judge Markham's pew and
then wonderingly at each other. Ethelyn was not there.
She had breakfasted in her room after Richard left, and
when that was over had gone mechanically to her closet
and drawers and commenced sorting her clothes,—hanging
away the expensive dresses, and laying across chairs and
upon the bed the more serviceable ones, such as might properly
be worn on ordinary occasions. Why she did this
she had not yet clearly defined, and when, after her wardrobe
was divided, and she brought out her heavy travelling
trunk, she was not quite certain what she meant to do.
She had been sorely wounded, and, as she thought, without
just cause. She knew she was to blame for not having
told Richard of Frank before she became his wife, but of the
things with which he had so severely charged her she was
guiltless; and every nerve quivered and throbbed with passion
and resentment as she recalled the scene of the previous
night, going over again with the cruel words Richard had
uttered in his jealous anger, and then burning with shame
and indignation as she thought of being locked into her
room, and kept from attending the masquerade, where her
absence must have excited so much wonder.

“What did they say, and what can I tell them when we
meet?” she thought, just as Mrs. Howard's voice was
heard in the upper hall.

Service was over, and several of the more intimate of
Ethie's friends had stopped at the Stafford House to see
her.

“I have come to see if you were sick, or what, that you
disappointed me so. I was vexed enough, I assure you,”
Mrs. Miller said, looking curiously at Ethelyn, whose face

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

was white as ashes, save where a crimson spot burned on
her cheeks, and whose lips were firmly pressed together.

She did not know what to say, and when pressed to give
a reason stammered out—

“Judge Markham wished me to stay with him, and as
an obedient wife I stayed.”

With ready tact the ladies saw that something was
wrong, and kindly forbore further remarks, except to tell
what a grand affair it was, and how much she was missed.
But Ethie detected in their manner an unspoken sympathy
or pity, which exasperated and humiliated her more than
open words would have done. Heretofore she had been
the envy of the entire set, and it wounded her deeply to
fall from that pedestal to the level of ordinary people. She
was no longer the young wife, whose husband petted and
humored her so much, but the wife whose husband was
jealous and tyrannical, and even abusive, where language
was concerned; and she could not rid herself of the suspicion
that her lady friends knew more than they professed
to know, and was heartily glad when they took their departure
and left her again alone.

There was another knock at her door, and a servant
handed in a card bearing Frank Van Buren's name. He
was in the office, the waiter said. Should he show the
gentleman up?

Ethie hesitated a moment, and then taking her pencil
wrote upon the back of the card, “I am too busy to see
you to-day.”

The servant left the room, and Ethelyn went back to
where her clothes were scattered about and the great
trunk was standing open. She did not care to see Frank
Van Buren now. He was the direct cause of every sorrow

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

she had ever known, and bitter feelings were swelling in
her heart in place of the softer emotions she had once experienced
toward him. He was nothing to her now. Slowly
but surely the flame had been dying out, and Richard had
never been so near to winning his wife's entire devotion as
on that fatal night when, by his jealousy and rashness, he
built so broad a gulf between them.

“It is impossible that we should ever live together again,
after all that has transpired,” Ethelyn said, as she stood
beside her trunk and involuntarily folded up a garment and
laid it on the bottom.

She had reached a decision, and her face grew whiter,
stonier, as she made haste to act upon it. Every article
which Richard had bought was laid aside and put away in
the drawers and bureaus she would never see again. These
were not numerous, for her bridal trousseau had been so extensive
that but few demands had been made upon her
husband's purse for dress, and Ethelyn felt glad that it was
so. It did not take long to put them away, or very long
to pack the trunk, and then Ethie sat down to think “what
next?”

Only a few days before, a Mr. Bailey, who boarded in
the house, and whose daughter was taking music lessons,
had tried to purchase her piano, telling her that so fine a
player ought to have one with a longer key-board. Ethie had
thought so herself, wishing sometimes that she had a larger
instrument, which was better adapted to the present style
of music, but she could not bring herself to part with Aunt
Barbara's present. Now, however, the case was different.
Money she must have, and as she scorned to take it from
the bank, where her check was always honored, she would
sell her piano. It was hers, to do with as she liked, and

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

when Mr. Bailey passed her door at dinner-time, she asked
him to step in. She had changed her mind with regard
to her piano, she said. She was willing to sell it now; there
was such a superb affair down at Shumway's Music Rooms.
Had Mr. Bailey seen it?

Ethie's voice was not quite steady, for she was not accustomed
to deception of this kind, and the first step was hard.
But Mr. Bailey was not at all suspicious, and concluded the
bargain at once; and two hours later Ethie's piano was
standing between the south windows of Mrs. Bailey's apartment,
and Ethie, in her own room, was counting a roll of
three hundred dollars, and deciding how far it would go.

“There are my pearls,” she said. “If worst comes to
worst I can sell them and my diamond ring.”

She did not mean Daisy's ring. She would not barter
that, or take it with her, either. Daisy never intended it
for a runaway wife, and Ethelyn must leave it where Richard
would find it when he came back and found her gone. And
then as Ethie in her anger exulted over Richard's surprise
and possible sorrow when he found himself deserted, some
demon from the pit whispered in her ear, “Give him back
the wedding ring. Leave that for him too, and so remove
every tie which once bound you to him.”

It was hard to put off Daisy's ring, and Ethelyn paused
as the clear stone seemed to reflect the fair, innocent face
hanging on the walls at Olney. But Ethie argued that she
had no right to it, and so the dead girl's ring was laid aside;
and then the trembling fingers fluttered about the plain
gold band bearing the date of her marriage. But when she
essayed to remove that too, blood-red circles danced before
her eyes, and such a terror seized her that her hands dropped
powerless into her lap and the ring remained in its place.

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

It was four o'clock in the afternoon, and the cars for Olney
left at seven. She was going that way as far as Milford,
where she could take another route to the East. She
would thus throw Richard off the track if he tried to follow
her, and also avoid immediate remark in the hotel. They
would think it quite natural that in her husband's absence
she should go for a few days to Olney, she reasoned; and
they did think so in the office when at six she asked that
her trunk be taken to the station. Her rooms were all in
order. She had made them so herself, sweeping and dusting,
and even leaving Richard's dressing-gown and slippers
by the chair where he usually sat the evenings he was at
home. The vacancy left by the piano would strike him at
once, she knew; and so she moved a tall bookcase up there,
and put a sofa where the bookcase had been, and a large
chair where the sofa had been, and pushed the centre-table
into the large chair's place; and then her work was done,—
the last she would ever do in that room, or for Richard,
either. The last of everything is sad, and Ethie felt a thrill
of pain as she whispered to herself, “It is the last, last
time,” and then thought of the outer world which lay all
unknown before her. She would not allow herself to think
long, lest her courage should give way; and she tried, by
dwelling continually upon Richard's cruel words, to steel
her heart against the good impulses which were beginning
to suggest that what she was doing might not, after all, be
the wisest course. What would the world say?—and dear
Aunt Barbara, too? How it would wring her heart when
she heard the end to which her darling had come! And
Andy,—simple, conscientious, praying Andy,—Ethie's
heart came up in her throat when she thought of him and
his grief at her desertion.

-- 226 --

p597-231

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

“I will write to Andy,” she said. “I will tell him how
thoughts of him almost deterred me from my purpose,”
and opening her little writing-desk, which Richard gave
her at Christmas, she took up her pen and held it poised a
moment, while something said, “Write to Richard, too.
Surely you can do so much for him. You can tell him the
truth, and let him know how he misjudged you.”

And so the name which Ethie first wrote down upon the
paper was not “Dear Brother Andy,” but simply that of
“Richard.”

CHAPTER XXII. ETHIE'S LETTERS.

Stafford House, Feb. —,
5 o'clock in the afternoon.

RICHARD: I am going away from you forever,
and when you recall the words you spoke to me
last night, and the deep humiliation you put
upon me, you will readily understand that I go because we
cannot live together any longer as man and wife. You
said things to me, Richard, which women find hard to forgive,
and which they never can forget. I did not deserve
that you should treat me so, for, bad as I may have been
in other respects, I am innocent of the worst thing you
alleged against me, and which seemed to excite you so
much. Until I heard it from you, I did not know Frank
Van Buren was within a thousand miles of Camden. The
note from him which I leave with this letter, and which
you will remember was brought to the door by a servant,

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

who said it had been mislaid and forgotten, will prove that
I tell you truly. The other note which you found, and
which must have fallen from the box where I kept it, was
written years ago, when I was almost a little girl, with no
thought that I ever could be the humbled, wretched creature
I am now.

“Let me tell you about it, Richard,—how I happened to
be engaged to Frank, and how wounded, and sore, and
sorry I was when you came the second time to Chicopee,
and asked me to be your wife.”

Then followed the whole story of Ethelyn's first love.
Nothing was concealed, nothing kept back. Even the
dreariness of the day when Aunt Van Buren came up from
Boston and broke poor Ethie's heart, was described and
dwelt upon with that particularity which shows how the
lights, and shadows, and sunshine, and storms which mark
certain events in one's history will impress themselves upon
one's mind, as parts of the great joy or sorrow which can
never be forgotten. Then she spoke of meeting Richard, and
the train of circumstances which finally led to their betrothal.

“I wanted to tell you about Frank that night, on the
shore of the pond, when you told me of Abigail, and twice
I made up my mind to do so, but something rose up to
prevent it, and after that it was very hard to do so.”

She did not tell him how she at first shrank away from
his caresses; but she confessed that she did not love him,
even when taking the marriage vow.

“But I meant to be true to you, Richard. I meant to
be a good wife, and never let you know how I felt. You
were different from Frank; different from most men whom
I had met, and you did annoy me at times. You will tell
me I was foolish to lay so much stress on little things, and

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

so, perhaps, I was; but little things, rather than big, make
up the sum of human happiness, and, besides, I was too
young fully to understand how any amount of talent and
brain could atone for absence of all culture of manner.
Then I was disappointed in your home and family. You
know how unlike they are to my own, but you can never
know how terrible it was to me who had formed so different
an estimate of them. I suppose you will say I did not
try to assimilate, and perhaps I did not. How could I,
when to be like them was the thing I dreaded most of all?
I do believe they tried to be kind, especially your brothers,
and I shall ever be grateful to them for their attempt to
please and interest me during that dreadful winter I spent
alone, with you in Washington. You did wrong, Richard,
not to take me with you, when I wanted so much to go.
I know that, after what happened, you and your mother
think you were fully justified in what you did; but, Richard,
you are mistaken. The very means you took to avert
a catastrophe hastened it instead. The cruel disappointment
and terrible homesickness which I endured hastened
our baby's birth, and cost its little life. Had it lived,
Richard, I should have been a better woman than I
am now. It would have been something for me to love,
and my heart did ache so for an object on which to fasten.
I did not love you when I became your wife, but I was
learning to do so. When you came home from Washington,
I was glad to see you, and I used to listen for your step
when you went to Olney and it was time for you to return.
Just in proportion as I was drawn toward you, Frank fell
in my estimation, and I wanted to tell you all about it, and
begin anew. Do you remember that night of our return
from St. Paul's? I found a letter from Aunt Van Buren,

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

and asked if you would like to hear it. You seemed so
indifferent, and almost cross about it, that the good angel
left me, and your chance was lost again. There was something
in that letter about Frank and me,—something which
would have called forth questions from you, and I meant
to explain if you would let me. Think, Richard. You
will remember the night. You lay upon the sofa, and I
sat down beside you, and smoothed your hair. I was nearer
to loving you then than I ever was before; but you put me
off, and the impulse did not come again,—that is, the impulse
of confession. A little more consideration on your
part for what you call my airs and high notions would have
won me to you, for I am not insensible to your many sterling
virtues, and I do believe that you did love me once.
But all that is over now. I made a great mistake when I
came to you, and perhaps I am making a greater one in
going from you. But I think not. We are better apart,
especially after the indignities of last night. Where I am
going it does not matter to you. Pursuit will be useless,
inasmuch as I shall have the start of a week. Neither do
I think you will search for me much. You will be happier
without me, and it is better that I should go. You will
give the accompanying note to Andy. Dear Andy, my
heart aches to its very core when I think of him, and know
that his grief for me will be genuine. I leave you Daisy's
ring. I am not worthy to keep that, and so I give it back.
I wish I could make you free from me entirely, if that should
be your wish. Perhaps some time you will be, and then
when I am nothing to you save a sad memory, you will
think better of me than you do now.

“Good-by, Richard. We shall probably never meet
again. Good-by.

Ethie.

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

She did not stop to read what she had written. There
was not time for that, and taking a fresh sheet, she wrote:

Dear, darling Andy:—If all the world were as good,
and kind, and true as you, I should not be writing this
letter, with my arrangements made for flight. Richard will
tell you why I go. It would take me too long. I have
been very unhappy here, though none of my wretchedness
has been caused by you. Dear Andy, if I could tell you
how much I love you, and how sorry I am to fall in your
opinion, as I surely shall when you hear what has happened.
Do not hate me, Andy, and sometimes when you
pray, remember Ethie, won't you? She needs your prayers
so much, for she cannot pray herself. I do not want to be
wholly bad,—do not want to be lost forever; and I have
faith that God will hear you. The beautiful consistency of
your everyday life and your simple trust have been powerful
sermons to me, convincing me that there is a reality in
the religion you profess. Go on, Andy, as you have begun,
and may the God whom I am not worthy to name, bless
you, and keep you, and give you every possible good. In
fancy I wind my arms around your neck, and kiss your
dear, kind face, as with tears I write you my good-by.

“Farewell, Andy, darling Andy, farewell.”

Ethelyn had not wept before, but now, as Andy rose up
before her with the thought that she should see him no
more, her tears poured like rain, and blotted the sheet on
which she had written to him. It hurt her more, if possible,
to lose his respect than that of any other person, and
for a half instant she wavered in the decision. But it was
too late now. The piano was sold and delivered, and if

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

she tarried she had no special excuse to offer for its sale.
She must carry out her plan, even though it proved the
greatest mistake of her life. So the letters were directed,
and put, with Daisy's ring, in the little drawer of the
bureau, where Richard would be sure to find them when
he came back. Perhaps, as Ethie put them there, she
thought how they might be the means of a reconciliation;
that Richard, after reading her note, would move heaven
and earth to find her, and having done so, would thence-forth
be her willing slave; possibly, too, remembering the
harsh things he had so recently said to her, she exulted a
little as she saw him coming back to his deserted home,
and finding his domestic altar laid low in the dust. But if
this were so she gave no sign, and though her face was
deathly pale, her nerves were steady and her voice calm, as
she gave orders concerning her baggage, and then when it
was time, turned the key upon her room, and left it with
the clerk, to whom she said,

“I shall not be back until my husband returns.”

She was going to Olney, of course, the landlady said,
when she heard Mrs. Markham had gone; and so no wonder
was created among the female boarders, except that
Ethelyn had not said good-by to a single one of them.
She was not equal to that. Her great desire was to escape
unseen, and with a veil drawn closely over her face, she
sat in the darkest corner of the ladies' room, waiting impatiently
for the arrival of the train, and glancing furtively
at the people around her. Groups of men were walking
up and down upon the platform without, and among them
Frank Van Buren. On his way to the cars he had called
again at the Stafford House, and learned that Mrs. Markham
was out.

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

“I'll see her when I return,” he thought, and so went
his way to the train, which would take him to his next
point of destination.

Never once dreaming how near he was to her, Ethie
entered the car, and drew her veil and furs more closely
around her, and turning her face to the frosty window,
gazed drearily out into the wintry darkness as they sped
swiftly on. She hardly knew where she was going or what
she could do when she was there. She was conscious only
of the fact that she was breaking away from scenes and
associations which had been so distasteful to her,—that
she was leaving a husband who had been abusive to her,
and she verily believed she had just cause for going. The
world might not see it so, perhaps, but she did not care for
the world. She was striking out a path of her own, and
with her heart as sore and full of anger as it then was, she
felt able to cope with any difficulty, so that her freedom
was achieved. They were skirting across the prairie now,
and the lights of Olney were in sight. Perhaps she could
see the farm-house; and rubbing with her warm palm the
moisture from the window-pane, she looked wistfully out
in the direction of Richard's home. Yes, there it was, and a
light was shining from the sitting-room window, as if they
expected her. But Ethie was not going there; and with
a sigh as she thought of Andy so near, yet separated so
widely from her, she turned from the window and rested
her tired head upon her hands while they stayed at Olney.
It was only a moment they stopped, but to Ethie it seemed
an age; and her heart almost stopped its beating when she
heard the voice of terrible Tim just outside the car. He
was not coming in, as she found after a moment of breathless
waiting; he was only speaking to an acquaintance, who

-- 233 --

p597-238 [figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

stepped inside and took a seat by the stove, just as the
train plunged again into the darkness, leaving behind a
fiery track to mark its progress across the level prairie.

CHAPTER XXIII. THE DESERTED HUSBAND.

RICHARD had been very successful in St. Louis.
The business which took him there had been
more than satisfactorily arranged. He had collected
a thousand-dollar debt he never expected to get,
and had been everywhere treated with the utmost deference
and consideration, as a man whose worth was known
and appreciated. But Richard was ill at ease, and his
face wore a sad, gloomy expression, which many remarked,
wondering what could be the nature of the care so evidently
preying upon him. Do what he might, he could not forget
the white, stony face which had looked at him so strangely
in the gray morning, nor shut out the icy tones in which
Ethie had last spoken to him. Besides this, Richard was
thinking of all he had said to her in the heat of passion,
and wishing he could recall it in part at least. He was very
indignant, very angry still, for he believed her guilty of
planning to meet Frank Van Buren at the party and leave
him at home, while his heart beat with keen throbs of pain
when he remembered that Ethie's first love was not given
to him,—that she would have gone to her grave more
willingly than she went with him to the altar; but he need
not have been so harsh with her,—that was no way to make

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

her love him. Kindness must win her back should she ever
be won, and impatient to be reconciled, if reconciliation
were now possible, Richard chafed at the necessary delays
which kept him a day longer in St. Louis than he had at first
intended.

Ethie had been gone just a week when he at last found
himself in the train which would take him back to Camden.
First, however, he must stop at Olney; the case was imperative,—
and so he stepped from the train one snowy afternoon
when the February light shone cold and blue upon the
little town and the farm-house beyond. His brothers were
feeding their flocks and herds in the rear yard to the east;
but they came at once to greet him, and ask after his welfare.
The light snow which had fallen that day was lying
upon the front door-steps, undisturbed by any track, so
Richard entered at the side. Mrs. Markham was dipping
candles, and the faint, sickly odor of the hot melted tallow,
which filled Richard's olfactories as he came in, was never
forgotten, but remembered as part and parcel of that terrible
day which would have a place in his memory so long as being
lasted. Every little thing was impressed upon his mind,
and came up afterward with vivid distinctness whenever he
thought of that wretched time. There was a bit of oil-cloth
on the floor near to the dripping candles, and he saw the
spots of tallow which had dropped and dried upon it,—saw,
too, his mother's short gown, and blue woollen stockings,
as she got up to meet him, and smelling the cabbage cooking
on the stove, for they were having a late dinner that day.

Richard had seen his mother dip candles before,—nay,
had sometimes assisted at the dipping. He had seen her
short striped gown and blue woollen stockings, and smelled
the cooking cabbage, but they never struck him with so

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

great a sense of discomfort as they did to-day when he
stood, hat in hand, wondering why home seemed so cheerless.
It was as if the shadow of the great shock awaiting
him had already fallen upon him, oppressing him with a
weight he could not well shake off. He had no thought
that any harm had come to Ethie, and yet his first question
was for her. Had his mother heard from her while he
was away, or did she know if she was well?

Mrs. Markham's under-jaw dropped, in the way peculiar
to her when at all irritated, but she did not answer at once;
she waited a moment, while she held the rod poised over
the iron kettle, and with her forefinger deliberately separated
any of the six candles which showed a disposition to
stick together; then depositing them upon the frame and
taking up another rod, she said—

“Miss Plympton was down to Camden three or four
days ago, and she said Ann Merrills, the chamber-maid at
the Stafford House, told her Ethelyn had come to Olney
to stay with us while you was away; but she must have
gone somewhere else, as we have not seen her here. Gone
to visit that Miss Amsden, most likely, that lives over the
creek.”

“What makes you think she has gone there?” Richard
asked, with a sudden spasm of fear, for which he could not
account, and which was not in anywise diminished by his
mother's reply: “Ann said she took the six o'clock train
for Olney, and as Miss Amsden lives beyond us, it's likely
she went there, and is home by this time.”

Richard accepted this supposition; but it was far from
reassuring him. The load he had felt when he first came
into the kitchen was pressing more and more heavily, and
he wished that he had gone straight on instead of stopping

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

at Olney. But now there was nothing to do but to wait
with what patience he could command until the next train
came and carried him to Camden.

It was nine o'clock when he reached there, and a stiff
north-easter was blowing down the streets with gusts of
sleet and rain; but he did not think of it as he hurried on
toward the Stafford House, with that undefined dread growing
stronger and stronger as he drew near. He did not know
what he feared, nor why he feared it. He should find Ethie
there, he said. She surely had returned from her visit by this
time; he should see the light from the windows shining
out upon the park, just as he had seen it many other nights
when hastening back to Ethie. He would take the shortest
route down that dark, narrow alley, and so gain a moment
of time. The alley was traversed at last, also the
square, and he turned the corner of the street on which the
Stafford House stood. Halting for an instant, he strained
his eyes to see if he were mistaken, or was there no light
in the window, no sign that Ethie was there. There were
lights below, and lights above, but the second floor was
dark, the shutters closed, and all about them a look of
silence and desertion which quickened Richard's footsteps
to a run. Up the private staircase he went, and through
the narrow hall, till he reached his door and found it locked.
Ethie was surely gone. She had not expected him so
soon. Mrs. Amsden had urged her to stay, and she had
stayed. This was what Richard said, as he went down to
the office for the key, which the clerk handed him, with the
remark, “Mrs. Markham went to Olney the very day you
left. I thought perhaps you would stop there and bring
her home.”

Richard did not reply, but hurried back to the darkened

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

room, where everything was in order; even Ethie's workbox
was in its usual place upon the little table, and Ethie's
chair was standing near; but something was missing,—
something besides Ethie,—and its absence made the room
look bare and strange as the gas-light fell upon it. The
piano was gone, or moved. It must be the latter, and
Richard looked for it in every corner, even searching in the
bed-room and opening the closet door, as if so ponderous a
thing could have been hidden there! It was gone, and so
was Ethie's trunk, and some of Ethie's clothes, for he looked
to see, and then mechanically went out into the hall,
just as Mr. Bailey came up stairs and saw him.

“Ho, Judge! is that you? Glad to see you back.
Have been lonesome with you and your wife both away.
Do you know of the trade we made,—she and I,—the very
day you left? She offered me her piano for three hundred
dollars, and I took her up at once. A fine instrument, but
a little too small for her. Answers very well for Angeline.
It's all right, isn't it?” the talkative man continued, as he
saw the blank expression on Richard's face and construed
it into disapprobation of the bargain.

“Yes, all right, of course. It was her piano, not mine,”
Richard said, huskily. Then feeling the necessity of a little
duplicity, he said, “Mrs. Markham went the same day I
did, I believe?”

“Really, now, I don't know whether 'twas that day or
the next,” Mr. Bailey replied, showing that what was so
important to Richard had as yet made but little impression
upon him. “No, I can't say which day it was; but here's
Hal Clifford,—he'll know,” and Mr. Bailey stepped aside
as Harry came up the hall.

He had been to call upon a friend who occupied the floor

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

above, and seeing Richard, came forward to speak to him, the
look of shame upon his face showing that he had not forgotten
the circumstances under which they had last met
As Harry came in Mr. Bailey disappeared, and so the two
men were alone when Richard asked, “Do you know what
day Mrs. Markham left Camden?”

Richard tried to be natural. But Harry was not deceived.
There was something afloat,—something which had some
connection with his foolish, drunken talk and Ethie's non-appearance
at the masquerade. Blaming himself for what he
remembered to have said, he would not now willingly annoy
Richard, and he answered, indifferently, “She went the
same day that you did; that is, she left here on the six
o'clock train. I know, for I called in the evening and
found her gone.”

“Was she going to Olney?”

Richard's lips asked this rather than his will, and Harry
replied, “I suppose so. Isn't she there?”

It was an impudent question, but prompted purely by
curiosity, and Richard involuntarily answered, “She has
not been there at all.”

For several seconds the two men regarded each other intently;
one longing so much to ask a certain question, and
the other reading that question in the wistful, anxious eyes
bent so earnestly upon him.

He left in that same train, and took the same route,
too.”

Harry said this, and Richard staggered forward, till he
leaned upon the door-post, while his face was ashy pale.
Harry had disliked Richard Markham, who he knew so
strongly disapproved of his conduct; but he pitied him
now and tried to comfort him.

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

“It cannot be they went together. I saw no indications
of such an intention on the part of Frank. I hardly think
he saw her, either. He was going to —, he said, and
should be back in a few days. Maybe she is somewhere.”

Yes, maybe she was somewhere, but so long as Richard
did not know where, it was poor comfort for him. One
thing, however, he could do,—he could save her good name
until the matter was further investigated; and pulling
Harry after him into his room, he sat down by the cold,
dark stove, over which he crouched shiveringly, while he
said, “Ethie has gone to visit a friend, most likely,—a Mrs.
Amsden, who lives in the direction of Olney. So please,
for her sake, do not say either now or ever who went on
the train with her.”

“You have my word as a gentleman that I will not,”
Harry replied; “and as no one but myself ever knew that
they were cousins and acquaintances, their names need not
be mentioned together, even if she never returns.”

“But she will,—she will come back, Ethie will. She
has only gone to Mrs. Amsden's,” Richard replied, his
teeth chattering and his voice betraying all the fear and
anguish he tried so hard to hide.

Harry saw how cold he seemed, and with his own hands
built a quick wood-fire, and then asked—

“Shall I leave you alone, or would you prefer me to
stay?”

“Yes, stay. I do not like being here alone, though
Ethie will come back. She's only gone to visit Mrs. Amsden,”
and Richard whispered the words “gone to visit Mrs.
Amsden.”

It is pitiful to see a strong man cut down so suddenly,
and every nerve of Harry's throbbed in sympathy as he

-- 240 --

[figure description] Page 240.[end figure description]

sat watching the deserted husband walking up and down
the room, now holding his cold fingers to the fire, and now
saying to himself, “She has only gone to Mrs. Amsden's.
She will be back to-morrow.”

At last the clock struck eleven, and then Richard roused
from his lethargy and said, “The next train for Olney
passes at twelve. I am going there, Harry,—going after
Ethie. You'll see her coming back to-morrow.”

Richard hardly knew why he was going back to Olney,
unless it were from a wish to be near his own kith and kin
in this his hour of sorrow. He knew that Ethie had gone,
and the Mrs. Amsden ruse was thrown out for the benefit
of Harry, who, frightened at the expression of Richard's
face, did not dare leave him alone until he saw him safely
on board the train which an hour later dropped him upon
the slippery platform in Olney, and then went speeding on
in the same direction Ethie once had gone.

Mrs. Markham's candles were finished, and in straight,
even rows were laid away in the candle-box, the good
woman finding to her great satisfaction that there were just
ten dozen, besides the slim little thing she had burned
during the evening, and which, with a long crisp snuff, like
the steeple of a church, was now standing on the chair by
her bed. The hash was chopped ready for breakfast, the
coffee was prepared, and the kindlings were lying near the
stove, where, too, were hanging to dry Andy's stockings,
which he had that day wet through. They had sat up
later than usual at the farm-house that night, for Melinda
and her mother had been over there, and the boys had
made molasses candy, and “stuck up” every dish and
spoon, as Mrs. Markham said. Tim had come after his

-- 241 --

[figure description] Page 241.[end figure description]

mother and sister, and as he had a good deal to say, the
clock struck eleven before the guests departed, and Andy
buttoned the door of the wood-shed and put the nail over
the window by the sink. Mrs. Markham had no suspicion
of the trial in store for her, but for some cause she felt
restless and nervous, and even scary, as she expressed it to
herself. “Worked too hard, I guess,” she thought, as she
tied on her high-crowned, broad-frilled night-cap, and then
wound the clock before stepping into bed.

It was nearly midnight, and for some little time she lay
awake listening to the wind as it swept past the house, or
screamed through the key-hole of the door. But she did
not hear the night train when it thundered through the
town; nor the gate as it swung back upon its hinges; nor
the swift step coming up the walk; nor the tap upon her
window until it was repeated, and Richard's voice called
faintly, “Mother, mother, let me in!”

Andy, who was as good as a watch-dog, was awake by
this time, and with his window open was looking down at
the supposed burglar, while his hand felt for some missile
to hurl at the trespasser's head. With a start Mrs. Markham
awoke, and springing up listened till the voice said
again, “Mother, mother, it's I; let me in!”

The Japan candle-stick Andy had secured was dropped
in a trice, and adjusting his trowsers as he descended the
stairs, he reached the door simultaneously with his mother,
and pulling Richard into the hall, asked why he was there,
and what had happened. Richard did not know for certain
as anything had happened. “Ethie was most probably
with Mrs. Amsden. She would be home to-morrow,” and
Andy felt how his brother leaned against him, and his
hand pressed upon his shoulder as he went up to the stove,

-- 242 --

[figure description] Page 242.[end figure description]

and crouched down before it just as he had done in Camden.
The candle was lighted, and its dim light fell upon that
strange group gathered there at midnight, and looking into
each other's faces with a wistful questioning as to what it
all portended.

“It is very cold; make more fire,” Richard said, shivering,
as the sleet came driving against the window; and in
an instant all the morning's kindlings were thrust into the
stove, where they roared, and crackled, and hissed, and
diffused a sense of warmth and comfort through the shadowy
room.

“What is it, Richard? What makes you so white and
queer?” his mother asked, trying to pull on her stockings
and in her trepidation jamming her toes into the heel, and
drawing her shoe over the bungle thus made at the bottom
of her foot.

“Ethie was not there, and has not been since the night
I left. She sold her piano, and took the money, and her
trunk, and her clothes, and went to visit Mrs. Amsden.

This was Richard's explanation, which Andy thought a
mighty funny reason for his brother's coming at midnight,
and frightening them so terribly. But his mother saw
things differently. She knew there was something underlying
all this,—something which would require all her skill
and energy to meet,—and her face was almost as white as
Richard's as she asked, “Why do you think she has gone
to Mrs. Amsden's?”

“You told me so, didn't you?” and Richard looked up at
her in a bewildered, helpless way, which showed that all
he knew upon the Amsden question was what she had said
herself, and that was hardly enough to warrant a conclusion
of any kind.

-- 243 --

[figure description] Page 243.[end figure description]

“Was there any reason why Ethelyn should go away?”
she asked next, and Richard's head dropped, and his eyes
were cast down in shame, as he replied—

“Yes; we—quar—. We differed, I mean, the night
before I went away, and I kept her from the masquerade.
I would not let her go. I locked the door, and now she
has gone—gone to Mrs. Amsden's.”

He persisted in saying that, as if he would make himself
believe it against his better judgment.

“What is it all about? What does it mean?” Andy
asked, in great perplexity; and his mother answered for
Richard—

“It means just this, as far as I can see: Ethelyn has got
mad at Richard for keepin' her in, which he orto have
done long ago, and so, with her awful temper, she has run
away.”

Mrs. Markham had defined it at last,—had put into words
the terrible thing which had happened, the disgrace which
she saw coming upon them; and with this definition of it she,
too, defined her own position with regard to Ethelyn, and
stood bristling all over with anger and resentment, and
ready to do battle for her son against the entire world.

“Mother! mother!” Andy gasped, and his face was
whiter than Richard's. “It is not true. Ethie never went
and done that,—never! Did she, Dick? Tell me! Speak!
Has Ethie run away?”

Andy was down on one knee now, and looking into
Richard's face with a look which would almost have
brought Ethie back could she have seen it. Andy had
faith in her, and Richard clung to him rather than to the
mother denouncing her so bitterly.

“I don't know, Andy,” he said. “I hope not. I think

-- 244 --

[figure description] Page 244.[end figure description]

not. She must have gone to Mrs. Amsden's. We will
wait till morning and see.”

The sound of voices had aroused both James and John,
who, half-dressed, came down to inquire what had happened,
and why Dick was there at that unseemly hour of
the night. James' face was very pale as he listened, and
when his mother spoke of the disgrace which would come
upon them all, his hard fists were clenched for a moment,
while he thought of Melinda, and wondered if
with her it would make any difference. Both James and
John liked Ethelyn, and as the temper about which
their mother talked so much had never been exhibited to
them, they were inclined to take her part, and cautious
John suggested that it might not be so bad as his mother
feared. To be sure he didn't know how hard Dick and
Ethie might have spatted it, or what had gone before; but
any way his advice would be to wait and see if she was not
really at Mrs. Amsden's, or somewhere else. Richard let
them manage it all for him. He was powerless to act, and
stunned and silent he sat shivering by the stove, which
they made red-hot with the blocks of wood they put in,
hoping thus to warm him. There was no more sleep at
the farm-house that night, though James and John went
back to bed, and Andy, too, crept up to his lonely room;
but not to sleep. His heart was too full for that, and
kneeling by his wooden chair, he prayed for Ethie,—that
she had not run away, but might be at Mrs. Amsden's,
where he was going for her himself the moment the morning
broke. He had claimed this privilege, and his mother
had granted it, knowing that many allowances would be
made for whatever Andy might say, and feeling that, on
this account, he would do better than either of his

-- 245 --

p597-250 [figure description] Page 245.[end figure description]

brothers. Richard, of course, could not go. He scarcely
had strength to move, and did not look up from his stooping
posture by the stove when at day-dawn Andy drew on
his butternut overcoat, and tying a thick comforter about
his neck, started for Mrs. Amsden's.

CHAPTER XXIV. THE INVESTIGATION.

RICHARD knew she was not there,—at least all the
probabilities were against it; and still he clung
to the vague hope that Andy would bring him
some good news, and his thoughts went after the brother
whose every breath was a prayer, as he galloped over the
snowy ground toward Mrs. Amsden's. They were early
risers there, and notwithstanding the sun was just coming
up the eastern sky, the family were at breakfast,
when Andy's horse stopped before their gate, and Andy
himself knocked at their door for admission. Andy's
faith was great,—so great that, in answer to his petitions,
he fully expected to see Ethie herself at the table when
the door was opened, and he caught a view of the occupants
of the dining-room; but no Ethie was there, nor had
been, as they said, in answer to his eager questionings.

“What made you think she was here? When did she
go away? Was she intending to visit me?” Mrs. Amsden
asked.

But Andy, while praying that Ethie might be there,
had also asked that if she were not, “he didn't make a

-- 246 --

[figure description] Page 246.[end figure description]

fool of himself, nor let the cat out of the bag;” and he
didn't; he merely replied—

“She left home a few days ago. Dick was in St. Louis,
and it was lonesome stayin' alone. I'll find her, most
likely, as she is somewhere else.”

Andy was in his saddle now, and his fleet steed flew
swiftly along toward home, where they waited so anxiously
for him, Richard tottering to the window so as to read his
fate in Andy's face.

“She is not there. I knew she was not. She has gone
with that villain.”

Richard did not mean to say that last. It dropped from
him mechanically, and in an instant his mother seized upon
it, demanding what he meant, and who was the villain referred
to. Richard tried to put her off, but she would
know what he meant, and so to her and his three brothers
he told as little as he could and make any kind of a story,
and as he talked his heart hardened toward Ethie, who had
done him this wrong. It seemed a great deal worse when
put into words, and the whole expression of Richard's face
was changed when he had finished speaking, while he was
conscious of feeling much as he had felt that night when he
denounced Ethie so terribly to her face. “Had it been a
man, or half a man, or anybody besides that contemptible
puppy, it would not seem so bad; but to forsake me for
him!” Richard said, while the great ridges deepened in
his forehead, and a hard, black look crept into his eyes, and
about the corners of his mouth. He was terrible in his
anger, which grew upon him until even his mother stood
appalled at the expression of his face.

“He would do nothing to call her back,” he said, when
James suggested the propriety of trying in a quiet way to

-- 247 --

[figure description] Page 247.[end figure description]

ascertain where she had gone. “She had chosen her own
path to ruin, and she might tread it for all of him. He
would not put forth a hand to save her, and if she came
back, he never could forgive her.”

Richard was walking up and down the room, white with
rage, as he said this, and Andy, cowering in a corner, was
looking on and listening. He did not speak until Richard
declared his incapacity for forgiving Ethie, when he started
up, and confronting the angry man, said to him, rebukingly:

“Hold there, old Dick! You have gone a leetle too far.
If God can forgive you and me all them things we've done,
which He knows about, and other folks don't, you can, or
or'to, forgive sister Ethie, let her sin be what it may.
Ethie was young, Dick, and child-like, and so pretty, too,
and I know you aggravated her some, if you talked to her
as you feel now; and then, too, Dick, and mother, and all
of you, I don't care who says it, or thinks it, it's a big lie!
Ethie never went off with a man,—never! I know she
didn't. She wa'n't that kind. I'll swear to it in the court.
I won't hear nobody say that about her. I'll fight 'em
first, even if 'twas my own kin who did it!” And in his
excitement, Andy began to shove back his wrist-bands from
his strong wrists, as if challenging some one to the fight he
had threatened.

Andy was splendid in his defence of Ethie, and both
James and John stepped up beside him, showing their adhesion
to the cause he pleaded so well. Ethie might have
ran away, but she had surely gone alone, they said, and
their advice was that Richard should follow her as soon as
possible. But Richard would not listen to such a proposition
now, and, quietly aided and abetted by his mother, he
still declared his intention of “letting her alone.” She had

-- 248 --

[figure description] Page 248.[end figure description]

chosen her course, he said, and she must abide by it. “If
she has gone with that villain,”—and Richard ground his
teeth together,—“she can never come back again to me. If
she has not gone with him, and chooses to return, I do not
say the door is shut against her.”

Richard seemed very determined and unrelenting, and,
knowing how useless it was to reason with him when in
so stern a mood, his brothers gave up the contest, Andy
thinking within himself how many, many times a day
he should pray for Ethie that she might come back
again. Richard would not return to Camden that day,
he said. He could not face his acquaintance there until
the first shock was over, and they were a little accustomed
to thinking of the calamity which had fallen upon
him. So he remained with his mother, sitting near
the window which looked out upon the railroad-track
over which Ethie had gone. What his thoughts were
none could fathom, save as they were expressed by the
dark, troubled expression of his face, which showed how
much he suffered. Perhaps he blamed himself as he went
over again the incidents of that fatal night when he kept
Ethelyn from the masquerade; but if he did, no one was
the wiser for it, and so the first long day wore on, and the
night fell again upon the inmates of the farm-house. The
darkness was terrible to Richard, for it shut out from his
view that strip of road which seemed to him a part of
Ethie. She had been there last, and possibly looked up at
the old home,—her first home after her marriage; possibly,
too, she had thought of him. She surely did, if, as
Andy believed, she was alone in her flight. If not alone,
he wanted no thought of hers; and Richard's hands were
clenched as he moved from the darkening window, and

-- 249 --

[figure description] Page 249.[end figure description]

took his seat behind the stove, where he sat the entire
evening, like some statue of despair, brooding over his
ruined hopes.

The next day brought the Joneses,—Melinda and Tim,—
the latter of whom had heard from Mrs. Amsden's son of
Andy's strange errand there. There was something in the
wind, and Melinda came to learn what it was. Always
communicative to the Jones family, Mrs. Markham told the
story without reserve, not even omitting the Van Buren
part, but asking as a precaution that Melinda would not
spread a story which would bring disgrace on them. Melinda
was shocked, astonished, and confounded, but she did
not believe in Frank Van Buren. Ethie never went with
him,—never. She, like Andy, would swear to that, and she
said as much to Richard, taking Ethie's side as strongly as
she could, without casting too much blame on him. And
Richard felt better, hearing Ethie upheld and spoken for,
even if it were against himself. Melinda was still his good
angel, while Ethie, too, had just cause for thanking the kind
girl who stood by her so bravely, and even made the mother-in-law
less harsh in her expressions.

There was a letter for Richard that night, from Harry
Clifford, who wrote as follows:—

“I do not know whether you found your wife at Mrs.
Amsden's or not; but I take the liberty of telling you that
Frank Van Buren has returned, and solemnly affirms that
if Mrs. Markham was on board the train which left here on
the 17th, he did not know it. Neither did he see her at
all when in Camden. He called on his way to the depot
that night, and was told she was out. Excuse my writing
you this. If your wife has not come back, it will remove

-- 250 --

[figure description] Page 250.[end figure description]

a painful doubt; and if she has, please burn this and forget
it.—Yours,

H. Clifford.

“Thank Heaven for that!” was Richard's exclamation,
as in the first revulsion of feeling he sprang from his chair,
while every feature of his face was irradiated with joy.

“What is it, Dick? Is Ethie found? I knew she
would be. I've prayed for it fifty different times to-day,
and I had faith that God would hear,” Andy said, the
great tears rolling down his smooth, round face, as he gave
vent to his joy.

But Andy's faith was to be put to a stronger test, and his
countenance fell a little when Richard explained the nature
of the letter. Ethie was not found; she was only proved
innocent of the terrible thing Richard had feared for
her, and in being proved innocent, she was for a moment
almost wholly restored to his favor. She would come back
some time. She could not mean to leave him forever.
She was only doing it for a scare, and to punish him for
what he did that night. He deserved some punishment,
too, he thought, for he was pretty hard on her; and as he
surely had been punished in all he had suffered during the
last forty-eight hours, he would, when she came back, call
everything even between them, and begin anew.

This was Richard's reasoning; and that night he slept
soundly, dreaming that Ethie had returned, and on her knees
was suing for his forgiveness, while her voice was broken
with tears and choking sobs. As a man and husband who
had been deserted, it was his duty to remain impassive a
few moments, while Ethie atoned fully for her misdeeds;
then he would forgive her; and so he waited an instant,
and while he waited he woke to find only Andy, with

-- 251 --

[figure description] Page 251.[end figure description]

whom he was sleeping, kneeling by the bedside, with the
wintry moonlight falling on his upturned face, as he prayed
for the dear sister Ethie, whose steps had “mewandered
so far away.

“Don't let any harm come to her; don't let anybody
look at her for bad, but keep her,—keep her,—keep her
in safety, and send her back to poor old Dick and me, and
make Dick use her better than I most know he has, for
he's got the Markham temper in him, and everybody knows
what that is.”

This was Andy's prayer, the outpouring of his simple,
honest heart, and Richard heard it, wincing a little as
Andy thus made confession for him of his own sins; but
he did not pray himself, though he was glad of Andy's
prayers, and placed great hopes upon them. God would
hear Andy, and if he did not send Ethie back at once, he
would surely keep her from harm.

The next day Richard went back to Camden. Melinda
Jones had suggested that possibly Ethie left a letter, or
note, which would explain her absence, and Richard caught
at it eagerly, wondering he had not thought of it before,
and feeling very impatient to be off, even though he dreaded
to meet his old friends, and be questioned as to the whereabouts
of his wife. He did not know that the story of
his desertion was already there,—Mrs. Amsden having gone
to town with her mite, which, added to the sale of the
piano, Ethie's protracted absence, Richard's return to Olney
at midnight, and Harry Clifford's serious and mysterious
manner, was enough to set the town in motion. Various
opinions were expressed, and, what was very strange, so
popular were both Richard and Ethelyn that everybody
disliked blaming either, and so but few unkind remarks

-- 252 --

[figure description] Page 252.[end figure description]

had as yet been made, and those by people who had been
jealous or envious of Ethelyn's high position. No one
knew a whisper of Frank Van Buren, for Harry kept his
promise, and no worse motive was ascribed to Ethie's desertion
than want of perfect congeniality with her husband.
Thus they were not foes, but friends, who welcomed Richard
back to Camden, watching him curiously, and wishing
so much to ask where Mrs. Markham was. That she was
not with him, was certain, for only Andy came,—Andy, who
held his head so high, and looked round so definatly, as he
kept close to Richard's side on the way to the hotel. It
was very dreary going up the old, familiar stair-case into
the quiet hall, and along to the door of the silent room,
which seemed drearier than on that night when he first
came back to it, and found Ethie gone. There were ashes
now upon the stove-hearth where Hal Clifford had kindled
the fire, and the two chairs they had occupied were standing
just where they had left them. The gas had not been
properly turned off, and a dead, sickly odor filled the room,
making Andy heave as he hastened to open the window, and
admit the fresh, pure air.

“Seems as it did the day Daisy died,” Andy said, and
his eyes filled with tears.

To Richard it was far worse than the day Daisy died, for
he had then the memory of her last loving words in his ear,
and the feeling of her clinging kiss upon his lips, while now
the memories of the lost one were only bitter and sad in the
extreme.

“Melinda suggested a letter or something. Where do
you suppose she would put it if there were one?” Richard
asked, in a helpless, appealing way, as he sank into a chair
and looked around the room.

-- 253 --

[figure description] Page 253.[end figure description]

He had been very bold and strong in the cars and in the
street; but here, in the deserted room, where Ethie used
to be, and where something said she would never be again,
he was weak as a girl, and leaned wholly upon Andy, who
seemed to feel how much was depending upon him, and so
kept up a cheery aspect while he kindled a fresh fire and
cleared the ashes from the hearth by blowing them off upon
the oil-cloth; then, as the warmth began to make itself felt
and the cold to diminish, he answered Richard's query.

“In her draw, most likely; mother mostly puts her traps
there.” So, to the “draw” they went,—the very one
where Daisy's ring was lying; and Richard saw that first,
knowing now for sure that Ethelyn had fled.

He knew so before, but this made it more certain,—more
dreadful, too, for it showed a determination never to return.

“It was Daisy's, you know,” he said to Andy, who, at
his side, was not looking at the ring, but on beyond it, to
the two letters, his own and Richard's, both of which he
seized, with a low cry, for he, too, was sure now of Ethie's
flight.

“See, Dick, there's one for you and one for me,” he exclaimed,
and his face grew very red as he tore open his own
note and began to devour the contents, whispering the
words, and breaking down entirely amid a storm of sobs
and tears when he reached the words:

Dear Andy—I wish I could tell you how much I love
you, and how sorry I am to fall in your good opinion, as I
surely shall when you hear what has happened. Do not
hate me, Andy; and sometimes, when you pray, remember
Ethie, won't you?”

-- 254 --

[figure description] Page 254.[end figure description]

He could get no farther than this, and with a great cry
he buried his face in his hands and sobbed, “Yes, Ethie, I
will, I will; but oh! what is it? What made you go?
Why did she, Dick?” and he turned to his brother, who,
with lightning rapidity, was reading Ethelyn's long letter.
He did not doubt a word she had written, and when the
letter was finished he put it in Andy's hand, and then, with
a bitter groan, laid his throbbing head upon the cushion of
the lounge where he was sitting. There were no tears in
his eyes,—nothing but red circles floating before them;
while the aching balls seemed starting from their sockets
with their pressure of pain. He had had his chance with
Ethie, and lost it; and though, as yet, he saw but dimly
where he had been to blame, where he had made a mistake,
he endured for the time all he was capable of enduring,
and if revenge had been her object, Ethie had more than
her desire.

Andy was stunned for a moment, and sat staring blankly
at the motionless figure of his brother; then, as the terrible
calamity began to impress itself fully upon him, intense pity
for Richard became uppermost in his mind, and stooping
over the crushed man he laid his arm across his neck, and,
tender as a sorrowing, loving mother, kissed and fondled the
damp brown hair, and dropped great tears upon it, and
murmured words of sympathy, incoherent at first, for the
anguish choking his own utterance, but gradually gathering
force and sound as his quivering lips kept trying to articulate,
“Dick, poor old Dick, dear old Dick, don't keep so
still and look so white and stony. She'll come back again,
Ethie will. I feel it, I see it, I know it. I shall pray for
her every hour until she comes. Prayer will reach her
where nothing else can find her. Poor Dick, I am so sorry.

-- 255 --

[figure description] Page 255.[end figure description]

Don't, don't look so; you scare me. Try to cry; try to
make a fuss; try to do anything rather than that dreadful
look. Lay your head on me, so,” and lifting up the bowed
head, which offered no resistance, Andy laid it gently on
his arm, and smoothing back the hair from the pallid forehead,
went on: “Now cry, old boy, cry with all your
might;” and with his hand Andy brushed away the
scalding tears which began to fall like rain from Richard's
eyes.

“Better so, a great deal better, than that other way.
Don't hold up till you've had it out,” he kept repeating,
while Richard wept until the fountain was dry and the
tears refused to flow.

“I've been a brute, Andy,” he said, when at last he
could speak. “The fault was all my own. I did not
understand her in the least. I ought never to have married
her. She was not of my make at all.”

Andy would hear nothing derogatory of Richard any
more than of Ethelyn, and he answered promptly, “But,
Dick, Ethie was some to blame. She didn't or'to marry
you, feelin' as she did. That was where the wrong begun.”

This was the most and the worst Andy ever said against
Ethelyn, and he repented of that the moment the words
were out of his mouth. It was mean to speak ill of the
absent, especially when the absent one was Ethie, who had
written, “In fancy I put my arms around your neck and
kiss your dear, kind face.” Andy deemed himself a monster
of ingratitude when he recalled those lines, and remembered
that of her who penned them he had said, “She was
some to blame.” He took it all back to himself, and tried
to exonerate Ethie entirely, though it was hard work to do
so when he saw how broken, and stunned, and crushed his

-- 256 --

[figure description] Page 256.[end figure description]

brother was, and how little he realized what was passing
around him.

“He don't know much more than I do,” was Andy's
mental comment, when to his question, “What shall we do
next?” Richard replied, in a maudlin kind of way, “Yes,
that's a very proper course. I leave it entirely to you.”

Andy felt that a great deal was depending upon himself,
and he tried to meet the emergency. Seeing how Richard
continued to shiver, and how cold he was, he persuaded
him to lie down upon the bed, and piling the blankets upon
him, made such a fire as he said to himself “would roast a
common ox;” then, when Hal Clifford came to the door
and knocked, he kept him out, with the word that “Dick
had been broke of his rest, and was tryin' to make it
up.”

But this state of things could not last long. Richard
was growing ill, and talking so strangely withal, that Andy
began to feel the necessity of having somebody there beside
himself; “some of the wimmen folks, who knew what to
do, for I'm no better than a settin' hen,” he said.

Very naturally his thoughts turned to his mother as the
proper person to come, “though Melinda Jones was the
properest of the two. There was snap to her, and she
would not go to pitchin' in to Ethie.”

Accordingly, the next mail carried to Melinda Jones a
note from Andy, which was as follows:

Miss Melinda Jones: Dear Madam—We found the
letters Ethie writ, one to me and one to Dick, and Dick's
was too much for him. He lies like a punk of wood, makin'
a moanin' noise, and talkin' such queer things, that I guess
you or somebody or'to come and see to him. I send to

-- 257 --

[figure description] Page 257.[end figure description]

you because there's no nonsense about you, and you are
made of the right kind of stuff.

“Yours to command,
Anderson Markham, Esq.

This note Melinda carried straight to Mrs. Markham, and
as the result, four hours later both the mother and Melinda
were on the road to Camden, where Melinda's services were
needed to stem the tide of wonder and gossip which had
set in when it began to be known that Ethelyn was really
gone, and Richard was lying sick in his room, tended only
by Andy, who would admit no one, not even the doctor,
when, urged by Harry Clifford, he came to offer his services.

“He wasn't goin' to let in a lot of curis critters to hear
what Dick was talkin',” he said to his mother and Melinda,
his haggard face showing how much he had endured in
keeping them at bay, and answering through the keyhole
their numerous inquiries.

Richard did not have a fever, as was feared at first; but
for many days he kept his bed, and during that time his
mother and Melinda stayed by him, nursing him most assiduously,
but never once speaking to each other of Ethelyn.
Both had read her letter, for Mrs. Markham never thought
of withholding it from Melinda, who, knowing that she
ought not to have seen it, wisely resolved to keep to herself
the knowledge of its contents. So, when she was asked,
as she was repeatedly, “Why Mrs. Markham had gone
away,” she answered evasively, or not at all, and finding
that nothing could be obtained from her, the people at last
left her in quiet and turned to their own resources, which
furnished various reasons for the desertion. They knew it

-- 258 --

p597-263 [figure description] Page 258.[end figure description]

was a desertion now, and hearing how sick and broken
Richard was, popular opinion was in his favor mostly,
though many a kind and wistful thought went after the
fair young wife, who had been a belle in their midst, and
a general favorite too. Where was she now, and what was
she doing, while the winter crept on into spring, and the
March winds blew raw and chill against the windows of the
chamber where Richard battled with the sickness which he
finally overcame, so that by the third week of Ethie's absence
he was up again and able to go in quest of her, if so
be she might be found and won to the love she never had
returned.

CHAPTER XXV. IN CHICOPEE.

THEY were having a late dinner at Aunt Barbara's,
a four o'clock dinner of roast fowls with onions
and tomatoes, and the little round table was nicely
arranged with the silver and china and damask for two,
while in the grate the fire was blazing brightly, and on the
hearth the tabby cat was purring out her appreciation of
the comfort and good cheer. But Aunt Barbara's heart
was far too sorry and sad to care for her surroundings, or
think how pleasant and cozy that little dining-room looked
to one who did not know of the grim skeleton which had
walked in there that very day along with Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren, from Boston. That lady had come up on the morning
train, and in her rustling black silk with velvet trimmings,
and her lace barb hanging from her head, she sat

-- 259 --

[figure description] Page 259.[end figure description]

before the fire with a look of deep dejection and thoughtfulness
upon her face, as if she too recked little of the creature
comforts around her. Aunt Barbara had known nothing
of her coming, and was taken by surprise when the village
hack stopped at her door, and sister Sophie's sable furs
and beaver cloak alighted from it. That something was the
matter she suspected from her sister's face the moment
that lady removed her veil and gave the usual dignified kiss
of greeting. Things had gone wrong again with Frank and
Nettie, most likely, she thought, for she was not ignorant
of the misunderstandings and misery arising from that unfortunate
marriage, and she had about made up her mind
to tell her sister just where the fault lay. She would not
spare Frank any longer, but give him his just deserts. She
never dreamed that the trouble this time concerned Ethie,
her own darling, the child whom she had loved so well,
and pitied, and thought of so much since the time she left
her in her prairie home. She had not heard from her for
some time, but, in the last letter received, Ethie had written
in a very cheerful strain, and told how gay and pleasant it
was in Camden that winter. Surely nothing had befallen
her; and the good woman stood aghast when Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren abruptly asked if Ethelyn was there or had been
there lately, or heard from either. What did it portend?
Had any harm come upon Ethie? And a shadow broke
the placid surface of the sweet old face as Aunt Barbara
put these questions, first to herself, and then to Mrs. Van
Buren, who rapidly explained that Ethelyn had left her
husband, and gone, no one knew whither.

“I hoped she might be here, and came up to see,” Mrs.
Van Buren concluded; while Aunt Barbara steadied herself
against the great book-case in the corner, and wondered

-- 260 --

[figure description] Page 260.[end figure description]

if she were going out of her senses, or had she heard
aright, and was it her sister Van Buren sitting there before
her, and saying such dreadful things.

She could not tell if it were real until Tabby sprang,
with a purring, caressing sound, upon her shoulder, and
rubbed her soft sides against her cap. That made it real,
and brought the color back to her face, but brought, also, a
look of horror into the blue eyes, which sought Mrs. Van
Buren's with an eager, and yet terribly anxious glance.
Mrs. Dr. Van Buren understood the look. Its semblance
had been on her own face for an instant when she first
heard the news, and now she hastened to dispossess her
sister's mind of any such suspicion.

“No, Barbara; Frank did not go with her, or even see
her when in Camden. He is not quite so bad as that, I
hope.”

The mother nature was in the ascendant, and for a moment
resented the suspicion against her son, even though
that suspicion had been in her own mind when Frank
returned from Camden with the news of Ethie's flight.
That he had had something to do with it was her first fear
until convinced to the contrary; and now she blamed
Aunt Barbara for harboring the same thought. As soon
as possible she told all she had heard from Frank, and
then went on with her invectives against the Markhams
generally, and Richard in particular, and her endless surmises
as to where Ethelyn had gone, and what was the
final cause of her going.

For a time Aunt Barbara turned a deaf ear to what she
was saying, thinking only of Ethie, gone; Ethie, driven
to such strait, that she must either run away or die; Ethie,
the little brown-eyed, rosy-cheeked, wilful, imperious girl,

-- 261 --

[figure description] Page 261.[end figure description]

whom she had loved so much for the very wilful imperiousness
which always went hand in hand with such pretty
fits of penitence, and sorrow, and remorse for the misdeed,
that not to love her was impossible. Where was she now,
and why had she not come at once to the dear old home
where she would have been made so welcome until such
time as matters could be adjusted on a more amicable
basis? For Aunt Barbara, though inly taking Ethie's
side altogether, had no thought that the separation would
be final. She had chosen a life of celibacy because she
preferred it, and had found it a very smooth and pleasant
one, especially after Ethie came and brought the sunshine
of joyous childhood to her quiet home; but “those whom
God had joined together” were bound to continue so, she
firmly believed; and had Ethie come to her with her tale
of sorrow, she would have listened kindly to it, poured in
the balm of sympathy and love, and then, if possible,
restored her to her husband. Of all this she thought
during the few minutes Mrs. Dr. Van Buren talked, and
she sat passive in her chair, where she had dropped, with
her dumpy little hands lying so helplessly in her lap, and
her cap all awry, as Tabby had made it when purring and
rubbing against it.

“Then, you have not seen her, or heard a word?” Mrs.
Van Buren asked; and in a kind of uncertain way, as if she
wondered what they were talking about, Aunt Barbara replied—

“No, I have not seen her, and I don't know, I am sure,
what made the child go off without letting us know.”

“She was driven to it by the pack of heathens around
her,” Mrs. Dr. Van Buren retorted, feeling a good deal guilty
herself, for having been instrumental in bringing about this

-- 262 --

[figure description] Page 262.[end figure description]

unhappy match, and in proportion as she felt guilty, seizing
with avidity any other offered cause for Ethie's wretchedness.
“I've heard more about them than you told me,” she went
on to say. “There was Mrs. Ellis, whose cousin lives in
Olney,—she says the mother is the most peculiar and old-fashioned
woman imaginable; actually wears blue yarn
stockings, footed with black, makes her own candles, and
sleeps in the kitchen.”

With regard to the candles Aunt Barbara did not know;
the sleeping in the kitchen she denied, and the footed stocking
she admitted; saying, however, those she saw were
black, rather than blue. Black or blue, it was all the same
to Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, whose feet seldom came in contact
with anything heavier than silk or the softest of lamb's
wool; and, had there been wanting other evidence of
Mrs. Markham's vulgarity, the stocking question would
have settled the matter with her.

“Poor Ethie!” she sighed, as she drew her seat to the
fire, and asked what they ought to do.

Aunt Barbara did not know. She was too much bewildered
to think of anything just then, and after ordering
the four o'clock dinner, which, she knew, would suit her
sister's habits better than an earlier one, she, too, sat
quietly down by the fire, with her knitting lying idly in
her lap, and her eyes looking dreamily through the frosty
panes off upon the snowy hills where Ethelyn used to
play. Occasionally, in reply to some question of her sister's,
she would tell what she herself saw in that prairie-home,
and then look up amazed at the exasperating effect it
seemed to have upon Mrs. Van Buren. That lady was
terribly incensed against the whole Markham race, for
through them she had been touched on a tender point.

-- 263 --

[figure description] Page 263.[end figure description]

Ethie's desertion of her husband would not be wholly excused
by the world; there was odium attaching to such
a step, however great the provocation, and the disgrace
was what Mrs. Van Buren would feel most keenly. That
a Bigelow should do so was very humiliating; and, by
way of fortifying herself with reasons for the step, she slandered
and abused the Markhams until they would hardly
have recognized the remotest relationship between themselves
and the “terrible creatures” whom the great lady
from Boston dissected so mercilessly that afternoon in
Chicopee.

It was nearly four o'clock now, and the dinner was almost
ready. Aunt Barbara had dropped her knitting upon the
floor, where the ball was at once claimed as the lawful prey
of Tabby, who rolled, and kicked, and tangled the yarn in
a perfect abandon of feline delight. Mrs. Van Buren having
exhausted herself, if not her topic, sat rocking quietly,
and occasionally giving little sniffs of inquiry as to whether
the tomatoes were really burned or not. If they were,
there were still the silver-skinned onious left; and, as Mrs.
Van Buren was one who thought a great deal of what she
ate, she was anticipating her dinner with a keen relish,
and wishing Barbara and Betty would hurry, when a buggy
stopped before the door, and, with a start of disagreeable
surprise, she saw Richard Markham coming through the
gate, and up the walk to the front door. He was looking
very pale and worn, for to the effects of his recent illness
were added traces of his rapid, fatiguing journey, and he
almost staggered as he came into the room. It was not in
kind Aunt Barbara's nature to feel resentment toward him
then, and she went to him at once as she would have gone
to Ethie, and, taking his hand in hers, said, softly—

-- 264 --

[figure description] Page 264.[end figure description]

“My poor boy! We have heard of your trouble. Have
you found her yet? Do you know where she is?”

There was a look of anguish and disappointment in Richard's
eyes as he replied—

“I thought—I hoped I might find her here.”

“And that is the reason of your waiting so long before
coming?” Mrs. Dr. Van Buren put in, sharply.

It was three weeks now since Ethie's flight, and her husband
had shown himself in no hurry to seek her, she reasoned;
but Richard's reply, “I was away a week before I
knew it, and I have been very sick since then,” mollified
her somewhat, though she sat back in her chair very stiff
and very straight, eyeing him askance, and longing to
pounce upon him and tell him what she thought. First,
however, she must have her dinner. The tea would be
spoiled if they waited longer; and when Aunt Barbara began
to question Richard, she suggested that they wait till
after dinner, when they would all be fresher and stronger.
So dinner was brought in, and Richard, as he took his seat
at the nicely-laid table, where everything was served with
so much care, did think of the difference between Ethie's
early surroundings and those to which he had introduced
her when he took her to his mother's house. He was beginning
to think of these things now; Ethie's letter had
opened his eyes somewhat, and Mrs. Dr. Van Buren would
open them more before she let him go. She was greatly
refreshed with her dinner. The tomatoes had not been
burned; the fowls were roasted to a most delicate brown;
the currant jelly was of just the right consistency; the
pickled peaches were delicious, and the tea could not have
been better. On the whole, Mrs. Van Buren was satisfied,
and able to cope with a dozen men as crushed, and sore,

-- 265 --

[figure description] Page 265.[end figure description]

and despondent as Richard seemed. She had resumed her
seat by the fire, sitting where she could look the culprit directly
in the face; while good Aunt Barbara occupied the
middle position, and, with her fat, soft hands shaking terribly,
tried to pick up the stitches Tabby had pulled out.
Tabby, too, had had her chicken wing out in the wood-shed,
and, knowing nothing of Ethie's grievances, had mounted
into Richard's lap, where she lay, slowly blinking and occasionally
purring a little, as Richard now and then passed his
hand over her soft fur.

“Now tell us: Why did Ethelyn go away?—that is,
what reason did she give?”

It was Mrs. Dr. Van Buren who asked this question, her
voice betokening that nothing which Richard could offer
as an excuse would be received. They must have Ethie's
reason or none. Richard would far rather Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren had been in Boston, than there in Chicopee, staring
so coolly at him; but as her being there was something he
could not help, he accepted it as a part of the train of
calamities closing so fast about him, and answered,
respectfully—

“It was no one thing which made her go, but the culmination
of many. There was a mistake on my part. I
thought her guilty when she was not, and charged her with
it in a passion, saying things I would give much to recall.
This was one night, and she went the next, before her
temper had time to cool. You know she was a little hasty
herself at times.”

“Perhaps so, though her temper never troubled me any.
On the whole, I think her about as amiable and mild in disposition
as people generally are,” Mrs. Van Buren replied,
forgetting, or choosing to forget, the many occasions on

-- 266 --

[figure description] Page 266.[end figure description]

which even she had shrunk from the fire which blazed in
Ethie's eyes when that young lady was roused.

But Aunt Barbara had either more conscience or a better
memory, and in a manner half-apologetic for her interference,
she said: “Yes, Sophie, Richard is right. Ethie had
a temper,—at least she was very decided. Don't you remember
when she broke the cut-glass fruit-dish, because
she could not have any more pineapple?”

Barbara!” Mrs. Dr. Van Buren exclaimed, her voice
indicating her surprise that her sister should so far forget
herself as to reveal any secrets of the family, and especially
any which could be brought to bear upon Ethelyn.

Aunt Barbara felt the implied rebuke, and while her
sweet old face crimsoned with mortification she said,
“Truth is truth, Sophie. Ethie is as dear to me as to you,
but she was high-tempered, and did break the big fruit
bowl, and then denied herself sweetmeats of all kinds, and
went without sugar in her coffee and butter on her bread
until she had saved enough to buy another in its place.
Ethie was generous and noble after it was all over, if she
was a little hot at times. That's what I was going to say
when you stopped me so sudden.”

Aunt Barbara looked a little aggrieved at being caught
up so quickly by her sister, who continued: “She was a
Bigelow, and everybody knows what kind of blood that is.
She was too sensitive, and had too nice a perception of
what was proper, to be thrown among—” heathen, she
was going to add, but something in Aunt Barbara's blue
`eyes kept her in check, and so she abruptly turned to
Richard and asked, “Did she leave no message, no reason
why she went?”

Richard could have boasted his Markham blood had he

-- 267 --

[figure description] Page 267.[end figure description]

chosen, and the white heats to which that was capable of
being roused; but he was too utterly broken to feel more
than a passing flash of resentment for anything which had
yet been said, and after a moment's thought, during which
he was considering the propriety of showing Mrs. Van
Buren what Ethie had written of Frank, he held the letter
to her, saying, “She left this. Read it if you like. It's a
part of my punishment, I suppose, that her friends should
know all.”

With a stately bow Mrs. Van Buren took the letter and
hastily read it through, her lip quivering a little and her
eyelids growing moist as Ethie described the dreariness of
that dreadful day when “Aunt Van Buren came up from
Boston and broke her heart.” And as she read how much
poor Ethie had loved Frank, the cold, proud woman would
have given all she had if the past could have been undone
and Ethie restored to her just as she was that summer
night years ago, when she came from the huckleberry hills
and stood beneath the maples. With a strange obtuseness
peculiar to some people who have seen their dearest plans
come to naught, she failed to ascribe the trouble to herself,
but charged it all to Richard. He was the one in fault;
and by the time the letter was finished the Bigelow blood
was at a boiling pitch, and for a polished lady, Mrs. Dr. Van
Buren, of Boston, raised her voice pretty high as she asked,
“Did you presume, sir, to think that my son,—mine,—a
married man,—would make an appointment with Ethie, a
married woman? You must have a strange misconception
of the manner in which he was brought up! But it is all
of a piece with the rest of your abominable treatment of
Ethelyn. I wonder the poor girl stayed with you as long
as she did. Think of it, Barbara! Accused her of going

-- 268 --

[figure description] Page 268.[end figure description]

to meet Frank by appointment, and then locked her up to
keep her at home, and she a Bigelow!”

This was the first inkling Aunt Barbara had had of what
was in the letter. She was, however, certain that Frank
was in some way involved in the matter, and anxious to
know the worst, she said, beseechingly—

“Tell me something, do. I can't read it, for my eyes
are dim-like to-night.”

They were full of unshed tears,—the kind old eyes, which
did not grow one whit sterner or colder as Mrs. Van
Buren explained, to some extent, what was in the letter;
reading a little, telling a little, and skipping a little, where
Frank was specially concerned, until Aunt Barbara had a
pretty correct idea of the whole. Matters had been worse
than she supposed,—Ethie more unhappy, and knowing
her as she did, she was not surprised that at the last she
ran away; but she did not say so,—she merely sat grieved
and helpless, while her sister took up the cudgels in Ethelyn's
defence, and, attacking Richard at every point, left
him no quarter at all. She did not pretend that Ethie
was faultless or perfect, she said, but surely, if mortal ever
had just provocation for leaving her husband, she had.

“Her marriage was a great mistake,” she said; “and I
must say, Mr. Markham, that you did very wrong to take
her where you did without a word of preparation. You
ought to have told her what she was to expect; then, if
she chose to go, very well. But neither she nor I had any
idea of the reality; and the change must have been terrible
to her. For my part, I can conceive of nothing worse
than to be obliged to live with people whom even sister
Barbara called `Hottentots,' when she came home from
Iowa.”

-- 269 --

[figure description] Page 269.[end figure description]

“Not Hottentots,” mildly interposed Aunt Barbara.
Philistines was what I called them, Sophie; and in doing
so, I did not mean all of them, you know.”

“Well, Philistines, then, if that's a better word than
Hottentots, which I doubt,” Mrs. Van Buren retorted
sharply.

Aunt Barbara's evident wish to smooth matters irritated
her to say more than she might otherwise have done, and
she went on:

“I know you made exceptions, but if my memory serves
me right, your opinion of Ethie's mother-in-law was not
very complimentary to that lady. A man has no business
to take his wife to live with his mother when he knows
how different they are.”

“But I did not know,” Richard said; “that is, I had
never thought much of the things which tried Ethie.
Mother was always a good mother to me, and I did not
suppose she was so very different from other women.”

“You certainly must be very obtuse, then,” Mrs. Van
Buren replied; “for, if all accounts which I hear are true,
your mother is not the person to make a daughter-in-law
happy. Neither, it seems, did you do what you could to
please her. You annoyed her terribly with your manners.
You made but little effort to improve, thinking, no doubt,
that it was all nonsense and foolishness; that it was just as
well to wear your hat in church, and sit with your boots
on top of the stove, as any other way.”

“I never wore my hat in church!” Richard exclaimed,
with more warmth than he had before evinced.

“I don't suppose you did do that particular thing, but you
were guilty of other low-bred habits which grated just as
harshly as that. You thought because you were a judge

-- 270 --

[figure description] Page 270.[end figure description]

and an M. C., and had the reputation of possessing brains,
that it did not matter how you demeaned yourself; and
there you were mistaken. The manners of a gentleman
would sit ten times more gracefully upon you because you
had brains. No one likes a boor, and no man of your
ability has any business to be a clown. Even if you were
not taught it at home, you could learn from observation,
and it was your duty to do so. Instead of that, you took
it for granted you were right because no one had ever suggested
that you were wrong, while your mother had petted
you to death. I have not the honor of her acquaintance,
but I must say I consider her a very remarkable person,
even for a Western woman.”

“My mother was born East,” Richard suggested, and
Mrs. Van Buren continued—

“Certainly; but that does not help the matter. It
rather makes it worse, for of all disagreeable people, a
Western Yankee is, I think, the most disagreeable. Such
an one never improves, but adheres strictly to the customs
of their native place, no matter how many years have
passed since they lived there, or how great the march of
improvement may have been. In these days of railroads
and telegraphs there is no reason why your mother should
not be up to the times. Her neighbors are, it seems, and
I have met quite as cultivated people from beyond the
Rocky Mountains as I have ever seen in Boston.”

This was a great admission for Mrs. Van Buren, who
verily believed there was nothing worth her consideration
out of Boston, unless it were a few families in the immediate
vicinity of Fifth Avenue and Madison Square. She
was bent upon making Richard uncomfortable, and could
at the moment think of no better way of doing it than con

-- 271 --

[figure description] Page 271.[end figure description]

trasting his mother's “ways” with those of her neighbors.
Occasionally Aunt Barbara put her feeble oar into the surging
tide, hoping to check, even if she could not subdue the
angry waters; but she might as well have kept silent, save
that Richard understood and appreciated her efforts to
spare him as much as possible. Mrs. Van Buren was not
to be stopped, and at last, when she had pretty fully set before
Richard his own and his mother's delinquencies, she
turned fiercely on her sister, demanding if she had not said
“so and so” with regard to Ethie's home in the West.
Thus straitened, Aunt Barbara replied—

“Things did strike me a little odd at Ethie's, and I don't
well see how she could be very happy there. Mrs. Markham
is queer,—the queerest woman, if I must say it, that I
ever saw, though I guess there's a good many like her up
in Vermont, where she was raised, and if the truth was
known, right here in Chicopee, too; and I wouldn't wonder
if there were some queer ones in Boston. The place
don't make the difference; it's the way the folks act.”

This she said in defence of the West generally. There
were quite as nice people there as anywhere, and she believed
Mrs. Markham meant to be kind to Ethie; surely
Richard did, only he did not understand her. It was very
wrong to lock her up, and then it was wrong in Ethie to
marry him, feeling as she did. “It was all wrong every
way, but the heaviest punishment for the wrong had fallen
on poor Ethie, gone, nobody knew where.”

It was not in nature for Aunt Barbara to say so much
without crying, and her tears were dropping fast into her
motherly lap, where Tabby was now lying. Mrs. Van
Buren was greatly irritated that her sister did not render
her more assistance, and as a failure in that quarter called

-- 272 --

[figure description] Page 272.[end figure description]

for greater exertions on her own part, she returned again to
the charge, and wound up with sweeping denunciations
against the whole Markham family.

“The idea of taking a young girl there, and trying to
bend her to your ways of thinking,—to debar her from all
the refinements to which she had been accustomed, and
give her for associates an ignorant mother-in-law and a half-witted
brother.”

Richard had borne a great deal from Mrs. Van Buren,
and borne it patiently, too, as something which he deserved.
He had seen himself torn to atoms, until he would never
have recognized any one of the dissected members as parts
of the Honorable Judge he once thought himself to be.
He had heard his mother and her “ways” denounced as
utterly repugnant to any person of decency, while James
and John, under the head of “other vulgar appendages to
the husband,” had had a share in the general sifting down,
and through it all he had kept quiet, with only an occasional
demur or explanation; but when it came to Andy, the
great, honest, true-hearted Andy, he could bear it no longer,
and Bigelow blood succumbed to the fiery gleam in Richard's
eyes as he started to his feet, exclaiming—

“Mrs. Van Buren, you must stop, for were you a hundred
times a woman, I would not listen to one word of abuse
against my brother Andy. So long as it was myself and
mother, I did not mind; but every hair of Andy's head is
sacred to us, who know him, and I would take his part
against the world, were it only for the sake of Ethie, who
loved him so much, and whom he idolized. He would die
for Ethie this very night, if need be,—ay, die for you, too,
perhaps, if you were suffering, and his life could bring relief.
You don't know Andy, or you would know why we

-- 273 --

[figure description] Page 273.[end figure description]

hold him quite as dear as we do the memory of our darling
Daisy; and when you taunt me with my half-witted
brother, you hurt me as much as you would to tear my
dead sister from her grave, and expose her dear face to the
gaze of brutal men. No, Mrs. Van Buren, say what you
like of me, but never again sneer at my brother Andy.”

Richard paused, panting for breath, while Mrs. Van
Buren looked at him with entirely new sensations from
what she had before experienced. There was some delicacy
of feeling in his nature, after all,—something which
recoiled from her unwomanly attack upon his weak-minded
brother,—and she respected him at that moment, if she
had never done so before. Something like shame, too, she
felt for her cruel taunt, which had both roused and wounded
him, and she would gladly have recalled all she had said of
Andy, if she could, for she remembered now what Aunt Bar
bara had told her of his kindness, and the strong attachment
there was between the simple man and Ethie. Mrs. Van
Buren could be generous if she tried; and as this seemed
a time for the trial, she did attempt to apologize, saying
her zeal for Ethie had carried her too far; that she hoped
Richard would excuse what she had said of Andy,—she
had no intention of wounding him on that point.

And Richard accepted the apology, but his face did not
again assume the cowed, broken expression it had worn at
first. There was a compression about the mouth, a firm
shutting together of the teeth, and a dark look in the
bloodshot eyes, which warned Mrs. Van Buren not to repeat
much of what she had said. It would not now be
received as it was at first. Richard would do much to
bring Ethie back,—he would submit to any humiliation,
and bear anything for himself, but he would never again

-- 274 --

[figure description] Page 274.[end figure description]

listen quietly while his mother and family were abused.
Mrs. Van Buren felt this intuitively; and knowing that
what she had said had made an impression, and would
after a time be acted upon, perhaps, she changed her tactics,
and became quite as conciliatory as Aunt Barbara
herself, talking and consulting with Richard as to the best
course to be pursued with regard to finding Ethie, and succeeding,
in part, in removing from his face the expression
it had put on when Andy was the subject of her maledictions.

Richard had a great dread of meeting his uncle in his
present trouble, and he was not quite sure whether he should
go there or not. At least, he should not to-night; and
when the clock struck eleven, he arose to retire.

“The room at the head of the stairs. I had a fire made
for you in there,” Aunt Barbara said, as she handed him
the lamp.

Richard hesitated a moment, and then asked, “Does any
one occupy Ethie's old room? Seems to me I would rather
go there. It would bring her nearer to me.”

So to Ethie's old room he went, Aunt Barbara lamenting
that he would find it so cold and comfortless, but feeling an
increased kindliness toward him for this proof of love to her
darling.

“There's a great deal of good about that man, after all,”
she said to her sister, when, after he was gone to his room,
they sat together around their hearth and talked the matter
over afresh; and then, as she took off and carefully
smoothed her little round puffs of false hair, and adjusted
her night-cap in its place, she said, timidly, “You were
rather hard on him, Sophie, at times.”

It needed but this for Mrs. Van Buren to explode again

-- 275 --

[figure description] Page 275.[end figure description]

and charge her sister with saying too little rather than too
much. “One would think you blamed Ethie entirely, or
at least that you were indifferent to her happiness,” she
said, removing her lace barb, and unfastening the heavy
switch bound about her head. “I was surprised at you,
Barbara, I must say. After all your pretended affection
for Ethelyn, I did expect you would be willing to do as
much as to speak for her, at least.”

This was too much for poor Aunt Barbara, and without
any attempt at justification, except that her sister in her
attack upon Richard had left her nothing to say, she cried
quietly and sorrowfully, as she folded up her white apron
and made other necessary preparations for the night. That
she should be accused of not caring for Ethie, of not speaking
for her, wounded her in a tender point; and long after
Mrs. Van Buren had gone to the front chamber, where she
always slept, Aunt Barbara was on her knees by the rocking-chair,
praying earnestly for Ethie, and then still kneeling
there, with her face on the cushion, sobbing softly,
“God knows how much I love her. There's nothing of
personal comfort I would not sacrifice to bring her back;
but when a man was feeling as bad as he could, what was
the use of making him feel worse?”

-- 276 --

p597-281 CHAPTER XXVI. WATCHING AND WAITING.

[figure description] Page 276.[end figure description]

THE pink and white blossoms of the apple trees by
the pump in Aunt Barbara's back yard were dropping
their snowy petals upon the clean, bright
grass, and the frogs in the meadows were croaking their
sad music, when Richard Markham came again to Chicopee.
He had started for home the morning after his memorable
interview with Mrs. Dr. Van Buren, and to Aunt Barbara
had fallen the task of telling her troubles to the Colonel's
family, asking that the affair be kept as quiet as possible,
inasmuch as Ethie might soon be found, and matters between
her and Richard be made right. Every day, after the
mail came from the West, the Colonel rang at Aunt Barbara's
door and asked solemnly “if there was any news,”—
good news he meant,—and Aunt Barbara always shook her
head, while her face grew thinner, and her round, straight
figure began to get a stoop and a look of greater age than
the family bible would warrant.

Ethelyn had not been heard from, and Richard could find
no trace of her whatever. She had effectually covered her
tracks, so that not even a clue to her whereabouts was
found. No one had seen her, or any person like her, and
the suspense and anxiety were becoming terrible, when
there came to Andy a letter in the dear, familiar handwriting.
A few lines only, and they read:

New York, May —.

My Darling Andy:—I know you have not forgotten

-- 277 --

[figure description] Page 277.[end figure description]

me, and I am superstitious enough to fancy that you are
with me in spirit constantly. I do not know why I am
writing this to you, but something impels me to do it, and
tell you that I am well. I cannot say happy yet, for the
sundering of every earthly relation made too deep a wound
for me not to feel the pain for months and may be years.
I have employment, though,—constant employment,—and
that helps me to bear, and keeps me from dwelling too much
upon the past.

“Andy, I want you to tell Richard that, in thinking over
my married life, I see many places where I did very wrong,
and tried him terribly. I am sorry for that, and hope he
will forgive me. I wish I had never crossed his path, and
left so dark a shadow on his life.

“Tell your mother that I know now I did not try to
make her like me. Perhaps I could not if I had; but I
might at least have tried. I am sorry I troubled her so
much.

“Tell Melinda Jones, and James and John, that I remember
all their kindnesses, and thank them so much. And
Eunice, too. She was good to me always. And, oh!
Andy, please get word somehow to dear Aunt Barbara that
her lost Ethie is well, and so sorry to give her pain, as I
know I do. I would write to her myself, but I am afraid
she blames me for going away and bringing a kind of disgrace
upon her and Aunt Van Buren. I cannot yet say I
am sorry for the step I took, and until I am sorry I cannot
write to Aunt Barbara. But you must tell her for me how
much I love her, and how every night of my life I dream
I am back in the dear old home under the maples, and see
upon the hills the swelling buds and leaves of spring. Tell
her not to forget me, and to be sure that, wherever I am or

-- 278 --

[figure description] Page 278.[end figure description]

whatever may befall me, she will be remembered as the
dearest, most precious memory of my life. Next to her,
Andy, you come; my darling Andy, who was always so
kind to me when my heart was aching so hard.

“Good-by, Andy, good-by.”

This was the letter which Andy read with streaming
eyes, while around him, on tiptoe, looking over his and
each other's shoulders, stood the entire family, all anxious
and eager to know what the runaway had written. It was
a very conciliatory letter, and it left a sadly pleasant impression
on those who read it, making even the mother wipe
her eyes with the corner of her apron as she washed her
supper dishes in the sink and whispered to herself, “She
didn't trouble me so very much more than I did her. I
might have done different, too.”

Richard made no comment, but, like Andy, he conned
that letter over and over until he knew it by heart, especially
the part referring to himself. She had cast a shadow
upon his life, but she was very dear to him for all of that, and
he would gladly have taken back the substance, had that
been possible. This letter Richard carried to Aunt Barbara,
whom he found sitting in her pleasant porch, with the May
moonlight falling upon her face, and her eyes wearing the
look of one who is constantly expecting something which
never comes. And Aunt Barbara was expecting Ethie.
It could not be that a young girl like her would stay away
for long. She might return at any time, and every morning
the good woman said to herself, “She will be here to-day;”
every night, “She will come home to-morrow.”
The letter, however, did not warrant such a conclusion.
There was no talk of coming back, but the postmark, “New

-- 279 --

[figure description] Page 279.[end figure description]

York,” told where she was, and that was something gained.
They could surely find her now, Aunt Barbara said, and
she and Richard talked long together about what he was
going to do, for he was on his way then to the great city.

“Bring her at once to me. It is my privilege to have
her first,” Aunt Barbara said, next morning, as she bade
Richard good-by, and then began to watch and wait for
tidings which never came.

Richard could not find Ethelyn, or any trace of her, and
after a protracted search of six weeks, he went back to his
Iowa home, sick, worn out, and discouraged. Then Aunt
Barbara roused herself for action. “Men were good for
nothing to hunt. They could not find a thing if it was
right before their face and eyes. It took a woman; and
she was going to see what she could do,” she said to Mrs.
Van Buren, who was up at the homestead for a few days,
and who looked aghast at her sister's proposition, that she
should accompany her, and help her hunt up Ethie.

“Was Barbara crazy, that she thought of going to New
York in this hot weather, when the small-pox, and the dysentery,
and the plague, and mercy knew what was there?
Besides that, how did Barbara intend to manage? What
was she going to do?”

Barbara hardly knew herself how she should manage, or
what she should do. “Providence would direct,” she said,
though to be sure she had an idea. Ethie had written that
she had found employment, and what was more probable
than to suppose that the employment was giving music
lessons, for which she was so well qualified, or teaching in
some gentleman's family. Taking this as her basis, Aunt
Barbara intended to inquire for every governess and teacher
in the city, besides watching every house where such an

-- 280 --

[figure description] Page 280.[end figure description]

appendage would be likely to be found. Still her great hope was
in the street and the Park. She should surely meet Ethie
there some day,—at least she should try the effect of her
plan; and she went quietly on with her preparations, while
Mrs. Van Buren tried to dissuade her from a scheme
which seemed so foolish and utterly impracticable.

“Suppose Ethie was a governess, the family most likely
would be out of town at that season; and what good would
it do for Barbara to risk her life and health in the crowded
city?”

This view of the matter was rather dampening to Aunt
Barbara's zeal; but trusting that Providence would interfere
in her behalf, she still insisted that she should go, and again
expressed a wish that Sophie would go with her. “It would
not be so lonesome, and would look better, too,” she said,
“while you know more of city ways than I do, and would
not get imposed upon.”

Mrs. Van Buren could go far beyond her sister in abusing
Richard, but when it came to a sacrifice of her own comfort
and pleasure, she held back. Nothing could induce her to
go to New York. She preferred the cool sea-side, where
she was to join a party of Boston élite. Her dresses were
made, her room engaged, and she must go, she said, urging
that Nettie's health required the change,—Nettie, who had
given to her husband a sickly, puny child, which lived just
long enough to warrant a grand funeral, and then was laid
to rest under the shadow of the Van Buren Monument,
out in pleasant Mount Auburn.

So Mrs. Van Buren went back to Boston, while Aunt
Barbara gave all needful directions to Betty with regard to
the management of the house, and the garden, and plants,
and cellar-door, which must be shut nights, and the spot on

-- 281 --

[figure description] Page 281.[end figure description]

the roof which sometimes leaked when it rained, and the burdocks
and dandelions which must be dug up, and the grass
which Uncle Billy Thompson must cut once in two weeks,
and the old cat, Tabby, and the young cat, Jim, who had
come to the door in a storm, and was now the pet of the
house, and the canary bird, and the yeast. She was also to
look in the vinegar barrel to see that all was right, and be sure
and scald the milk-pans, and turn them up in the sun for an
hour, and keep the doors locked, and the silver up in the
scuttle-hole; and if she heard the rat which had baffled
and tormented them so long, get some poison and kill it,
but not on any account let it get in the cistern; and keep
the door-steps clean, and the stoop, and once in a while
sweep the low roof at the back of the house, and not sit up
late nights, or sleep very long in the morning; and inasmuch
as there would be so little to do, she might as well finish up
all her own sewing, and then make the pile of sheets and
pillow-cases which had been cut out since March. These
were Aunt Barbara's directions, which Betty, nothing appalled,
promised to heed, telling her mistress not to worry
an atom, as things should be attended to, even better than
if she were at home to see to them herself.

Aunt Barbara knew she could trust old Betty, and so,
after getting herself vaccinated in both arms, as a precaution
against the small-pox, and procuring various disinfecting
agents, and having under-pockets put in all her
dresses, by way of eluding pickpockets, the good woman
started one hot July morning on her mission in search of
Ethie. But, alas! finding Ethie, or any one, in New York,
was like “hunting for a needle in a hay-mow,” as Aunt
Barbara began to think after she had been for four weeks
or more an inmate of an up-town boarding-house,

-- 282 --

[figure description] Page 282.[end figure description]

recommended as first-class, but terrible to Aunt Barbara, from
the contrast it presented to her own clean, roomy home
beneath the maple trees, which came up to her so vividly,
with all its delicious coolness and fragrance, and blossoming
shrubs, and newly cut grass, with the dew sparkling
like diamonds upon it.

Aunt Barbara was homesick from the first, but she would
not give up; and so day after day she traversed one street
after another, looking wistfully in every face she met for
the one she sought, questioning children playing in the
parks and squares as to whether they knew any teacher by
the name of Markham or Grant, ringing the door-bells
of every pretentious-looking house, and putting the same
question to the servants, until the bombazine dress and
black Stella shawl, and brown Neapolitan hat, and old-fashioned
lace veil, and large sun-umbrella became pretty
well known in various parts of New York, while the owner
thereof grew to be a suspicious character, whom servants
watched from the basement and ladies from the parlor windows,
and children shunned on the side-walk, while even
the police were cautioned with regard to the strange woman
who went up and down day after day, sometimes in stages,
sometimes in cars, but oftener on foot, staring at every one
she met, especially if they chanced to be young or pretty,
and had any children near them. Once, down near Washington
Square, as she was hurrying toward a group of children,
in the centre of which stood a figure much like Ethie's,
a tall man in the blue uniform accosted her, inquiring into
her reasons for wandering about so constantly.

Aunt Barbara's honest face, which she turned full toward
the officer, was a sufficient voucher for her without the
simple, straightforward explanation which she made to the

-- 283 --

[figure description] Page 283.[end figure description]

effect that her niece had left home some time ago,—run
away, in fact,—and she was hunting for her here in New
York, where her letter was dated. “But it's wearisome
work for an old woman like me, walking all over New
York, as I have,” Aunt Barbara said, and her lip began to
quiver as she sat down upon one of the seats in the square,
and looked helplessly up at the policeman. She was not
afraid of him, nor of the five others of the craft who knew
her by sight, and stopped to hear what she had to say.
She never dreamed that they could suspect her of wrong,
and they did not when they heard her story, and saw the
truthful, motherly face. Perhaps they could help her, they
said, and they asked the name of the runaway.

At first Aunt Barbara refused to give it, wishing to spare
Ethie this notoriety; but she finally yielded so far as to
say, “She might call herself either Markham or Grant,”
and that was all they could get from her; but after that
day the bombazine dress, and black Stella shawl, and large
sun umbrella were safe from the surveillance of the police,
save as each had a kindly care for the owner, and an interest
in the object of her search.

The light-fingered gentry, however, were not as chary of
her. The sweet, motherly face, and wistful, pleading,
timid eyes, did not deter them in the least. On the contrary,
they saw in the bombazine and Stella shawl a fine
field for their operations; and twice, on returning to her
boarding-house, she was horrified to find her purse was missing,
notwithstanding that she had kept her hand upon her
pocket every instant, except once, when the man who
looked like a minister had kindly opened the car window
for her, and she had gathered up her dress to make more
room for him at her side, and once when she got entangled

-- 284 --

[figure description] Page 284.[end figure description]

in a crowd, and had to hold on to her shawl to keep it on
her shoulders. Ten dollars was the entire sum purloined,
so the villains did not make much out of her, Aunt Barbara
reflected, with a good deal of complacency; but when they
stole her gold-bowed glasses from her pocket, and adroitly
snatched from her hand the parcel containing the dress she
had bought for Betty at Stewart's, she began to look upon
herself as specially marked by a gang of thieves for one on
whom to commit their depredations; and when at last a
fire broke out in the very block where she was boarding,
and she, with others, was driven from her bed at midnight,
with her bombazine only half on, and her hoops left behind,
she made up her mind that the fates were against her,
and started for home the very next day.

It was sooner than Betty expected her, but the clean,
cool house, peeping out from the dense shadows of the
maples, looked like a paradise to the tired, dusty woman,
who rode down the street in the village hack, and surprised
Betty sitting in the back door cutting off corn to dry and
talking to Uncle Billy, whose scythe lay on the grass while
he drank from the gourd swimming on top of the water-pail.

Betty was glad to see her mistress, and lamented that she
did not know of her coming, so as to have had a nice hot
cup of tea ready, with a delicate morsel of something. Aunt
Barbara was satisfied to be home on any terms, though her
nose did go up a little, and something which sounded like
“P-shew!” dropped from her lips as she entered the dark
sitting-room, where the odor was not the best in the world.

“It's the rat, ma'am, I think,” Betty said, opening both
blinds and windows. “I put the pizen for him as you
said, and all I could do he would die in the wall. It ain't

-- 285 --

[figure description] Page 285.[end figure description]

as bad as it has been, and I've got some stuff here to kill it,
though I think it smells worse than the rat himself,” and
Betty held her own nose as she pointed out to her mistress
the saucer of chloride of lime which, at Mrs. Col. Markham's
suggestion, she had put in the sitting-room.

Aside from the rat in the wall, things were mostly as
Aunt Barbara could wish them to be. The vinegar had
made beautifully. There was fresh yeast, brewed the day
before, in the jug. The milk-pans were bright and sweet;
the cellar-door was fastened; the garden was looking its
best; the silver was all up the scuttle-hole, Betty having
climbed up every morning to see if it were safe; the stoop
and steps were scrubbed, the roof was swept, and both the
cats, Tabby and Jim, were so fat that they could scarcely
walk as they came up to greet their mistress. Only two
mishaps Betty had to relate. Jim had eaten up the canary
bird, and she had broken the kitchen tongs. She had also
failed to accomplish as much sewing as she had hoped to
do, and the pile of work was not greatly diminished.

“There is so many steps to take when a body is alone,
and with you gone I was more particular,” she said, by way
of apology, as she confessed to the rat, and the canary bird,
and the kitchen tongs, and the small amount of sewing she
had done.

These were all the points wherein she had been remiss, and
Aunt Barbara was content, and even happy, as she laid aside
her Stella shawl and brown Neapolitan, and out in her pleasant
dining-room sat down to the hasty meal which Betty improvised,
of bread and butter, Dutch cheese, baked apples, and
huckleberry pie, with a cup of delicious tea, such as Aunt
Barbara did not believe the people of New York had ever
tasted. Most certainly those who were fortunate enough to

-- 286 --

[figure description] Page 286.[end figure description]

board at first-class boarding-houses had not; and as she
sipped her favorite beverage, with Tabby on her dress, and
the cannibal Jim in her lap, his head occasionally peering
above the table, she felt comforted and rested, and thankful
for her cozy home, albeit it lay like a heavy weight upon
her that her trouble had been for nothing, and no tidings
of Ethie had been obtained.

She wrote to Richard the next day, of her unsuccessful
search, and asked what they should do next.

“We can do nothing but wait and hope,” Richard wrote
in reply, but Aunt Barbara added to it, “we can pray;”
and so all through the autumn, when the soft, hazy days
which Ethie had loved so well kept the lost one forever in
mind, Aunt Barbara waited and hoped, and prayed and
watched for Ethie's coming home, feeling always a sensation
of expectancy when the Western whistle sounded and the
Western train went thundering through the town; and
when the hack came up from the depot and did not stop at
her door, she said to herself, “She would walk up, maybe,”
and then waiting again she would watch from her window
and look far up the quiet street, where the leaves of crimson
and gold were lying upon the walk. No Ethie was to
be seen. Then as the days grew shorter and the night fell
earlier upon the Chicopee hills, and the bleak winds blew
across the meadow, and the waters of the river looked blue
and dark and cold in the November light, she said, “She
will be here sure by Christmas. She always liked that
day best,” and her fingers were busy with the lamb's-wool
stockings she was knitting her darling.

“It won't be much,” she said to Betty, “but it will show
she is not forgotten;” and so the stocking grew, and was
shaped from a half-worn pair which Ethie used to wear, and

-- 287 --

p597-292 [figure description] Page 287.[end figure description]

on which Aunt Barbara's tears dropped as she thought of
the dear little feet, now wandered so far away, which the
stockings used to cover.

Christmas came, and Susie Granger sang of Bethlehem
in the old stone church, and other fingers than Ethie's swept
the organ-keys, and the Christmas-tree was set up, and the
presents were hung upon the boughs, and the names were
called, and Aunt Barbara was there, but the lamb's-wool
stockings were at home in the bureau-drawer; there was no
one to wear them, no one to take them from the tree, if
they had been put there; Ethie had not come.

CHAPTER XXVII. AFFAIRS AT OLNEY.

RICHARD could not stay in Camden, where everything
reminded him so much of Ethelyn, and at
his mother's earnest solicitations he went back to
Olney, taking with him all the better articles of furniture
which Ethie had herself selected, and which converted the
plain farm-house into quite a palace, as both Andy and his
mother thought. The latter did not object to them in the
least, and was even conscious of a feeling of pride and satisfaction
when her neighbors came in to admire, and some
of them to envy her the handsome surroundings. Mrs. Dr.
Van Buren's lesson, though a very bitter one, was doing
Richard good, especially as it was adroitly followed up by
Melinda Jones, who, on the strength of her now being his
sister-elect, took the liberty of saying to him some pretty

-- 288 --

[figure description] Page 288.[end figure description]

plain things with regard to his former intercourse with
Ethie.

James had finally nerved himself to the point of asking
Melinda if she could be happy with such a homespun fellow
as himself, and Melinda had answered that she thought she
could, hinting that it was possible for him to overcome much
which was homespun about him.

“I do not expect you to leave off your heavy boots or
your coarse blue frock when your work requires you to
wear them,” she said, stealing her hand into his in a caressing
kind of way; “but a man can be a gentleman in any
dress.”

James promised to do his best, and, with Melinda for a
teacher, had no fears for his success. And so, some time
in August, when the summer work at the Joneses was nearly
done, Melinda came to the farm-house and was duly installed
as mistress of the chamber which James and John
had occupied,—the latter removing his Sunday clothes, and
rifle, and fishing lines, and tobacco, and the slippers Ethie
had given him, into Andy's room, which he shared with his
brother. Mrs. Markham, senior, got on better with Melinda
than she had with Ethelyn; Melinda knew exactly
how to manage her, and, indeed, how to manage the entire
household, from Richard down to Andy, who, though extremely
kind and attentive to her, never loved her as he did
Ethelyn.

“She was a nice, good girl,” he said, “but couldn't hold
a candle to Ethie. She was too dark complected, and had
altogether too thumpin' feet and ankles, besides wearin'
wrinkley stockings.”

This was Andy's criticism, confided to his brother John,
around whose grave mouth there was a faint glimmer of a

-- 289 --

[figure description] Page 289.[end figure description]

smile as he gave a hitch to his suspender and replied, “I
guess her stockin's do wrinkle some.”

A few of Melinda's ways Mrs. Markham designated as
high-flown, but one by one her prejudices gave way as Melinda
gained upon her step by step, until at last Ethelyn
would hardly have recognized the well-ordered household,
so different from what she had known it.

“The boys” no longer came to the table in their shirt-sleeves,
for Melinda always had their coats in sight, just
where it was handy to put them on; and the trousers were
slipped down over the boots while the boys ate, and the
soft brown Markham hair always looked smooth and shining,
and Mrs. Markham tidied herself a little before coming
to the table, no matter how heavy her work, and never but
once was she guilty of sitting down to her dinner in her
pasteboard sun-bonnet, giving as an excuse that her “hair
was at sixes and sevens.” She remembered seeing her
mother do this fifty years before, and she had clung to the
habit as one which must be right because they used to do
so in Vermont. Gradually, too, there came to be napkins
for tea, and James' Christmas present to his wife was a set
of silver forks, while John contributed a dozen individual
salts, and Andy bought a silver bell, to call he did not know
whom, only it looked pretty on the table, and he wanted
it there every meal, ringing it himself sometimes when
anything was needed, and himself answering the call. On
the whole, the Markhams were getting to be “dreadfully
stuck-up,” Eunice Plympton's mother said, while Eunice
doubted if she should like living there now as well as in the
days of Ethelyn. She had been a born lady, and Eunice
conceded everything to her; but “to see the airs that
Melinda Jones put on” was a little too much for Eunice's

-- 290 --

[figure description] Page 290.[end figure description]

democratic blood, and she and her mother made many
invidious remarks concerning “Mrs. Jim Markham,” who
wore such heavy silk to church, and sported such handsome
furs. One hundred and fifty dollars the cape alone had
cost, it was rumored, and when to this Richard added a
dark, rich muff to match, others than Eunice looked enviously
at Mrs. James, who, to all intents and purposes, was
the same frank, outspoken person that she was when she
wore a plain scarf around her neck, and rode to church in
her father's lumber-wagon instead of the handsome turn-out
James had bought since his marriage. Nothing could spoil
Melinda, and though she became quite the fashion in Olney,
and was frequently invited to Camden to meet the élite of
the town, she was up just as early on Monday mornings as
when she lived at home, and her young, strong arms saved
Mrs. Markham more work than Eunice's had done. She
would not dip candles, she said, nor burn them either, except
as a matter of convenience to carry around the house;
and so the tallows gave way to kerosene, and as Melinda
liked a great deal of light, the house was sometimes illuminated
so brilliantly that poor Mrs. Markham had either to
shade her eyes with her hands, or turn her back to the lamp.
She never thought of opposing Melinda; that would have
done no good; and she succumbed with the rest to the will
which was ruling them so effectually and so well.

Some very plain talks Melinda had with Richard with
regard to Ethelyn; and Richard, when he saw how anxious
James was to please his wife, even in little things which he
had once thought of no consequence, regretted so much
that his own course had not been different with Ethelyn.
“Poor, dear Ethie,” he called her to himself, as he sat alone
at night in the room where she used to be. At first, he

-- 291 --

[figure description] Page 291.[end figure description]

had freely talked of her with his family. That was when,
like Aunt Barbara, they were expecting her back, or rather
expecting constantly to hear from her through Aunt Barbara.
She would go to Chicopee first, they felt assured,
and then Aunt Barbara would write, and Richard would
start at once. How many castles he built of that second
bringing her home, where Melinda made everything so
pleasant, and where she could be happy for a little time,
when they would go where she liked,—it did not matter
where. Richard was willing for anything, only he did
want her to stay a little time at the farm-house, just to see
how they had improved, and to learn that his mother could
be kind if she tried. She meant to be so if Ethelyn ever
came back, for she had said as much to him on the receipt
of Ethie's message, sent in Andy's letter, and her tears had
fallen fast as she confessed to not always having felt or acted
right toward the young girl. With Melinda the ruling
spirit they would have made it very pleasant for Ethelyn,
and they waited for her so anxiously all through the autumnal
days till the early winter snow covered the prairies,
and the frost was on the window-panes, and the wind
howled dismally past the door, just as it did one year ago,
when Ethelyn went away. But, alas! no Ethie came, or
tidings of her either, and Richard ceased to speak of her at
last, and his face wore so sad a look whenever she was mentioned,
that the family stopped talking of her; or, if they
spoke her name, it was as they spoke of Daisy, or of one
that was dead.

For a time Richard kept up a correspondence with Aunt
Barbara; but that, too, gradually ceased, and as his uncle,
the old colonel, died in the spring, and the widow went to
her friends in Philadelphia, he seemed to be cut off from

-- 292 --

p597-297 [figure description] Page 292.[end figure description]

any connection with Chicopee, and but for the sad, harassing
memory of what had been, he was to all intents and
purposes the same grave, silent bachelor as of yore, following
the bent of his own inclinations, coming and going as
he liked, sought after by those who wished for an honest
man to transact their business, and growing gradually more
and more popular with the people of his own and the adjoining
counties.

CHAPTER XXVIII. THE GOVERNOR.

THEY were to elect a new one in Iowa, and there
were rumors afloat that Richard Markham would
be the man chosen by his party. There had been
similar rumors once before, but Mrs. Markham had regarded
them as mythical, never dreaming that such an honor could
be in store for her boy. Now, however, matters began to
look a little serious. Crowds of men came frequently to
the farm-house and were closeted with Richard. Tim Jones
rode up and down the country, electioneering for “Dick.”
Hal Clifford, in Camden, contributed his influence, though
he belonged to the other party. Others, too, of Harry's
way of thinking, cast aside political differences and “went
in,” as they said, for the best man,—one whom they knew
to be honest and upright, like Judge Markham. Each in
his own way,—James and John, and Andy and Melinda,—
worked for Richard, who was frequently absent from home
for several days, sometimes taking the stump himself, but

-- 293 --

[figure description] Page 293.[end figure description]

oftener remaining quiet while others presented his cause.
Search as they might, his opponents could find nothing
against him, except that sad affair with his wife, who, one
paper said, “had been put out of the way when she became
troublesome,” hinting at every possible atrocity on the husband's
part, and dilating most pathetically upon the injured,
innocent, and beautiful young wife. Then, with a
face as pale as ashes, Richard made his “great speech” in
Camden Court-house, asking that the whole matter be dropped
at once, and saying that he would far rather live a life
of obscurity than have the name, more dear to him than the
names of the dead, bandied about from lip to lip and made
the subject for newspaper paragraphs. They knew Richard
in Camden, and they knew Ethelyn, too, and liked both so
well, that the result of that speech was to increase Richard's
popularity tenfold, and to carry in his favor the entire
town.

The day of election was a most exciting one, especially
in Olney, where Richard had lived from boyhood. It was
something for a little town like this to furnish the Governor,
the Olneyites thought; and though, for party's sake,
there were some opponents, the majority went for Richard;
and Tim Jones showed his zeal by drinking with so many,
that at night he stopped at the farm-house, insisting that
he had reached home, and should stay there, “for all of
Melind,” and hurrahing so loud for “Richud—Mark-um—
Square,” that he woke up the little blue-eyed boy which
for six weeks had been the pride, and pet, and darling of
the household.

Andy's tactics were different. He had voted in the
morning, and prayed the rest of the day, that, if it were
right, “old Dick might lick the whole of 'em,” adding the

-- 294 --

[figure description] Page 294.[end figure description]

petition that “he need not be stuck up if he was Governor,”
and that Ethie might come back to share his greatness.
Others than Andy were thinking of Ethelyn that
day, for not the faintest echo of a huzza reached Richard's
ear that did not bring with it regretful thoughts of her.
And when at last success was certain, and, flushed with
triumph, he stood receiving the congratulations of his
friends, and the Olney bell was ringing in honor of the
new Governor, and bonfires were lighted in the streets,
there was not a throb of his heart which did not go out
after the lost one, with a yearning desire to bring her back,
and, by giving her the highest position in the State, atone
in part for all which had been wrong. But Ethie was very,
very far away,—further than he dreamed,—and strain ear
and eye as she might, she could not see the lurid blaze
which lit up the prairie till the tall grass grew red in the
ruddy glow, or hear the deafening shouts which rent the
sky for Governor Markham, elected by an overwhelming
majority. Oh, how lonely Richard felt, even in the first
moments of his success! And how he longed to get away
from all the noise and din which greeted him at every step,
and be alone again, as since Ethie went away he had chosen
to be so much of his time. Melinda guessed at his feelings
in part; and when he came home at last, looking so pale
and tired, she pitied him, and showed her pity by letting
him alone; and when supper was ready, sending his tea to
his room, whither he had gone as soon as his mother had
unwound her arms from his neck, and told him how glad
she was.

These were also days of triumph to Melinda, for it was
soon known that she was to be the lady of the Governor's
mansion, and the knowledge gave her a fresh accession of

-- 295 --

[figure description] Page 295.[end figure description]

dignity among her friends. It was human that Melinda
should feel her good fortune a little, and perhaps she did.
Andy thought so, and prayed silently against the pomps
and vanities of the world, especially after her new purple
silk was sent home, with the velvet cloak and crimson
morning-gown. These had been made in Camden, a thing
which gave mortal offence to Miss Henry, the Olney dressmaker,
who wondered “what Melinda Jones was that
she should put on such airs,a nd try to imitate Mrs.
Richard Markham.” They had expected such things from
Ethelyn, and thought it perfectly right. She was born to
it, they said; but for Melinda, whom all remembered as
wearing a red woolen gown when a little girl, “for her to
set up so steep was another matter.” But when Melinda
ordered a blue merino, and a flannel wrapper, and a blue
silk, and a white cloak for baby, made at Miss Henry's,
and told that functionary just how her purple was trimmed,
and even offered to shot it to her, the lady changed her
mind, and quoted “Mrs. James Markham's” wardrobe for
months afterward.

Richard, and James, and Melinda, and baby, and Eunice
Plympton as baby's nurse, all went to Des Moines, and left
the house so lonely that Andy lay flat upon the floor and
cried, and his mother's face wore the look of one who had
just returned from burying her dead. It was something,
however, to be the mother and brother of a governor, and
a comfort to get letters from the absent ones, to hear of
Richard's immense popularity, and the very graceful manner
in which Melinda dischaged her duties. But to see
their names in print, to find something about Governor
Markham
in almost every paper,—that was best of all;
and Andy spent half his time in cutting out and saving

-- 296 --

[figure description] Page 296.[end figure description]

every little scrap pertaining to the “Governor's family,”
and what they did at Des Moines. Andy was laid up with
rheumatism toward spring; but Tim Jones used to bring
him the papers, rolling his quids of tobacco rapidly from
side to side as he pointed to the paragraphs so interesting
to both. Tim hardly knew whether himself, or Richard,
or Melinda, was the Governor. On the whole, he gave the
preference to “Melind,” after the Governor's levee, at which
she had appeared in “royal purple, with ostrich feathers in
her hair,” and was described in the Camden Leader as the
“elegant and accomplished Mrs. James Markham, who had
received the guests with so much dignity and grace.”

“Ain't Melind a brick? and only to think how she used
to milk the cows, and I once chased her with a garter
snake,” Tim said, reading the article aloud to Andy, who,
while assenting that she was a brick, and according all due
credit to her for what she was, and what she did, never for
a moment forgot Ethelyn.

She would have done so much better, and looked so much
neater, especially her shoes! Andy could not quite forgive
Melinda her big feet and ankles, especially as his contempt
for such appendages was constantly kept in mind by the
sight of the little, half-worn slippers which Ethie had left
in her closet when she moved to Camden, and which, now
that she was gone, he kept as something almost as sacred
as Daisy's hair, admiring the dainty rosettes and small high
heels more than he had admired the whole of Melinda's
wardrobe when spread upon the bed, and tables, and chairs,
preparatory to packing it for Des Moines. Richard, too,
remembered Ethelyn, and never did Melinda stand at his
side in any gay saloon that he did not see in her place a
brown-eyed, brown-haired woman, who would have moved

-- 297 --

[figure description] Page 297.[end figure description]

a very queen among the people. Ethelyn was never forgotten,
whether in the capitol, or the street, or at home, or
awake or asleep. Ethie's face and Ethie's form were everywhere,
and if earnest, longing thoughts could have availed
to bring her back, she would have come, whether across
the rolling sea, or afar from the trackless desert. But they
could not reach her. Ethie did not come, and the term of
Richard's governorship glided away, and he declined a re-election,
and went back to Olney, looking ten years older
than when he left it, with an habitual expression of sadness
on his face, which even strangers noticed, wondering what
was the heart-trouble which was ageing him so fast, and
turning his brown hair gray.

For a time the stillness and quiet of Olney were very acceptable
to him, and then he began to long for more excitement,—
something to divert his mind from the harrowing
fear, daily growing more and more certain, that Ethie
would never come back. It was four years since she went
away, and nothing had been heard from her since the letter
sent to Andy from New York. “Dead,” he said to himself
many a time, and but for the dread of the hereafter, he,
too, would gladly have lain down in the graveyard where
Daisy was sleeping so quietly. With Andy it was different.
Ethie was not dead,—he knew she was not,—and
some time she would surely come back. There was comfort
in Andy's strong assurance, and Richard always felt
better after a talk with his hopeful brother. Perhaps she
would come back, and if so he must have a place worthy of
her, he said, one day, to Melinda, who seized the opportunity
to unfold a plan she had long been meditating. During
the two years spent in Des Moines, James had devoted
himself to the study of law, preferring it to his farming, and

-- 298 --

[figure description] Page 298.[end figure description]

now he was looking out for a good locality where to settle
and practise his profession.

“Let's go together somewhere and build a house,” Melinda
said. “You know Ethie's taste. You can fashion it
as you think she would like it, and until she comes back we
will live with you and see to you a little. You need some
looking after,” and Melinda laid her hand half pityingly
upon the bowed head of her brother-in-law, who, but for
her strong, upholding influence, and Andy's cheering faith,
would have sunk ere this into hopeless despondency.

Melinda was a fine specimen of true womanhood. She
had met many highly cultivated people at Des Moines and
other towns where, as the Governor's sister-in-law, she had
spent more or less of the last two years, and as nothing
ever escaped her notice, she had improved wonderfully,
until even Mrs. Van Buren, of Boston, would have been
proud of her acquaintance. She had known sorrow, too;
for in the cemetery at Des Moines she had left her little
blue-eyed baby boy when only six months old, and her
heart had ached to its very core, until there came another
child, a little girl, whom they had christened “Ethelyn
Grant,” and who, on this account, was quite as dear to
Richard as to either of its parents. Richard was happier
with that little brown-haired girl than with any one else,
and when Melinda suggested they should go together somewhere,
he assented readily, mentioning Davenport as a
place where Ethelyn had many times said she would like
to live. Now, as ever, Melinda's was the active, ruling
voice, and almost before Richard knew it, he was in Davenport
and bargaining for a vacant lot which overlooked the
river and the country beyond. Davenport suited them all,
and by September Melinda, who had spent the summer

-- 299 --

[figure description] Page 299.[end figure description]

with her mother, was located at a hotel and making herself
very useful to Richard with her suggestions with regard
to the palatial mansion he was building.

There was nothing in Davenport like the “Governor's
house,” and the people watched it curiously as it went
rapidly up. There was a suite of rooms called Ethelyn's,
and to the arrangement and adorning of these Richard
gave his whole attention, sparing nothing which could
make them beautiful and attractive, and lavishing so much
expense upon them that strangers came to inspect and
comment upon them, wondering why he took so much
pains, and guessing, as people will, that he was contemplating
a second marriage as soon as a divorce could be
obtained from his runaway wife.

The house was finished at last, and Richard took possession,
installing Melinda as house-keeper, and feeling how
happy he should be if only Ethie were there. Somehow
he expected her now. Andy's prayers would certainly be
answered even if his own were not, for he, too, had begun
to pray, feeling, at times, that God was slow to hear, as
weeks and weeks went by and still Ethie did not come.
“Hope deferred maketh the heart sick,” and the weary
waiting told upon his bodily health, which began to fail so
rapidly that people said “Governor Markham was going
into a decline,” and the physicians urged a change of air,
and Mr. Townsend, who came in May for a day to Davenport,
recommended him strongly to try what Clifton Springs,
in Western New York, could do for him,—the Clifton,
whose healing waters and wonderful power to cure were
famous from the shores of the Atlantic to the Californian
hills.

-- 300 --

p597-305 CHAPTER XXIX. AFTER YEARS OF WAITING.

[figure description] Page 300.[end figure description]

THE weather in Chicopee that spring was as capricious
as the smiles of the most spoiled coquette.
The first days of April were warm, and balmy,
and placid, without a cloud upon the sky or a token of
storms in the air. The crocuses and daffodils showed their
heads in the little borders by Aunt Barbara's door, and
Uncle Billy Thompson sowed the good woman a bed of lettuce,
and peas, and onions, which came up apace, and were
the envy of the neighbors. Taking advantage of the warmth
and the sunshine, and Uncle Billy's being there to whip
her carpets, Aunt Barbara even began her house-cleaning,
commencing at the chambers first,—the rooms which,
since the last “reign of terror,” had only been used when
a clergyman spent the Sunday there, and when Mrs. Dr.
Van Buren was up for a few days from Boston, with Nettie
and the new girl baby, which, like Melinda's, bore the name
of Ethelyn. Still they must be renovated, and cleaned, and
scrubbed, lest some luckless moth were hiding there, or
some fly-speck perchance had fallen upon the glossy paint.
Aunt Barbara was not an untidy house-cleaner,—one who
tosses the whole house into chaos, and simultaneous with
the china from the closet, brings up a basket of bottles
from the cellar to be washed and rinsed. She took one
room at a time, settling as she went along, so that her house
never was in that state of dire confusion which so many
houses present every fall and spring. Her house was not

-- 301 --

[figure description] Page 301.[end figure description]

hard to clean, and the chambers were soon done, except
Ethie's old room, where Aunt Barbara lingered longest,
turning the pretty ingrain carpet the brightest side up,
rubbing the furniture with polish, putting a bit of paint
upon the window-sills where it was getting worn, and once
revolving the propriety of hanging new paper upon the wall.
But that, she reasoned, would be a needless expense. Since
the night Richard spent there, no one had slept in the
room, and no one should sleep there, either, till Ethie came
back again.

“Till Ethie comes home again.” Aunt Barbara rarely
said this now, for with each fleeting year the chance for
Ethie's coming grew less and less, until now she seldom
spoke of it to Betty, the only person to whom she ever
talked of Ethie. Even with her she was usually very reticent
unless something brought the wanderer to mind more
vividly than usual. Cleaning her room was such an occasion,
and sitting down upon the floor, while she darned
a hole in the carpet which the turning had brought
to view, Aunt Barbara spoke of her darling, and the
time when a little toddling thing of two years old
she first came to the homestead, and was laid in that
very room, and “on that very pillow,” Aunt Barbara said,
seeing again the hollow left by the little brown head
when the child awoke and stretched its fat arms toward
her.

“Julia, her mother, died in that bed,” Aunt Barbara
went on, “and Ethie always slept there after that. We'll
put on the sheets marked with her name, Betty, and the
ruffled pillow-cases. I want it to seem as if she was here,”
and Aunt Barbara's chin quivered, and her eyes grew
moist, as her fat hands smoothed and patted the plump

-- 302 --

[figure description] Page 302.[end figure description]

pillows, and tucked in the white spread, and picked up a
feather, and moved a chair, and shut the blinds, and
dropped the curtains, and then she went softly out and
shut the door behind her.

Two weeks from that day, the soft, bland air was full
of sleet, and snow, and rain, which beat down the poor
daffies on the borders, and pelted the onions, and lettuce,
and peas, which Uncle Billy had planted, and dashed
against the closed windows of Ethie's room, and came
in under the door of the kitchen, and through the bit
of leaky roof in the dining-room, while the heavy north-easter,
which swept over the Chicopee hills, screamed
fiercely at Betty peering curiously out to see if it was
going to be any kind of drying for the clothes she
had put out early in the day, and then, as if bent on
a mischievous frolic, took from the line, and carried far
down the street, Aunt Barbara's short night-gown with
the patch upon the sleeve. On the whole it was a bleak,
raw, stormy day, and when the night shut down, the snow
lay several inches deep upon the half-frozen ground, making
the walking execrable, and giving to the whole village
that dirty, comfortless appearance which a storm in April
always does. It was pleasant, though, in Aunt Barbara's
sitting-room. It was always pleasant there, and it seemed
doubly so to-night from the contrast presented to the
world without by the whitewashed ceiling, the newly
whipped carpet, the clean, white curtains, and the fire
blazing on the hearth, where two huge red apples were
roasting. This was a favorite custom of Aunt Barbara's,
roasting apples in the evening. She used to do it when
Ethie was at home, for Ethie enjoyed it quite as much
as she did, and when the red cheeks burst, and the white,

-- 303 --

[figure description] Page 303.[end figure description]

frothy pulp came oozing out, she used, as a little girl,
to clap her hands and cry, “The apples begin to bleed,
auntie! the apples begin to bleed!”

Aunt Barbara never roasted them now that she did not
remember her darling, and many times she put one down for
Ethie, feeling that the “make believe” was better than
nothing at all. There was one for her to-night, and Aunt
Barbara sat watching it as it simmered and sputtered, and
finally burst with the heat, “bleeding,” just as her heart
was bleeding for the child whose feet had wandered so long.
It was after nine, and Betty had gone to bed, so that Aunt
Barbara was there alone, with the big Bible in her lap.
She had been reading the Parable of the Prodigal, and
though she would not like Ethie to him, she sighed
softly, “If she would only come, we would kill the fatted
calf.” Then, thoughtfully, she turned the leaves of the
good book one by one, till she found the “Births,” and
read in a low whisper, “Ethelyn Adelaide, Born,” and
so forth. Then her eye moved on to where the marriage
of Ethelyn Adelaide with Richard Markham, of
Iowa, had been recorded; and then she turned to the list
of “Deaths,” wondering if, unseen by her, Ethie's name
had been added to the list.

Suddenly, as Aunt Barbara sat there, with her Bible in
her lap, there was heard the distant rumbling of the New
York express, as it came rolling across the plains from
West Chicopee. Then, as the roar became more muffled
as it moved under the hill, a shrill whistle echoed on the
night air, and half the people of Chicopee who were
awake said to each other, “The train is stopping. Somebody
has come from New York.” It was not often that
the New York express stopped in Chicopee, and when it

-- 304 --

[figure description] Page 304.[end figure description]

did, it was made a matter of comment. To-night, however,
it was too dark, and stormy, and late for any one to
see who had come; and guessing it was some of the
Lewises, who now lived in old Col. Markham's house, the
people, one by one, went to their beds, until nearly every
light in Chicopee was extinguished save the one shining
out in the darkness from the room where Aunt Barbara
sat, with thoughts of Ethie in her heart. And up the
steep hill, from the station, a girlish figure toiled through
the deep snow,—the white, thin face looking down the
maple-lined street when the corner by the Common was
turned, and the pallid lips whispering softly, “I wonder if
she will know me?”

There were flecks of snow upon the face and on the brown
hair and travel-soiled dress; clogs of snow, too, upon the
tired feet,—the feet Andy had admired so much; but
the traveller kept bravely on, till the friendly light shone
out beneath the maples, and then she paused, and leaning
for a moment against the fence, sobbed aloud, but not sadly
or bitterly. She was too near home for that,—too near
the darling Aunt Barbara, who did not hear gate or door
unclose, or the step in the dark hall. But when the knob
of the sitting-room door moved, she heard it, and, without
turning her head, called out, “What is it, Betty? I thought
you in bed an hour ago.”

The supposed Betty did not reply, but stood a brief
instant taking in every feature in the room, from the two
apples roasting on the hearth to the little woman sitting
with her finger on the page where possibly Ethie's death
ought to be recorded. Aunt Barbara was waiting for Betty
to answer, and she turned her head at last, just as a rapid
step glided across the floor, and a voice, which thrilled

-- 305 --

[figure description] Page 305.[end figure description]

every vein, first with a sudden fear, and then with a joy
unspeakable, said, “Aunt Barbara, it's I. It's Ethie, come
back to you again. Is she welcome here?”

Was she welcome? Answer, the low cry, and gasping
sob, and outstretched arms, which held the wanderer in so
loving an embrace, while a rain of tears fell upon the dear
head from which the bonnet had fallen back as Ethelyn sank
upon her knees before Aunt Barbara. Neither could talk
much for a few moments. Certainly not Aunt Barbara,
who sat bewildered and stupefied, while Ethelyn, more
composed, removed her hat, and cloak, and overshoes, and
shook out the folds of her damp dress; and then drawing
a little covered stool to Aunt Barbara's side, sat down upon
it, and leaning her elbows on Aunt Barbara's lap, looked
up in her face, with the old, mischievous, winning smile,
and said, “Auntie, have you forgiven your Ethie for running
away?”

Then it began to seem real again,—began to seem as if
the last few years were blotted out, and things restored to
what they were when Ethie was wont to sit at her aunt's
feet as she was sitting now. There was this difference,
however: the bright, round, rosy face, which used to look
so flushed, and eager, and radiant, and assured, was changed,
and the one confronting Aunt Barbara now was pale, and thin,
and worn, and there were lines across the brow, and the eyes
were heavy and tired, and a little uncertain and anxious in
their expression as they scanned the sweet old face above
them. Aunt Barbara saw it all, and this, if nothing else,
would have brought entire pardon even had she been inclined
to withhold it, which she was not. Ethie was back again,
and that was enough for her. She would not chide or
blame ever so little, and her warm, loving hands took the

-- 306 --

[figure description] Page 306.[end figure description]

thin white face and held it while she kissed the parted lips,
the blue-veined forehead, and the hollow cheeks, whispering.
“My own darling. I am so glad to have you back. I have
been so sad without you, and mourned for you so much,
fearing you were dead. Where has my darling been that
none of us could find you?”

“Did you hunt, Aunt Barbara? Did you really hunt
for me?”

And something of Ethie's old self leaped into her eyes
and flushed into her cheeks as she asked the question.

“Yes, darling. All the spring and all the summer long,
and on into the fall, and then I gave it up.”

“Were you alone, auntie? That is, did nobody help you
hunt?” was Ethelyn's next query; and Richard would have
read much hope for him in the eagerness of the eyes, which
waited for Aunt Barbara's answer, and which dropped so
shyly upon the carpet when Aunt Barbara said, “Alone,
child? No; he did all he could,—Richard did,—but we
could get no clue.”

Ethelyn could not tell her story until she had been made
easy on several important points, and smoothing the folds
of Aunt Barbara's dress, and still looking beseechingly into
her face, she said, “And Richard hunted, too. Was he
sorry, auntie? Did he care because I went away?”

Care? Of course he did. It almost broke his heart,
and wasted him to a skeleton. You did wrong, Ethie, to
go and stay so long. Richard did not deserve it.”

It was the first word of censure Aunt Barbara had uttered,
and Ethelyn felt it keenly, as was evinced by her quivering
lip and trembling voice, as she said, “Don't, auntie, don't
you scold me, please. I can bear it better from any one
else. I want you to stand by me. I know I was hasty,

-- 307 --

[figure description] Page 307.[end figure description]

and did very wrong. I've said so a thousand times; but I
was so unhappy and wretched at first, and at the last he
made me so angry with his unjust accusations.”

“Yes; he told me all, and showed me the letter you left.
I know the whole,” Aunt Barbara said, while Ethelyn continued—

“Where is he now? How long since you heard from
him?”

“It is two years or more. He wrote the last letter.
I'm a bad correspondent, you know, and as I had no good
news to write, I did not think it worth while to bother
him. I don't know where he is since he quit being Governor.”

There was a sudden lifting of Ethie's head, a quick arching
of her eyebrows, which told that the Governor part was
news to her. Then she asked, quietly, “Has he been Governor?”

“Yes, Governor of Iowa; and James' wife lived with him.
She was Melinda Jones.”

“Yes, yes,” and Ethie's foot beat the carpet thoughtfully,
while her eyes were cast down, and the great tears
gathered slowly in the long-fringed lids, then fell in perfect
showers, as laying her head in Aunt Barbara's lap she sobbed
piteously.

Perhaps she was thinking of all she had thrown away,
and weeping that another had taken the post she would have
been so proud to fill. Aunt Barbara did not know, and she
kept smoothing the bowed head until it was lifted up again,
and the tears were dried in Ethie's eyes where there was
not the same hopeful expression there had been at first when
she heard of Richard's hunting for her. Some doubt or fear
had crossed her mind, and her hands were folded together

-- 308 --

p597-313 [figure description] Page 308.[end figure description]

in a hopeless kind of way as, at Aunt Barbara's urgent
request, she began the story of her wanderings.

CHAPTER XXX. ETHIE'S STORY.

YOU say you read my letter, auntie; and if you
did, you know nearly all that made me go
away. I do not remember now just what was in
it, but I know it was very concise and plain, and literal;
for I was angry when I wrote it, and would not spare
Richard a bit. But, oh! I had been so tried and so
wretched. You can't guess half how wretched I was at
the farm-house first, where they were all so different. I
mean Richard's mother, auntie. I liked the others,—they
were kind and good; especially Andy. Oh, Andy! dear
old Andy! I have thought of him so often during the
last five years, and bad as I am I have prayed every night
that he need not forget me.

“Aunt Barbara, I did not love Richard, and that was my
great mistake. I ought not to have married him, but I
was so sore and unhappy then that any change was a relief.
I do not see now how I ever could have loved Frank; but I
did, or thought I did, and was constantly contrasting Richard
with him and making myself more miserable. If I had
loved Richard things would have been so much easier to
bear. I was beginning to love him, and life was so much
pleasanter, when he got so angry about Frank and charged

-- 309 --

[figure description] Page 309.[end figure description]

me with those dreadful things, driving me frantic, and
making me feel as if I hated him, and could do much to
worry him. Don't look so shocked. I know how wicked
it was, and sometimes I fear God never can forgive me;
but I did not think of Him then. I forgot everything but
myself and my trouble, and so I went away, going first to
Milford, so as to mislead Richard, and then turning straight
back to New York.

“Do you remember Abby Jackson, who was at school in
Boston, and who once spent a week with me here? She is
married, and lives in New York, and believes in women's
rights and wears the Bloomer dress. She would take my
part, I said, and I went at once to her house and told her
all I had done, and asked if I could stay until I found employment.
Aunt Barbara, this is a queer world, and there
are queer people in it. I thought I was sure of Abby, she
used to protest so strongly against the tyranny of men, and
say she should like nothing better than protecting females
who were asserting their own rights. I was asserting mine,
and I went to her for sympathy. She was glad to see me
at first, and petted and fondled me just as she used to do
at school. She was five years older than I, and so I looked
up to her. But when I told my story her manner changed,
and it really seemed as if she looked upon me as a suspicious
person who had done something terrible. She
advocated women's rights as strongly as ever, but could not
advise me to continue in my present course. It would
bring odium upon me, sure. A woman separated from her
husband was always pointed at, no matter what cause she
had for the separation. It was all wrong, she argued, that
public opinion should be thus, and ere long she trusted
there would be a change. Till then I would do well to

-- 310 --

[figure description] Page 310.[end figure description]

return to Iowa and make it up with Richard. That was
what she said, and it made me very angry, and I resolved
to leave her the next day; but I was sick in the morning,
and remained sick for several weeks, so that I could not
leave her house.

“She nursed me carefully and tried to be kind, but I
could see that my being there was a great annoyance to her.
Once she suggested writing to Richard, but I begged her
not to do it, and she did not. Her husband had an aunt,—
a rich, eccentric old lady,—who came sometimes to see me,
and seemed interested in me. Forgive me, auntie, if it was
wrong. I dropped the name of Markham and took yours,
asking Abby to call me Miss Bigelow to her friends. Her
husband knew my real name, but to all others I was Adelaide
Bigelow. Old Mrs. Plum did not know I was married,
for Abby was as anxious to keep the secret as I was
myself. Mrs. Plum was going abroad, and being a nervous
invalid, she was looking for some young, handy person as
travelling companion. When I was better and Abby found
that I was still resolved not to go home, she spoke of Mrs.
Plum, and asked if I would go. I caught at the idea
eagerly, and in May I was sailing over the sea to France. I
wrote a few lines to Andy before I went, and I wanted to
write to you, but I fancied you must be vexed and mortified,
and I would not trouble you.

“Mrs. Plum was very nervous, and capricious, and exacting,
and my life with her was not altogether an easy one.
I suppose I have a high temper. She thought so, and yet
she could not do without me, for she was lame in her arms,
and unable to help herself readily; besides that, I spoke
the French language well enough to make myself understood,
and so was necessary to her. There were many

-- 311 --

[figure description] Page 311.[end figure description]

excellent traits of character about her, and after a time I liked
her very much, and I know that she liked me. She took
me everywhere, even into Russia and Palestine; but the
last two years of our stay abroad were spent in Southern
France, where the days were one long bright summer dream,
and I should have been so happy if the past had been forgotten.”

“And did you hear nothing from us in all that time?”
Aunt Barbara asked, and Ethelyn replied, “Nothing from
Richard, and nothing direct from you. I requested as a favor
that Mrs. Plum should order the Boston Traveller and
Springfield Republican to be sent to her address in Paris,
which we made our head-quarters. I knew you took both
these papers, and if anything happened to you, it would appear
in their columns. I saw the announcement of Col
Markham's death, and after that I used to grow so faint
and cold, for fear I might find yours. I came across a New
York paper, too, and saw that Aunt Van Buren had arrived
at the Fifth Avenue Hotel, knowing then that she was just
as gay as ever. Richard's name I never saw; neither did
Abby know anything about him. I called at her house
yesterday. She has seven children now,—four born since
I went away,—and her women's rights have given place to
theories with regard to soothing-syrups and baby-jumpers,
and the best means of keeping one child quiet while she
dresses the other. Mrs. Plum died six weeks ago, in Paris;
and, auntie, I was kind to her in her last sickness, bearing
everything, and finding my reward in her deep gratitude,
expressed not only in words, but in a most tangible form.
She made her will, and left me ten thousand dollars. So
you see I am not poor nor dependent. I told her my story,
too,—told her the whole as it was; and she made me

-- 312 --

[figure description] Page 312.[end figure description]

promise to come back, to you at least, if not to Richard.
Going to him would depend upon whether he wanted me,
I said. Do you think he has forgotten me?”

Again the eager, anxious expression crept into Ethie's
eyes, which grew very soft, and even dewy, as Aunt Barbara
replied, “Forgotten you? No. I never saw a man
feel as he did when he first came here, and Sophie talked
so to him, as he sat there in that very willow chair.”

Involuntarily Ethie's hand rested itself on the chair where
Richard had sat, and Ethie's face crimsoned when Aunt
Barbara asked—

“Do you love Richard now?”

“I cannot tell. I only know that I have dreamed of him
so many times, and thought it would be such perfect rest
to put my tired head in his lap, as I never did put it.
When I was on the ocean, coming home, there was a fearful
storm, and I prayed to live till I could hear him say
that he forgave me for all the trouble I have caused him. I
might not love him if I were to see him again just as he
used to be. Sometimes I think I should not, but I would
try. Write to him, auntie, please, and tell him I am here,
but nothing more. Don't say I want to see him, or that I
am any changed from the wilful, high-tempered Ethie who
made him so unhappy, for perhaps I am not.”

Awhile then they talked of Aunt Van Buren, and Frank,
and Nettie, and Susie Granger, who was married to a missionary
and gone to heathen lands; and the clock was striking
one before Aunt Barbara lighted her darling up to the
old room, and, kissing her good-night, went back to weep
glad tears of joy in the rocking-chair by the hearth, and
to thank her Heavenly Father for sending home her long
lost Ethelyn.

-- 313 --

p597-318 CHAPTER XXXI. MRS. DR. VAN BUREN.

[figure description] Page 313.[end figure description]

SHE was always tossing up just when she was not
wanted, Ethie used to say in the olden days,
when she saw the great lady alighting at the
gate in time to interfere with and spoil some favorite project
arranged for the day, and she certainly felt it, if she
did not say it, when, on the morning following her arrival
in Chicopee, she heard Betty exclaim, “If there ain't
Miss Van Buren! I wonder what sent her here!”

Ethie wondered so, too, and drawing the blanket closer
around her shoulders (for she had taken advantage of her
fatigue and languor to lie very late in bed) she wished her
aunt had stayed in Boston, for a little time at least.
It had been very delightful, waking up in the dear old
room and seeing Betty's kind face bending over her,—
Betty, who had heard of her young mistress's return with
a gush of glad tears, and then at once bethought herself as
to what there was nice for the wanderer to eat. Just as she
used to do when Ethie was a young lady at home, Betty
had carried her pan of coals and kindlings into the chamber
where Ethie was lying, and kneeling on the hearth had
made the brightest of fires, while Ethie, with half closed
lids, watched her dreamily, thinking how nice it was to be
cared for again, and conscious only of a vague feeling of
delicious rest and quiet, which grew almost into positive
happiness as she counted the days it would take for Aunt

-- 314 --

[figure description] Page 314.[end figure description]

Barbara's letter to go to Iowa and for Richard to answer
it in person, as he surely would do if all which Aunt Barbara
had said was true.

Ethie was not quite sure that she loved him even now,
but she had thought of him so much during the last two
years, and now, when he was so near, she longed to see
him again,—to hear his voice and look into his eyes.
They were handsome eyes, as she remembered them;
kindly and pleasant, too,—at least they had been so to her,
save on that dreadful night, the memory of which always
made her shiver and grow faint. It seemed a dream now,—
a far-off, unhappy dream,—which she would fain forget
just as she wanted Richard to forget her foibles and give
her another chance. She had bidden Aunt Barbara write
to say that she was there, and so after the tempting breakfast,
which had been served in her room, and which she
had eaten sitting up in bed, because Betty insisted that it
should be so,—and she was glad to be petted and humored
and made into a comfortable invalid,—Aunt Barbara
brought her writing materials into the room, and bidding
Eithie lie still and rest herself, began the letter to
Richard.

But only the date and name were written, when Betty,
coming in with a few geranium leaves and a white fuchsia
which she had purloined from her mistress's house plants,
announced Mrs. Van Buren's arrival, and the pleasant
morning was at an end. Mrs. Dr. Van Buren had come up
from Boston to borrow money from her sister for the liquidation
of certain debts contracted by her son, and which
she had not the ready means to meet. Aunt Barbara had
accommodated her once or twice before, saying to her as
she signed the check, “That money in the bank was put

-- 315 --

[figure description] Page 315.[end figure description]

there for Ethie, but no one knows if she will ever need it,
so it may as well do somebody some good.”

It had done good by relieving Mrs. Van Buren of a load
of harassing care, for money was not as plenty with her as formerly,
and now she wanted more. She was looking rather
old and worn, and her cloak was last year's fashion, but
good enough for Chicopee, she reflected, as she hurried into
the house and stamped the muddy, melting snow from her
feet.

Utter amazement seemed the prevailing sensation in her
mind when she learned that Ethelyn had returned, and
then her selfishness began to suggest that possibly Barbara's
funds, saved for Ethie, might not now be as accessible for
Frank. She was glad, though, to see her niece, but professed
herself terribly shocked at her altered appearance.

“Upon my word, I would not have recognized you,”
she said, sitting down upon the bed and looking Ethie
fully in the face.

Aunt Barbara, thinking her sister might like to have
Ethie alone for a little, had purposely left the room, and so
Mrs. Van Buren was free to say what she pleased. She
had felt a good deal irritated toward Ethie for some time
past. In fact, ever since Richard became Governor, she
had blamed her niece for running away from the honor
which might have been hers. As aunt to the Governor's
lady, she, too, would have come in for a share of the éclat:
and so, as she smoothed out the folds of her stone-colored
merino, she felt as if she had been sorely aggrieved by that
thin, white-faced woman, who really did not greatly resemble
the rosy, bright faced Ethelyn to whom Frank Van
Buren had once talked love among the Chicopee hills.

-- 316 --

[figure description] Page 316.[end figure description]

“No, I don't believe I should have known you,” Mrs.
Van Buren continued. “What have you been about to
fade you so?”

Few women like to hear that they have faded, even if
they know it to be true, and Ethie's cheek flushed a little
as she asked, with a smile, “Am I really such a
fright?”

“Why, no, not a fright! No one with the Bigelow features
can ever be that. But you are changed; and I am
sure Richard would think so too. You know he has been
Governor?”

Ethie nodded, and Mrs. Van Buren continued: “You
lost a great deal, Ethelyn, when you went away; and I
must say that, though of course you had much provocation,
you did a very foolish thing to leave your husband as you
did, and involve us all, to a certain extent, in disgrace.”

It was the first direct intimation Ethie had received that
her family had suffered from mortification on her account.
She had felt that they must, and knew that she deserved
some censure; but as kind Aunt Barbara had withheld it,
she was not willing to hear it from Mrs. Van Buren, and
for an instant her eyes flashed, and a hot reply trembled on
her lips; but she restrained herself, and merely said, “I
am sorry if I disgraced you, Aunt Sophie. I was very unhappy
at the time.”

“Certainly; I understand that, but the world does not;
and if it did, it forgot all when your husband became
Governor. He was greatly honored and esteemed, I hear
from a friend who spent a few weeks at Des Moines, and
everybody was so sorry for him.”

“Did they talk of me?” Ethie asked, repenting the next
minute that she had been at all curious in the matter.

-- 317 --

[figure description] Page 317.[end figure description]

Mrs. Van Buren, bent upon annoying her, replied,
“Some, yes; and knowing the Governor as they did, it is
natural they should blame you more than him. There was
a rumor of his getting a divorce, but my friend did not believe
it, and neither do I, though divorces are easy to get
out West. Have you written to him? Are you not most
afraid he will think you came back because he has been
Governor?”

“Aunt Sophie!” and Ethie looked very much like her
former self, as she started from her pillow and confronted
her interlocutor. “He cannot think so. I never knew he
had been Governor until I heard it from Aunt Barbara last
night. I came back for no honors, no object. My work
was taken from me; I had nothing more to do, and I was
so tired, and sick, and weary, and longed so much for home.
Don't begrudge it to me, Aunt Sophie, that I came to see
Aunt Barbara once more. I won't stay long in anybody's
way; and if—if he likes, Richard—can—get—that—divorce—
as soon as he pleases.”

The last came gaspingly, and showed the real state of
Ethie's feelings. In all the five long years of her absence
the possibility that Richard would seek to separate himself
from her had never crossed her mind. She had looked
upon his love for her as something too strong to be shaken,—
as the great rock in whose shadow she could rest whenever
she so desired. At first, when the tide of angry passions
was raging at her heart, she had said she never should
desire it, that her strength was sufficient to stand alone
against the world; but as the weary weeks and months
crept on, and her anger had time to cool, and she had learned
better to know the meaning of “standing alone in the
world,” and thoughts of Richard's many acts of love and

-- 318 --

[figure description] Page 318.[end figure description]

kindness kept recurring to her mind, she had come gradually
to see that the one object in the future to which she was
looking forward was to return to Aunt Barbara and a possible
reconciliation with her husband. The first she had
achieved, and the second seemed so close within her grasp,
that in her secret heart she had exulted that, after all, she
was not to be more sorely punished than she had been,—
that she could not have been so very much in fault, or Providence
would have placed greater obstacles in the way of
her restoration to all that now seemed desirable. But
Ethie's path back to peace and quiet was not to be free
from thorns, and for a few minutes she writhed in pain, as
she thought how possible, and even probable, it was that
Richard should seek to be free from one who had troubled
him so much. Life looked very dreary to Ethelyn that
moment,—drearier than it ever had before,—but she was
too proud to betray her real feelings to her aunt, who,
touched by the look of anguish on her niece's face, began
to change her tactics, and say how glad she was to have
her back under any circumstances, and she presumed Richard
would be too. She knew he would, in fact; and if she
were Ethie, she should write to him at once, apprising him
of her return, but not making too many concessions. Men
could not bear them, and it was better always to hold a
stiff rein, or there was danger of a collision. She might as
well have talked to the winds, for all that Ethie heard or
cared. She was thinking of Richard, and the possibility that
she might not be welcome to him now. If so, nothing could
tempt her to intrude herself upon him. At all events, she
would not make the first advances. She would let Richard
find out that she was there through some other source than
Aunt Barbara, who should not now write the letter. It

-- 319 --

[figure description] Page 319.[end figure description]

would look too much like begging him to take her back.
This was Ethie's decision, from which she could not be
moved; and when, next day, Mrs. Van Buren went back
to Boston with the check for $1,000, which Aunt Barbara
had given her, she was pledged not to communicate with
Richard Markham in any way, while Aunt Barbara was held
to the same promise.

“He will find it out some time. I prefer that he should
act unbiassed by anything we can do,” Ethelyn said to
Aunt Barbara. “He might feel obliged to come if you
wrote to him that I was here, and if he came, the sight of
me so changed might shock him as it did Aunt Van Buren.
She verily thought me a fright,” and Ethie tried to smile
as she recalled her Aunt Sophie's evident surprise at her
looks.

The change troubled Ethie more than she cared to confess.
Nor did the villagers' remarks, when they came in to
see her, tend to soothe her ruffled feelings. Pale, and thin,
and languid, she moved about the house and yard like a
mere shadow of her former self, having, or seeming to have,
no object in life, and worrying Aunt Barbara so greatly
that the good woman began at last seriously to inquire
what was best to do. Suddenly, like an inspiration, there
came to her a thought of Clifton, the famous water-cure in
Western New York, where health, both of body and soul,
had been found by so many thousands. And Ethie caught
eagerly at the proposition, accepting it on one condition,—
she would not go there as Mrs. Markham, where the name
might be recognized. She had been Miss Bigelow abroad,
she would be Miss Bigelow again; and so Aunt Barbara
yielded, mentally asking pardon for the deception to which
she felt she was a party; and when, two weeks after, the

-- 320 --

p597-325 [figure description] Page 320.[end figure description]

clerk at Clifton water-cure looked over his list to see what
rooms were engaged, and to whom, he found “Miss Adelaide
Bigelow, of Mass.,” put down for No. 101, while
“Governor Markham, of Iowa,” was down for No. 102.

CHAPTER XXXII. CLIFTON.

THEY were very full at Clifton that summer, for
the new building was not completed, and every
available point was taken, from narrow, contracted
No. 94 in the upper hall down to more spacious No. 8
on the lower floor, where the dampness, and noise, and
mould, and smell of coal and cooking, and bath-rooms,
made it anything but agreeable. “A very quiet place,
with only a few invalids, too weak and languid, and too
much absorbed in themselves and their `complaints' to
note or care for their neighbors; a place where one lives
almost as much excluded from the world as if immured
within convent walls; a place where dress, and fashion, and
distinction, were unknown, save as something existing afar
off, where the turmoil and excitement of life were going
on.” This was Ethelyn's idea of Clifton; and when, at
four o'clock, on a bright June afternoon, the heavily-laden
train stopped before the little brown station, and “Clifton”
was shouted in her ears, she looked out with a bewildered
kind of feeling upon the crowd of gayly-dressed people
congregated upon the platform. Heads were uncovered,

-- 321 --

[figure description] Page 321.[end figure description]

and hair frizzled, and curled, and braided, and puffed, and
arranged in every conceivable shape, showing that even to
that “quiet town” the hairdresser's craft had penetrated.
Expanded crinoline, with light, fleecy robes, and ribbons,
and laces, and flowers, was there, with bright, eager, healthful
faces, and snowy hands wafting kisses to some departing
friend, and then stretched out to greet some new arrival.
There was no trace of sickness, no token of disease
among the smiling crowd; and Ethelyn feared she had
made a mistake and alighted at the wrong place, as she
gave her checks to John, and then taking her seat in the
omnibus, sat waiting and listening to the lively sallies and
playful remarks around her. Nobody spoke to her, nobody
stared at her, nobody seemed to think of her; and
for that she was thankful, as she sat with her veil drawn
closely over her face, looking out upon the not very pretentious
dwellings they were passing. The scenery around
Clifton is charming; and to the worn, weary invalid, escaping
from the noise, and heat, and bustle of the busy city, there
seems to come a rest and a quiet, from the sunlight which
falls upon the hills, to the cool, moist meadow-lands, where
the ferns and the mosses grow, and where the rippling
of the sulphur brook gives out constantly a soothing,
pleasant kind of music. But for the architecture of the
town not very much can be said; and Ethie, who had
longed to get away from Chicopee, where everybody knew
her story, and all looked so curiously at her, confessed to
a feeling of homesickness as her eyes fell upon the blacksmith
shop, the dressmaker's sign, the grocery on the corner,
where were sold various articles of food forbidden by
doctor and nurse; the school-house to the right, where a
group of noisy children played, and the little church further

-- 322 --

[figure description] Page 322.[end figure description]

on, where the Methodist people worshipped. She did not
see the “Cottage” then, with its flowers, and vines, and
nicely shaven lawn, for her back was to it; nor the handsome
grounds, where the shadows from the tall trees fall
so softly upon the velvet grass; and the winding gravelled
walks, which intersect each other, and give an impression
of greater space than a closer investigation will warrant.

“I can't stay here,” was Ethie's thought, as she stepped
into the hall and was conducted to her room, feeling utterly
lonely and wretched, and certain that she never could be
contented there.

She had not yet met the kindness and sympathy of those
whose business it is to care for the patients, or felt the influences
for good, the tendency to rouse all the better impulses
of our nature, which seems to pervade the very
atmosphere of Clifton. But she felt this influence very
soon, and her second letter to Aunt Barbara was filled with
praises of Clifton, where she had made so many friends, in
spite of her evident desire to avoid society and stay by her
self. She had passed through the usual ordeal attending
the advent of every new face, especially if that face be a
little out of the common order of faces. She had been
inspected in the dining-room, and bath-room, and chapel,
both when she went in and when she went out. She had
been talked up and criticised from the way she wore her
hair to the hang of her skirts, which had trailed the floor
with a sweep unmistakably aristocratic, and stamped her
as somebody. The sack and hat brought from Paris had
been copied by three or four, and pronounced distingué,
but ugly by as many more, while Mrs. Peter Pry set herself
industriously at work to find out just who and what Miss
Bigelow was. As the result of this research, it had been

-- 323 --

[figure description] Page 323.[end figure description]

ascertained that the young lady was remotely connected
with the Bigelows of Boston, and had something of her
own,—that she had spent several years abroad, and could
speak both French and German with perfect ease; that she
had been at the top of Mont Blanc, and passed part of a
winter at St. Petersburg, and seen a crocodile in the river
Nile, and a Moslem burying-ground in Constantinople, and
had the cholera at Milan, the varioloid at Rome, and was
marked between the eyes and on the chin, and was twenty-five
years old, and did not wear false hair, nor use Laird's
Liquid Pearl, as was at first suspected from the clearness
of her complexion, and did wear crimping-pins at night,
and pay Annie, the bath-girl, extra for bringing up the
morning-bath, and was more interested in the chapel exercises
when the great Head Centre was there, and bought
cream every morning of Mrs. King, and sat up at night long
after the gas was turned off, and was at Clifton for spine in
the back, and head difficulties generally. These few items,
together with the surmise that she had had some great
trouble,—a disappointment, most likely, which affected
her health,—were all Mrs. Pry could learn, and she detailed
them to any one who would listen, until Ethelyn's history,
from the Pry point of view, was pretty generally known,
and the most made of every good quality and virtue.

The Mrs. Pry of this summer was not ill-natured; she
was simply curious; and as she said more good than evil
of people, she was generally liked and tolerated by all. She
was not a fashionable woman, nor an educated woman,
though very popular with her neighbors at home, and she
was there for numbness and swollen knees; and having
knit socks for four years for the soldiers, she now knit
stockings for the soldiers' orphans, and took a dash every

-- 324 --

[figure description] Page 324.[end figure description]

morning, and screamed loud enough to be heard to the
depot when she took it, and had a pack every afternoon,
and corked her right ear with cotton, which she always
took out when in a pack, so as to hear whatever might be
said in the hall, her open ventilator being the medium of
sound. This was Mrs. Peter Pry, drawn from no one in
particular, but a fair exponent of characters found in other
places than Clifton Springs. Rooming on the same floor
with Ethelyn, whom she greatly admired, the good woman
persisted until she overcame the stranger's shyness, and
succeeded in establishing, first, a bowing, then a speaking,
and finally, a calling acquaintance between them,—the calls,
however, being mostly upon one side, and that the prying
one.

Ethie had been at Clifton for three or four weeks,
and the dimensions of No. 101 did not seem half so
circumscribed as at first. On the whole, she was contented,
especially after the man who snored, and the
woman who wore squeaky boots, and talked in her sleep,
vacated No. 102, the large, airy, pleasant room adjoining
her own. There was no one in it now, but Mary,
the chambermaid, said it was soon to be occupied by a
sick gentleman, adding that she believed he had the consumption,
and hoping his coughing would not fret Miss
Bigelow. Ethie hoped so, too. Nervousness, and, indeed,
diseases of all kinds, seem to develop rapidly at Clifton,
where one has nothing to do but to watch each new
symptom, and report to physician or nurse, and Ethie was
not an exception. She was very nervous, and she found
herself dreading the arrival of the sick man, wondering
if his coughing would keep her awake nights, and if
the light from her candle shining out into the darkened hall

-- 325 --

[figure description] Page 325.[end figure description]

would annoy and worry him, as it had worried the woman
opposite, who complained that she could not rest with that
glimmer on the wall, showing that somebody was up, who
might at any moment make a noise. That he was a person
of consequence she readily guessed, for an extra pair
of pillows was taken into his room, and a rocking-chair
possessed of two whole arms, and No. 109, also vacant
just then, was rifled of its round stand and footstool,
and Mrs. Pry reported that Dr. F— himself had been
up to see that all was comfortable, and Miss Clark had
ordered a better set of springs, with a new hair mattress,
and somebody had put a bouquet of flowers in the room,
and hung a muslin curtain at the window.

“A bigbug, most likely,” Mrs. Peter Pry said, when,
after her pack, she brought her knitting for a few moments
into Ethelyn's room, and wondered who the man
could be.

Ethelyn did not care particularly who he was, provided
he did not cough nights, and keep her awake, in which case
she should feel constrained to change her room, an alternative
she did not care to contemplate, as she had become
more attached to No. 101 than she had at first supposed it
possible. Ethelyn was very nervous that day, and, had she
believed in presentiments, she would have thought that
something was about to befall her, so heavy was the gloom
weighing upon her spirits, and so dark the future looked to
her. She was going to have a headache, she feared, and as
a means of throwing it off, she started for a walk to Rocky
Run, a distance of a mile or more. It was a cool, hazy
July afternoon, such as always carried Ethie back to Chicopee,
and the days of her happy girlhood, when her heart
was not so heavy and sad as it was now. With thoughts

-- 326 --

[figure description] Page 326.[end figure description]

of Chicopee came also thoughts of Richard, and Ethie's
eyes were moist with tears as she looked toward the setting
sun, and wondered if he ever thought of her now, or had
he forgotten her, and was the story true of his seeking for
a divorce? That rumor had troubled Ethie greatly, and
was the reason why she did not improve as the physician
hoped she would when she first came to Clifton. Sitting
down upon the bridge across the creek, she bowed her
head in her hands, and went over again with all the dreadful
past, blaming herself now more than she did Richard,
and wishing that much could be undone of all that had
transpired to make her what she was; and while she sat
there the Western train appeared in view, and mechanically
rising to her feet, Ethie turned her steps back toward the
Cure, standing aside to let the long train go by, and
feeling, when it passed her, a strange, sudden throb, as if it
were fraught with more than ordinary interest to her.
Usually, that Western train, the distant roll of whose
wheels, and the echo of whose scream, quickened so many
hearts waiting for news from home, had no special interest for
her. It never brought her a letter. Her name was never
called in the exciting distribution which took place in the
parlor, or on the long piazza, after the eight o'clock mail
arrived, and so she seldom heeded it; but to-night there
was a difference, and she watched the long line curiously
until it passed the corner by the old brown farm-house and
disappeared from view. It had left the station long ere
she reached the Cure, for she had walked slowly, and lights
were shining from the different rooms, and there was a
sound of singing in the parlor, and the party of croquet
players had come up from the lawn, and ladies were hurrying
toward the bath-room, when she came in and climbed

-- 327 --

p597-332 [figure description] Page 327.[end figure description]

the three flights of stairs which led to the fourth floor.
There was a light in No. 102, the door was partly ajar, and
the doctor was there, asking some question of the tall
figure, whose outline Ethelyn dimly descried as she went
into her room. There was more talking after a little,—
more going in and out; while Mary Ann brought up some
supper on a tray, and John brought a travelling trunk much
larger than himself; and, without Mrs. Pry's assurance,
Ethie knew that the occupant of No. 102 had arrived.

CHAPTER XXXIII. THE OCCUPANT OF NO. 102.

HE DID not cough, but he seemed to be a restless
spirit, for Ethie heard him pacing up and down
his room long after the gas was turned off
and her own candle extinguished. Once, she heard a long-drawn
sigh or groan, which made her start suddenly, for
something in the tone carried her to Olney, and the house
on the prairie. It was late ere she slept, and when next
morning she awoke, the nervous headache, which had
threatened her the previous night, was upon her in full
force, and kept her for nearly the entire day confined to
her bed. Mrs. Pry was spending the day in Phelps, and,
with this source of information cut off, Ethelyn heard
nothing of No. 102 further than the chambermaid's casual
remark that “the gentleman was quite an invalid, and for
the present was to take his meals and baths in his room to
avoid so much going up and down stairs.”

-- 328 --

[figure description] Page 328.[end figure description]

Who he was Ethelyn did not know or care, though
twice she woke from a feverish sleep with the impression
that she had heard Richard speaking to her; but it was
only Jim, the bath man, talking in the next room, and she
laid her throbbing head again upon her pillow, while her
new neighbor dreamed in turn of her, and woke with
the strange fancy that she was near him. Ethie's head
was better that night; so much better that she dressed
herself and went down to the parlor in time to hear the
calling of the letters as the Western mail was distributed.
Usually she felt but little interest in the affair
further than watching the eager, anxious faces bending
near the boy, and the looks of joy or disappointment
which followed failure and success. To-night, however,
it was different. She was not expecting a letter herself.
Nobody wrote to her but Aunt Barbara, whose letters
came in the morning, but she was conscious of a strange
feeling of expectancy, and taking a step toward the table
around which the excited group were congregated, she
stood leaning against a column, while name after name was
called. First the letters, a score or two, and then the papers,
things of less importance, but still snatched eagerly
by those who could get nothing better. There was a
paper for Mrs. Morehouse, and Mrs. Stone, and Mrs Wilson,
and Mrs. Turner, while Mr. Danforth had half a dozen
or less, and then Perry paused a moment over a new name,—
one which had never before been called in the parlor at
Clifton:

“Hon. Richard Markham.”

The name rang out loud and clear, and Ethie grasped
the pillar to keep herself from falling. She did not hear
Mr. Danforth explaining that it was “Governor Markham

-- 329 --

[figure description] Page 329.[end figure description]

from Iowa, who came the night before.” She did not
know, either, how she left the parlor, for the next thing
of which she was perfectly conscious was the fact that she
was hurrying up the stairs and through the unfinished
halls toward her own room, casting frightened glances
around, and almost shrieking with excitement when
through the open door of No. 102 she heard Dr. Haynes
speaking to some one, and in the voice which answered
recognized her husband.

He was there, then, next to her, separated by only a
thin partition,—the husband whom she had not seen for
five long years, whom she had voluntarily left, resolving never
to go back to him again, was there, and by crossing a single
threshold, she could fall at his feet and sue for the forgiveness
she had made up her mind to crave should she ever see
him again. Dr. Haynes' next call was upon her, and he
found her fainting upon the floor, where she had fallen in
the excitement of the shock she had experienced.

“It was a headache,” she said, when questioned as to the
cause of the sudden attack; but her eyes had in them a
frightened, startled look, for which the doctor could not
account.

There was something about her case which puzzled and
perplexed him. “She needed perfect quiet, but must not
be left alone,” he said, and so all that night Richard, who
was very wakeful, watched the light shining out into the hall
from the room next to his own, and heard occasionally a murmur
of low voices as the nurse put some question to Ethie,
who answered always in whispers, while her eyes turned furtively
toward No. 102, as if fearful that its occupant would
hear and know how near she was. For three days her door
was locked against all intruders, for the headache and

-- 330 --

[figure description] Page 330.[end figure description]

nervous excitement did not abate one whit. How could they,
when every sound from No. 102, every footfall on the floor,
every tone of Richard's voice speaking to servants or physician
quickened the rapid beats and sent the hot blood throbbing
fiercely through the temple veins and down the neck?
At Clifton they are accustomed to every phase of nervousness,
from spasms at the creaking of a board to the stumbling
up stairs of the fireman in the early winter morning, and
once when Ethie shuddered and turned her head aside
at the sound of Richard's step, the attendant said to the
physician—

“It's the gentleman's boots, I think, which make her
nervous.”

There was a deprecating gesture on Ethie's part, but it
passed unnoticed, and when next the doctor went to visit
Richard he said, in a half-apologetic way, that the young
lady in the next room was suffering from a violent headache,
which was aggravated by every sound, even the squeak
of a boot,—would Gov. Markham greatly object to wearing
slippers for a while? Dr. Haynes was sorry to trouble
him, but “if they would effect a cure they must keep their
patients quiet, and guard against everything tending to increase
nervous irritation.”

Gov. Markham would do anything in his power for the
young lady, and he asked some questions concerning her.
Had he annoyed her much? Was she very ill? And
what was her name?

“Bigelow,” he repeated after Dr. Haynes, thinking of
Aunt Barbara in Chicopee, and thinking of Ethelyn, too,
but never dreaming how near she was to him.

He had come to Clifton at the earnest solicitation of
some of his friends, who had for themselves tested the

-- 331 --

[figure description] Page 331.[end figure description]

healing properties of the waters, but he had little faith that
anything could cure so long as the pain was so heavy at
his heart. It had not lessened one jot with the lapse of
years. On the contrary it seemed harder and harder to
bear, as the months went by and brought no news of Ethie.
Oh! how he wanted her back again, even if she came as
wilful and imperious as she used to be at times, when the
high spirit was roused to its utmost, and even if she had
no love for him, as she had once averred. He could make
her love him now, he said; he knew just where he had
erred; and many and many a time in dreams he had
strained the wayward Ethie to his bosom in the fond caress
which from its very force should impart to her some faint
sensation of joy. He had stroked her beautiful brown hair,
and caressed her smooth round cheek, and pressed her little
hands, and made her listen to him till the dark eyes flashed
into his own with something of the tenderness he felt for
her. Then, with a start, he had wakened to find it all a
dream, and only darkness around him. Ethie was not
there. The arms which had held her so lovingly were
empty, the pillow where her dear head had lain was untouched,
and he was alone as of old. Even that handsome
house he had built for her had ceased to interest him, for
Ethie did not come back to enjoy it. She would never
come now, he said, and he had had many fancies as to what
her end had been, and where her grave could be. Here
at Clifton he had thought of her continually, but not that
she was alive. Andy's faith in her return was as strong as
ever, but Richard's had all died out. Ethie was dead, and
when asked by Dr. Haynes if he had a wife, he answered
sadly—

“I had one, but I lost her.”

-- 332 --

[figure description] Page 332.[end figure description]

He had no thought of deception, or how soon the story
would circulate through the house that he was a widower,
or that, as ex-Governor of Iowa, and a man just in his
prime, he would become an object of speculative interest
to every marriageable woman there. He had no thought
nor care for the ladies, though for the Miss Bigelow, whom
his boots annoyed, he did feel a passing interest, and Ethie,
whose ears seemed doubly sharp, heard him in his closet,
adjusting the thin-soled slippers, which made no sound upon
the carpet. She heard him, too, as he moved his water
pitcher, and knew he was doing it quietly for her. The
idea of being cared for by him, even if he did not know
who she was, very soothing and pleasant, and she fell
into a quiet sleep, which lasted several hours, while Richard,
on the other side of the wall, scarcely moved, so fearful was
he of worrying the young lady.

Ethie's headache spent itself at last, and she awoke at
the close of the third day, free from pain, but very weak
and languid, and wholly unequal to the task of entertaining
Mrs. Peter Pry, who had been so distressed on her account,
and was so delighted with a chance to see and talk
with her again. Ethie knew she meant to be kind, and believed
she was sincere in her professions of friendship. At
another time she might have been glad to see her; but
now, when she guessed what the theme of conversation
would be, she felt a thrill of terror as the good woman
came in, knitting in hand, and announced her intention of
sitting through the chapel exercises. She was not going
to prayer-meeting that night, she said, for Dr. Foster was
absent, and they were always stupid when he was away.
She could not understand all Mr. Glenn said, his words
were so learned, while the man who talked so long, and

-- 333 --

[figure description] Page 333.[end figure description]

never came to the point, was insufferable in hot weather;
so she preferred to stay with Miss Bigelow, who, she supposed,
knew that she had a Governor for her next door
neighbor,—Governor Markham, from Iowa,—and a widower,
too, Dr. Haynes had told her.

“A widower!” and Ethie looked up so inquiringly that
Mrs. Pry, mistaking the nature of her sudden interest, went
on more flippantly. “Yes, and a splendid looking man,
too, if he wasn't sick. I saw him in the chapel this morning,—
the only time he has been there,—and sat where I
had a good view of his face. They say he is very rich, and
has one of the handsomest places in Davenport.”

“Does he live in Davenport?” Ethie asked, in some
surprise, and Mrs. Pry replied—

“Yes; and that Miss Owens, from New York, is setting
her cap for him already. She met him in Washington, a
few years ago, and the minute chapel exercises were over,
she and her mother made up to him at once. I'm glad
there's somebody good enough for them to notice. If
there's a person I dislike it's that Susan Owens. I do hope
she'll find a husband. It's what she's here for, everybody
says.”

Mrs. Peter had dropped a stitch while animadverting
against Miss Susan Owens, from New York, and stopped a
moment while she picked it up. It would be difficult to describe
Ethelyn's emotions as she heard her own husband talked
of as something marketable, which others than Susan Owens
might covert. He was evidently the lion of the season. It
was something to have a Governor of Richard's reputation
in the house, and the guests made the most of it, wishing
he would join them in the parlor or on the piazza, and regretting
that he stayed so constantly in his room. Many

-- 334 --

p597-339 [figure description] Page 334.[end figure description]

attempts were made to draw him out, Mrs. and Miss
Owens, on the strength of their acquaintance in Washington,
venturing to call upon him, and advising him to take
more exercise. Miss Owens' voice was loud and clear, and
Ethie heard it distinctly as the young lady talked and
laughed with Richard, and the hot blood coursed rapidly
through her veins, and the first genuine pangs of jealousy
she had ever felt crept into her heart as she guessed what
might possibly be in Miss Owens' mind. Many times she
resolved to make herself known to him; but uncertainty as
to how she might be received, and the remembrance of
what Mrs. Van Buren had said with regard to the divorce,
held her back; and so, with only a thin partition between
them, and within sound of each other's footsteps, the husband
and wife, so long estranged from each other, lived on,
day after day, Richard spending the most of his time in his
room, and Ethelyn managing so adroitly when she came in
and when she went out, that she never saw so much as his
shadow upon the floor, and did not know whether he was
greatly changed or not.

CHAPTER XXXIV. IN RICHARD'S ROOM.

RICHARD had been sick for a week or more. As
is frequently the case, the baths did not agree
with him at first, and Mrs. Pry reported to Ethelyn
that the Governor was confined to his bed, and saw no

-- 335 --

[figure description] Page 335.[end figure description]

one but the doctor and nurses, not even “that bold Miss
Owens, who had been to Geneva for a bouquet, which she
sent to his room with her compliments.” This Mrs. Pry
knew to be a fact, and she repeated the story to Ethelyn,
who scarcely heard what she was saying for the many emotions
swelling at her heart. That Richard should be sick
so near to her, his wife,—that other hands than hers should
tend his pillow and minister to his wants,—did not seem
right; and when she recalled the love and tender care
which had been so manifest the time when he came home
from Washington and found her so ill, the wish grew strong
within her to do something for him. But what to do,—
that was the perplexing question. She dared not go openly
to him, until assured that she was wanted; and so there
was nothing left but to imitate Miss Owens and adorn his
room with flowers. Surely she had a right to do so much,
and still her cheek crimsoned like some young girl's as she
gathered the choicest flowers the little town afforded, and
arranging them into a most tasteful bouquet, sent them in
to Richard, vaguely hoping that at least in the cluster of
double pinks which had been Richard's favorite, there
might be hidden some mesmeric power or psychological influence
which should speak to the sick man of the wayward
Ethie who had troubled him so much.

Richard was sitting up in bed when Mary brought the
bouquet, saying “Miss Bigelow sent it, thinking it might
cheer him a bit. Should she put it in the tumbler near
Miss Owens'?”

Richard took it in his hand, and an exclamation of
delight escaped him as he saw and smelled the fragrant
pinks, whose perfume carried him first to Olney and Andy's
weedy beds in the front yard, and then to Chicopee, where,

-- 336 --

[figure description] Page 336.[end figure description]

in Aunt Barbara's pretty garden, a large plat of them had
been growing when he went after his bride. A high wind
had blown them down upon the walk, and he had come
upon Ethie one day trying to tie them up. He had plucked
a few, he remembered, telling Ethie they were his favorites
for perfume, while the red peony was his favorite for
beauty. There had been a comical gleam in her brown
eyes which he now knew was born of contempt for his
taste with regard to flowers. Red peonies were not the
rarest of blossoms,—Melinda had taught him that when he
suggested having them in his conservatory; but surely no
one could object to these waxen, feathery pinks, whose
odor was so delicious. Miss Bigelow liked them, else she
had never sent them to him. And he kept the bouquet in
his hand, admiring its arrangement, inhaling the sweet perfume
of the delicate pinks and heliotrope, and speculating
upon the kind of person Miss Bigelow must be to have
thought so much of him. He could account for Miss
Owens' gift,—the hot-house blossoms, which had not moved
him one-half so much as did this bunch of pinks. Miss
Owens had known him before,—had met him in Washington;
he had been polite to her on one or two occasions,
and it was natural that she should wish to be civil, at least
while he was sick. But the lady in No. 101,—the Miss
Bigelow for whom he had discarded boots and trodden on
tiptoe half the time since his arrival,—why she should care
for him he could not guess; and finally deciding that it was
a part of Clifton, where everbody was so kind, he put the
bouquet in the tumbler Mary brought and placed it on the
stand beside him. He was very restless that night, and
Ethie heard the watchman at his door asking if he wanted
anything.

-- 337 --

[figure description] Page 337.[end figure description]

“Nothing,” was the reply, and the voice, heard distinctly
in the stillness of the night, was so faint and sad that Ethie
hid her face in her pillow and sobbed, while the intense
longing to see him grew so strong within her that by morning
her resolution was taken to risk everything for the sake
of looking upon him again.

He did not require an attendant at night,—he preferred
being alone, she had ascertained; and she knew that his
door was constantly left open for the admission of fresher
air. The watchman only came into the hall once an hour
or thereabouts, and while Richard slept it would be comparatively
easy for her to steal into his room. Fortune
seemed to favor her, for when at nine the doctor, as usual,
came up to pay his round of visits, she heard him say, “I
will leave you something which never fails to make one
sleep,” and after two hours had passed she knew by the
regular breathing which, standing on the threshold of her
room, she could distinctly hear, that Richard was sleeping
soundly. The watchman had just made the tour of that
hall, and the faint glimmer of his lantern was disappearing
down the stairs. It would be an hour before he came
again, and now, if ever, was her time. There was a great
throb of fear at her heart, a choking sensation in her throat,
a shrinking back from what might probably be the result
of that midnight visit; and then, nerving herself for the
effort, she stepped out into the hall and listened. Everything
was quiet, and every room was darkened, save by the
moon, which at its full was pouring a flood of light through
the southern window at the end of the hall, and seemed to
beckon her on. She was standing now at Richard's door,
and she made no noise as she stepped cautiously across the
threshold and stood within the chamber. The window

-- 338 --

[figure description] Page 338.[end figure description]

faced the east, and the inside blinds were opened, while the
moonlight lay upon the floor in a great sheet of silver, and
showed her plainly the form and features of the sick man
upon the bed. She knew he was asleep, and with a beating
heart she drew near to him, and stood for a moment
looking upon the face she had not seen since that wintry
morning five years before, when, in the dim twilight, it had
bent over her, as if the lips would fain have asked forgiveness
for the angry words and deeds of the previous night.
The face was pale now, and thin, and the soft, brown hair
was streaked with gray, making Richard look older than he
was. He had suffered, and the suffering had left its marks
upon him so indisputably that Ethie could have cried out
with pain to see how changed he was.

“Poor Richard,” she whispered, softly, and kneeling by
the bedside she laid her hot cheek as near as she dared to
the white, wasted hand resting outside the counterpane.

She did not think what the result of waking him
might be. She did not especially care. She was his wife,
let what would happen,—his crring, but repentant Ethie.
She had a right to be there with him, and so at last she
took his hand between her own, and caressed it tenderly.
Then Richard moved, and moaning in his sleep seemed
to have a vague consciousness that some one was with
him; but the slumber into which he had fallen was too
deep to be easily broken. Something he murmured about
the medicine, and Ethie's hand held it to his lips, and
Ethie's arm was passed beneath his pillow as she lifted
up his head while he swallowed it. Then, without unclosing
his eyes, he lay back again upon his pillow, while Ethie
stood over him until the glimmer of the watchman's lamp
passed down the hall a second time, and disappeared

-- 339 --

[figure description] Page 339.[end figure description]

around the corner. The watchman had stopped at Richard's
door to listen, and Ethie had experienced a spasm of terror
at the possibility of being discovered; but with the receding
footsteps her fears left her, and she waited a half hour longer,
hoping that he might waken and recognize her. But
Richard did not waken, and at last, with a noiseless step,
she glided back to her chamber. She had decided to
write to her husband and take the consequences, and
all the next morning her door was locked while she
wrote to Richard a long, humble letter, in which all
the blame was taken upon herself, inasmuch as she had
made the great mistake of marrying without love. “But
I do love you now, Richard,” she said; “love you truly,
too, else I should never be writing this to you, and asking
you to take me back and let me try to make you
happy.”

It was a good deal for Ethie to confess that she had
been so much in fault; but she did it honestly, and when
the letter was finished she felt as if all that had been
wrong and bitter in the past was swept away, and a
new era in her life had begun. She would wait till
night, she said,—wait till all was again quiet in the hall
and in the sick-room, and when the boy came around
with the mail, as he was sure to do, she would hand
her letter to him, and bid him leave it in Governor
Markham's room. The rest she could not picture to
herself; but she waited impatiently for the long August
day to draw to its close, and joined the guests in the
parlor by way of passing the time, and appeared so
bright and gay that those who had thought her proud,
and cold, and reticent, wondered at the brightness of
her face and the glad, eager expression of her eyes. She

-- 340 --

p597-345 [figure description] Page 340.[end figure description]

was pretty, after all, they thought, and even Miss Owens,
from New York, tried to be very gracious, and spoke
to her of Governor Markham, whose room adjoined hers,
and asked if she had seen him. Ethie did not care
to talk of him, and, making some excuse to get away,
left the room without hearing a whisper of the story
which was going the rounds of the Cure, and which
Miss Owens was desirous of communicating to some one
who, like herself, would be likely to believe it a falsehood.

CHAPTER XXXV. MRS. PETER PRY TAKES A PACK.

MRS. PRY was in a pack, a whole pack, too, which
left nothing free but her head, and even that was
bandaged in a wet napkin, so that the good woman
was in a condition of great helplessness, and nervously
counted the moments which must elapse ere Annie, the
bath girl, would come to her relief. Now, as was always
the case when in a pack, her ears were uncorked and turned
toward the door, which she had purposely left ajar, so as
not to lose a word, in case any of the ladies came down to
that end of the hall and stood by the window while they
talked together. They were there now, some half a dozen
or more, and they were talking eagerly of the last fresh
piece of news brought by Mrs. Carter and daughter, who
had arrived from Iowa the day before, and for lack of accommodation
at the Cure had gone to the hotel. Both

-- 341 --

[figure description] Page 341.[end figure description]

were old patients, and well known in Clifton, and they had
spent most of the day at the Cure, hunting up old acquaintances
and making new ones. Being something of lionseekers,
they had asked at the office who was there worth
knowing, the young lady's face wearing a very important air
as she glanced round upon the guests, and remarked, “How
different they look from those charming people from Boston
and New York whom we met here last summer.”

It did not appear as if there was a single lion at Clifton
this season, whether moneyed, literary, or notorious; and
Miss Anne Carter thought it very doubtful whether she
should remain or go on to Saratoga, as all the while she
had wished to do. In great distress the clerk racked his
brain to think who the notables were, and finally thought
of Governor Markham, whose name acted like magic upon
the new-comers.

“Governor Markham here? Strange, I never thought
of Clifton when I heard that he was going East for his
health. How is he? Does he improve? It is quite desirable
that he should do so, if reports are true;” and Mrs.
Carter looked very wise and knowingly upon the group
which gathered around her, anxious to hear all she had to
tell of Governor Markham.

She did not pretend that she knew him herself, as she
lived some distance from Davenport; but she had heard a
great deal about him and his handsome house; and Anne,
her daughter, who visited in Davenport, had been all over
it after it was finished. Such a beautiful suite of rooms as
he had fitted up for his bride; they were the envy and
wonder of both Davenport and Rock Island, too.

“His bride! We did not know he had one. He passes
for a widower here,” several voices echoed in chorus; and

-- 342 --

[figure description] Page 342.[end figure description]

then Mrs. Carter began the story which had come to her
through a dozen mediums, and which circulated rapidly
through the house, but had not reached Mrs. Pry up to
the time when, with her blanket and patchwork quilt, she
lay reposing in her pack, with her ears turned toward the
door, ready to catch the faintest breath of gossip.

She heard a great deal that afternoon, for the ladies at
the end of the hall did not speak very low, and when, at
last, she was released from her bandages and had made
her toilet, she hastened to Miss Bigelow to report what
she had heard. Ethie had just returned from the parlor,
and tired with her vigils of the previous night was lying
down, but she bade Mrs. Pry come in, and then kept very
quiet while the good woman asked if she had heard the
news. Ethie had not, but her heart stood still while her
visitor, speaking in a whisper, asked next if she was sure
Governor Markham could not hear. That the news concerned
herself Ethelyn was sure, and she was glad that her
face was in a measure concealed from view as she listened
to the story.

Governor Markham's wife was not dead, as they had supposed.
She was a shameless creature, who eight or ten
years before eloped with a man a great deal younger than
herself. She was very beautiful, people said, and very fascinating,
and the Governor worshipped the ground she trod
upon. He took her going off very hard at first, and for
years scarcely held up his head. But lately he had seemed
different, and had listened more favorably to a divorce, as
advised by his friends. This, however, was after he met
Miss Sallie Morton, whose father was a millionnaire in Chicago,
and whose pretty face had captivated the grave Governor.
To get the divorce was a very easy matter there,

-- 343 --

[figure description] Page 343.[end figure description]

and the Governor was now free to marry again. As Miss
Morton preferred Davenport to any other place in Iowa, he
had built him a magnificent house upon a bluff, finishing it
elegantly, and taking untold pains with the suite of rooms
intended for his bride. As Miss Sallie objected to marrying
him while he was so much of an invalid, he had come to
Clifton, hoping to re-establish his health so as to bring
home his wife in the autumn.

This was the story as told by Mrs. Pry, and considering
that it had come to her through eight or ten different persons,
she repeated the substance of it pretty accurately,
and then stopped for Ethie's comment. But Ethie had
nothing to say, and when, surprised at her silence, Mrs. Pry
asked if she believed it all, there was still no reply, for
Ethelyn had fainted. The reaction was too great from the
bright anticipations of the hour before, to the crushing
blow which had fallen so suddenly upon her hopes. That a
patient at Clifton should faint was not an uncommon thing.
Mrs. Pry had often felt like it herself when just out of a
pack, or a hot sulphur bath, and so Ethie's faint excited no
suspicion in her mind. She was fearful, though, that Miss
Bigelow had not heard all the story, but Ethie assured her
that she had, and then added that if left to herself she
might possibly sleep, as that was what she needed. So
Mrs. Pry departed, and Ethie was alone with the terrible
calamity which had come upon her. She had been at the
Water Cure long enough to know that not more than half
of what she heard was true, and this story she knew was
false in the parts pertaining to herself and her desertion of
her husband. She had never heard before that she was
suspected of having had an associated in her flight, and her
cheeks crimsoned at the idea, while she wondered if

-- 344 --

[figure description] Page 344.[end figure description]

Richard had ever thought that of her. He had not at first,
she knew, else he had never sought for her so zealously
as Aunt Barbara had intimated; but latterly, as he
heard no tidings from her, he might have surmised
something of the kind, and that was the secret of the
divorce.

“O, Richard! Richard!” she murmured, with her hands
pressed tightly over her lips, so as to smother all sound,
“I felt so sure of your love. You were so different from
me. I am punished more than I can bear.”

Ethie knew now how much she really loved her husband,
and how the hope of eventually returning to him had
been the day-star of her life. Had she heard that he was
lying dead in the next room, she would have gone to him
at once, and claiming him as hers, would have found some
comfort in weeping over him, and kissing his cold lips, but
now it did indeed seem more than she could bear. She
did not doubt the story of the divorce, or greatly disbelieve
in the other wife. It was natural that many should
seek to win his love, now that he had risen so high, and
she supposed it was natural that he should wish for another
companion. Perhaps he believed her dead, and Ethie's
heart gave one great throb of joy as she thought of going
in to him, and by her bodily presence contradicting that
belief, and possibly winning him from his purpose. But
Ethie was too proud for that, and her next feeling was one
of exultation that she had not permitted Aunt Barbara to
write, or herself taken any measures for communicating
with him. He should never know how near she had been
to him, or guess ever so remotely of the anguish she was
enduring, as, only a few feet removed from him, she suffered,
in part, all the pain and sorrow she had brought upon

-- 345 --

[figure description] Page 345.[end figure description]

him. Then, as she remembered the new house fitted for
the bride, she said—

“I must see that house. I must know just what is in
store for my rival. No one knows me in Davenport.
Richard is not at home, and there is no chance for my
being recognized.”

With this decision came a vague feeling akin to hope
that possibly the story was false,—that after all there was
no rival, no divorce. At all events she should know for a
certainty by going to Davenport; and with every nerve
stretched to its utmost tension, Ethie arose from her bed
and packed her trunk quietly and quickly, and then
going to the office, surprised the clerk with the announcement
that she wished to leave on the ten o'clock train.
She had received news which made her going so suddenly
imperative, she said to him, and to the physician, whom
she called upon next, and whose strong arguments against
her leaving that night almost overcame her. But Ethie's
will conquered, and when the train from the East came in
she stood upon the platform at the station, her face closely
veiled, and her heart throbbing with the doubts which
began to assail her as to whether she were really doing a
wise and prudent thing in going out alone and unprotected
to the home she had no right to enter, and where she was
not wanted.

-- 346 --

p597-351 CHAPTER XXXVI. IN DAVENPORT.

[figure description] Page 346.[end figure description]

HOT, and dusty, and tired, and sick, and utterly
hopeless and wretched, Ethie looked drearily
out from the windows of her room at the hotel,
whither she had gone on her first arrival in Davenport.
Her head seemed bursting with giddiness and pain, and
several times, as she stood tying her bonnet before the
mirror, and drawing on her gloves, she glanced at the inviting-looking
bed, feeling strongly tempted to lie down
among the pillows and wait till she was rested before she
went out in that broiling August sun upon her strange
errand. But a haunting presentiment of what the dizziness
and pain in her head and temples portended urged her to
do quickly what she had to do; so with another draught
of the ice-water she had ordered, and which only for a moment
cooled her feverish heat, she went from her room into
the hall, where the boy was waiting who was to show her
the way to “the Governor's house.” He knew just where
it was. Everybody knew in Davenport, and the chamber-maid,
to whom Ethie had put some questions, had volunteered
the information that the Governor had gone East for his
health, and the house, she believed, was shut up,—but not
shut so that she could not effect an entrance to it. She
would find her way through every obstacle, Ethie thought,
wondering at the strength which kept her up and made
her feel equal to anything as she followed her conductor
through street after street, onward and onward, up the

-- 347 --

[figure description] Page 347.[end figure description]

hill, where the long windows and turrets of a most elegant
mansion were visible. When asked at the hotel if she
would not have a carriage, she had replied that she preferred
to walk, feeling that in this way she should expend
some of the fierce excitement consuming her like an inward
fire. It had not abated one whit when at last the house
was reached, and dismissing her guide she stood a moment
upon the steps, leaning her throbbing head against the
door-post, and summoning courage to ring the bell. Never
before had she felt so much like an intruder, or so widely
separated from her husband, as during the moment she
stood at the threshold of his home, hesitating whether to
ring or go away and give the matter up. She could not go
away now that she had come so far, she finally decided.
She must go in and see the place where Richard lived, and
so, at last, she gave a pull to the bell which reverberated
through the entire house, and brought Hannah, the housemaid,
to see who was there.

“Is Governor Markham at home?” Ethie asked, as the
girl waited for her to say something.

Governor Markham was East, and the folks all gone, the
girl replied, staring a little suspiciously at the stranger,
who had advanced into the hall, and showed a disposition
to make herself further at home by walking into the drawing-room,
the door of which was slightly ajar.

“My name is Markham. I am a relative of the Governor's.
I am from the East,” Ethelyn volunteered, as she
saw the girl expected some explanation.

Had Hannah known more of Ethelyn, she might have
suspected something; but she had not been long in the
family, and coming, as she did, from St. Louis, the story
of her master's wife was rather mythical to her than

-- 348 --

[figure description] Page 348.[end figure description]

otherwise. That there was once a Mrs. Markham, who, for
beauty, and style, and grandeur, was far superior to Mrs.
James, the present mistress of the establishment, she had
heard vague rumors; and only that morning, when dusting
Richard's room, she had stopped her work a moment to
admire the handsome picture which Richard had had
painted, from a daguerreotype of Ethie, taken when she
was only seventeen. It was a beautiful girlish face, and
the brown eyes were bright and soft, and full of eagerness
and joy; while the rounded cheeks and pouting lips were
not much like the pale, thin woman who now stood in the
hall, claiming to be a relative of the family. Hannah
never dreamed who it was; but, accustomed to treat with
respect everything pertaining to the Governor, she opened
the door of the little reception-room, and asked the lady
to go in there.

“I'll send Mrs. Dobson, the housekeeper,” she said; and
Ethie heard her shuffling tread as she disappeared through
the hall and down the stairs to the regions where Mrs.
Dobson reigned.

Ethelyn was a little afraid of that dignitary; something
in the atmosphere of the house made her afraid of everything,
and inspired her with the feeling that she had no
business there,—that she was a trespasser, a spy, whom
Mrs. Dobson would be justified in turning from the door.
But Mrs. Dobson meditated no such act. She was a quiet,
inoffensive, unsuspicious personage, believing wholly in Governor
Markham and everything pertaining to him. She
was canning fruit when Hannah came with the message
that some of the Governor's kin had come from the East;
and remembering to have heard that Richard once had an
uncle somewhere in Massachusetts, she had no doubt that

-- 349 --

[figure description] Page 349.[end figure description]

this was a daughter of the old gentleman and a cousin of
Richard's, especially as Hannah described the stranger as
young and tolerably good-looking. She had no thought
that it was the runaway wife, of whom she knew more than
Hannah, else she would have dropped the Spencer jar she
was filling, and burned her fingers worse than she did, trying
to crowd in the refractory cover, which persisted in
tipping up sideways and all ways but the right way.

“Some of his kin. Pity they are gone. What shall we
do with her?” she said, as she finally pushed the cover to
its place and blew the thumb she had burned so badly.

“Maybe she don't mean to stay long; she didn't bring
no baggage,” Hannah said, and thus reassured, Mrs. Dobson
rolled down her sleeves, and tying on a clean apron, started
for the reception-room, where Ethie sat like one who walks
in a dream from which they try in vain to waken.

This house, as far as she could judge, was not like that
home on the prairie where her first married days were
spent. Everything here was luxurious and grand, and in
such perfect taste. It seemed a princely home, and Ethie
experienced more than one bitter pang of regret that by her
own act she had in all probability cut herself off from any
part or lot in this earthly paradise.

“I deserve it, but it is very hard to bear,” she thought,
just as Mrs. Dobson appeared, and bowing respectfully,
began—

“Hannah tells me you are kin to the Governor's folks,—
and I am so sorry they are all gone, and will be for some
weeks. The Governor is at a water-cure down East,—
strange you didn't hear of it,—and t'other Mr. Markham
has gone with his wife to Olney, and St. Paul's, and dear
knows where. Too bad, ain't it? But maybe you'll stay

-- 350 --

[figure description] Page 350.[end figure description]

a day or two and rest? We'll make you as comfortable
as we can. You look about beat out,” and Mrs. Dobson
came nearer to Ethelyn, whose face and lips were white as
ashes, and whose eyes looked black with her excitement.

She was very tired. The rapid journey, made without
rest or food either, save the cup of tea and the cracker she
tried to swallow, was beginning to tell upon her, and while
Mrs. Dobson was speaking she felt stealing over her the
giddiness which she knew by experience was a precursor to
fainting.

“I am tired and heated,” she gasped. “I could not
sleep at the hotel, or eat, either. I will stay a day and
rest, if you please. Governor Markham will not care. I
was travelling this way, and thought I would call. I have
heard so much about his house.”

She felt constrained to say this by way of explanation,
and Mrs. Dobson accepted it, warming up at once on the
subject of the house, which was her weak point; while to
show strangers through the handsome rooms was her
delight. No opportunity to do this had for some time been
presented, and the good woman's face glowed with the
pleasure she anticipated from showing the Governor's cousin
his house and grounds. But first the lady must have
some dinner, and bidding her lay aside her bonnet and
shawl and make herself at home, Mrs. Dobson hurried back
to the kitchen and despatched Hannah for the tender lambchop
she was going to broil, as that was something easily
cooked, and the poor girl seemed so tired and feeble.

“She looks like the Markhams, or like somebody I've
seen,” she said, never dreaming of finding the familiar
resemblance to “somebody she had seen” in the picture
hanging in Richard's room.

-- 351 --

[figure description] Page 351.[end figure description]

What she would have done had she known who the
stranger was is doubtful. Fortunately she did not know;
but being hospitably inclined, and anxious to show the
Governor's Eastern relatives how grand and nice they were,
she broiled the tender lamb, and made the fragrant coffee,
and laid the table in the cozy breakfast-room, and put on the
little silver set, and conducting her visitor out to dinner,
helped her herself, and then left the room, telling Ethelyn
to ring if she wanted anything, as Hannah was within hearing.
Bewildered and puzzled with regard to her own identity,
Ethie sat down at Richard's table, in Richard's house, and
partook of Richard's food, with a strange feeling of quiet,
and a constantly increasing sensation of numbness and bewilderment.
Access to the house had been easier than she
fancied; but she could not help feeling that she had no
right to be there, no claim on Richard's hospitality. Certainly
she had none, if what she had heard at Clifton were
true. But was it? There was some doubt creeping into
her mind, though why Richard should wish to build so
large and so fine a house just for himself she could not
understand. She never guessed how every part of that
dwelling had been planned with a direct reference to her
and her tastes; that not a curtain, or a carpet, or a picture
had been purchased without Melinda's having said she
believed Ethie would approve it. Every stone, and plank,
and tack, and nail had in it a thought of the Ethie whose coming
back had been speculated upon and planned in so many
different ways, but never in this way,—never just as it had
finally occurred, with Richard gone, and no one there to
welcome her, save the servants in the kitchen, who, while
she ate her solitary dinner, feeling more desolate and
wretched than she had ever before felt in her life, wondered

-- 352 --

[figure description] Page 352.[end figure description]

who she was, and how far they ought to go with their
attentions and civilities. They took her for what she professed
to be,—a Markham, and a near connection of the
Governor; and as that stamped her somebody, they were
inclined to be very civil, feeling sure that Mrs. James
would heartily approve their course. She had rung no bell
for Hannah; but they knew her dinner was over, for they
heard her as she went back into the reception-room, where
Mrs. Dobson ere long joined her, and asked if she would
like to see the house.

“It's the only thing we can amuse you with, unless you
are fond of music. Maybe you are,” and Mrs. Dobson led
the way to a little music-room, where, in the recess of a
bow window, a closed piano was standing.

At first Ethelyn did not observe it closely; but when
the housekeeper opened it, and pushing back the heavy
drapery disclosed it fully to view, Ethie started forward
with a sudden cry of wonder and surprise, while her face
was deadly pale, and the fingers which came down with a
crash upon the keys shook violently, for she knew it was
her old instrument standing there before her,—the one she
had sold to procure money for her flight. Richard must
have bought it back; for her sake, too, or rather for the
sake of what she once was to him, not what she was
now.

“Play, won't you?” Mrs. Dobson said. But Ethie could
not then have touched a note. The faintest tone of that
instrument would have maddened her, and she turned away
from it with a shudder, while the talkative Mrs. Dobson
continued, “It's an old piano, I believe, that belonged to
the first Mrs. Markham. There's to be a new one bought
for the other Mrs. Markham, I heard them say.”

-- 353 --

[figure description] Page 353.[end figure description]

Ethie's hands were locked together now, and her teeth
shut so tightly over her lips that the thin skin was broken,
and a drop of blood showed upon the pale surface; but in
so doing she kept back the cry of anguish which leaped up
from her heart at Mrs. Dobson's words. The “first Mrs.
Markham,” that was herself, while the “other Mrs. Markham,”
meant, of course, her rival,—the bride about whom
she had heard at Clifton. She did not think of Melinda as
being a part of that household, “and the other Mrs. Markham,”
for whom the new piano was to be purchased,—she
thought of nothing but herself, and her own blighted
hopes.

“Does the Governor know for certain that his first wife
is dead?” she asked, at last, and Mrs. Dobson replied—

“Of course she's dead. It's five years since he heard a
word. She must have been pretty. Her picture is in the
Governor's room. Come, I will show it to you.”

Mrs. Dobson had left her glasses in the kitchen, so she
did not notice the white face, so startling in its expression,
as her visitor followed on up the broad staircase into the
spacious hall above, and on still further, till they came to
the door of Richard's room, which Hannah had left open.
Then for a moment Ethelyn hesitated. It seemed like a
sacrilege for her feet to tread the floor of that private
room, for her breath to taint the atmosphere of a spot
where the new wife would come. But Mrs. Dobson led
her on until she stood in the centre of Richard's room,
surrounded by the unmistakable paraphernalia of a man,
with so many things around her to remind her of the past.
Surely, this was her own furniture; the very articles she
had chosen for the room in Camden. It was kind in Richard
to keep and bring them here, where everything was so

-- 354 --

[figure description] Page 354.[end figure description]

much more elegant,—kind, too, in him to redeem her piano.
It showed that for a time, at least, he had remembered
her; but, alas! he had forgotten her now, when she wanted
his love so much. There were great blurring tears in her
eyes, and she could not distinctly see the picture on the
wall, which Mrs. Dobson said was the first Mrs. Markham,
asking if she was not a beauty.

“Rather pretty, yes,” Ethie said, making a great effort
to speak naturally, and adding after a moment, “I suppose
it will be taken down when the other Mrs. Markham
comes.”

In Mrs. Dobson's mind the other Mrs. Markham only
meant Melinda, and she replied—

“Why should it? She knew the other lady and liked
her, too.”

“She knew me? Who can it be?” Ethie asked herself,
remembering that the name she had heard at Clifton
was a strange one to her.

“This, now, is the very handsomest part of the whole
house,” Mrs. Dobson said, throwing open a door which led
from Richard's room into a suite of apartments which, to
Ethie's bewildered gaze, seemed more like fairy-land than
anything real she had ever seen. “This the Governor fitted
up expressly for his wife, and I'm told he spent more
money here than in all the upper rooms. Did you ever see
handsomer lace? He sent to New York for them,” she
said, lifting up one of the exquisitely wrought curtains festooned
across the arch which divided the boudoir from the
large sleeping-room beyond. “This I call the bridal chamber.”
she continued, stepping into the room where everything
was so pure and white. “But, bless me, I forgot
that I put on a lot of bottles to heat. I'll venture they are

-- 355 --

[figure description] Page 355.[end figure description]

every one of them shivered to atoms, Hannah is so
careless. Excuse me, will you, and entertain yourself
awhile. I reckon you can find your way back to the
parlor.”

Ethelyn wanted nothing so much as to be left alone and
free to indulge in the emotions which were fast getting the
mastery of her. Covering her face with her hands, as the
door closed after Mrs. Dobson, she sat for a moment bereft
of the power to think or feel. Then, as things became
more real, and great throbs of heat and pain went tearing
through her temples, she remembered that she was in
Richard's house, up in the room which Mrs. Dobson had
termed the bridal chamber, the apartments which had been
probably fitted up for Richard's bride, whoever she might
be.

“I never counted on this,” she whispered, as she paced
up and down the range of rooms, from the little parlor or
boudoir to the dressing-room beyond the bedroom, and the
little conservatory at the side where the choicest of plants
were in blossom, and where the dampness was so cool to her
burning brow.

It did not strike her as strange that Richard should
have thought of all this, nor did she wonder whose taste
had aided him in making such a home. She did not wonder
at anything except at herself, who had missed so much
and fallen into such depths of woe.

“Oh, Richard!” she sighed, as she went back into the
bridal chamber. “You would pity me now, and forgive
me, too, if you knew what I am suffering here in your
home, which can never be mine!”

She was standing near the window, taking in the effect
of her surroundings, from the white ground carpet covered

-- 356 --

[figure description] Page 356.[end figure description]

with brilliant bouquets, to the unrumpled, snowy bed
which looked so diliciously cool and inviting, and seemed
beckoning the poor, tired woman to its embrace. And
Ethie yielded at last to the silent invitation, forgetting
everything save how tired, and sorry, and fever-smitten she
was, and how heavy her swollen eyelids were with tears,
and the many nights she had not slept. Ethie's cheeks
were crimson, and her pulse throbbing rapidly as, loosing
her long, beautiful hair, which of all her girlish beauty
remained unimpaired, and putting off her little gaiters, she
lay down upon the snowy bed, and pressing her aching
head upon the pillows, whispered softly to her other self,—
the Ethelyn Grant she used to know in Chicopee, when
a little twelve-year-old girl she fled from the maddened cow
and met the tall young man from the West.

“Governor Markham they call him now,” she said, “and
I am Mrs. Governor,” and a laugh broke the stillness of
the rooms kept so sacred until now.

In the hall below Hannah overheard the laugh, and
mounting the stairs cast one frightened glance into the
chamber where a tossing, moaning figure lay upon the bed,
with masses of brown hair falling about the face and floating
over the pillows.

Good Mrs. Dobson dropped one of the jars she was filling
when Hannah came with her strange tale, and leaving
the scalding mass of pulp and juice upon the floor, she
hastened up the stairs, and with as stern a voice as it was
possible for her to assume, demanded of Ethelyn what she
was doing there. But Ethie only whispered on to herself
of divorces, and governors' wives-elect, and bridal chambers
where she could rest so nicely. Mrs. Dobson was
nothing to her, and the good woman's wrath changed to

-- 357 --

[figure description] Page 357.[end figure description]

pity as she met the bright, restless eyes, and felt the burning
hands which she held for a moment in her own. It
was a pretty little hand,—soft and white, and small almost
as a child's. There was a ring upon the left hand, too; a
marriage ring, Mrs. Dobson guessed, wondering now more
than ever who the stranger was that had thus boldly taken
possession of a room into which none but the family ever
came.

“She is married, it would seem,” she said to Hannah, and
then, as Richard's name dropped from Ethelyn's lips, she
looked curiously at the face so ghastly white, save where
spots of crimson colored the cheeks, and at the mass of hair
which Ethie had pushed up and off from the forehead it
seemed to oppress with its weight.

“Go bring me some ice-water from the cellar,” Mrs.
Dobson said to Hannah, who hurried away on the errand,
while the housekeeper, left to herself, bent nearer to Ethelyn
and closely scrutinized her face; then stepping to
Richard's room, she examined the picture on the wall, and
came to a conclusion as to who the strange woman was.

Mrs. Dobson was a good deal alarmed,—“set back,” as
she afterward expressed it when telling the story to Melinda,—
and her knees fairly knocked together as she returned
to the sick-room, and bending again over the stranger
asked, “Is your name Ethelyn?”

For an instant there was a look of consciousness in the
brown eyes, and Ethie whispered faintly—

“Don't tell him. Don't send me away. Let me stay
here and die; it won't be long, and this pillow is so nice.”

She was wandering again, and satisfied that her surmises
were correct, Mrs. Dobson lifted her gently up, and to the
great surprise of Hannah, who had returned with the ice,

-- 358 --

[figure description] Page 358.[end figure description]

began removing the heavy dress and the skirts so much in
the way.

“Bring some of Mrs. Markham's night-clothes and ask
me no questions,” she said to the astonished girl, who
silently obeyed her, and then assisted while Ethelyn was
arrayed in Melinda's night-gown and made more comfortable
and easy than she could be in her own tight-fitting
dress.

“Take this to the telegraph office,” was Mrs. Dobson's
next order after she had been a few moments in the library,
and Hannah obeyed, reading as she ran:

Davenport, August —.
“To Mrs. James Markham, Olney:

“There's a strange woman sick here. Please come home.

Elinor Dobson.

The way was open for the despatch, and in less than half
an hour the operator at Olney was writing out the message
which would take Melinda back to Davenport as fast as
steam could carry her.

-- 359 --

p597-364 CHAPTER XXXVII. AT HOME.

[figure description] Page 359.[end figure description]

MRS. JAMES MARKHAM had spent a few weeks
with a party of Davenport friends in St. Paul's and
vicinity, but she was now at home in Olney with
her mother, whom she helped with the ironing that morning,
showing a quickness and dexterity in the doing up of Tim's
shirts and the best table linen which proved that, although
a “mighty fine lady,” as some of the Olneyites termed her,
she had neither forgotten, nor was above working in the
kitchen when the occasion required. The day's ironing
was over, and refreshed with a bath, and a half hour's sleep
after it, she sat under the shadow of the tall trees, arrayed
in her white marseilles, which, being gored, made her look,
as unsophisticated Andy thought, most too slim and flat.
Andy himself was over at the Joneses that afternoon, and,
down upon all fours, was playing bear with baby Ethelyn,
who shouted and screamed with delight at the antics of her
childish uncle. Mrs. James was not contemplating a return
to Davenport for three or four weeks; indeed, ever since
the letter received from Clifton with regard to Richard's
sickness, she had been seriously meditating a flying visit to
the invalid, who she knew would be glad to see her. It
must be very desolate for him there alone, she said; and
then her thoughts went after the wanderer whom they had
long since ceased to talk about, much less to expect back
again. Melinda was thinking sadly of her, and speculating
as to what her fate had been, when down the road from the

-- 360 --

[figure description] Page 360.[end figure description]

village came the little messenger boy, who always made
one's heart beat so fast when he handed out his missive.
He had one now, and he brought it to Melinda, who, thinking
of her husband, whom she had left in St. Paul's, felt a
thrill of fear lest something had befallen him. But the
despatch came from Davenport, from Mrs. Dobson herself,
and said that a strange woman lay very sick in the
house.

“A strange woman,” that was all, but it made Melinda's
heart leap up into her throat at the bare possibility as to
who the strange woman might be. Andy read the message
next, and Melinda knew by the flush upon his face,
and the drops of perspiration which started out so suddenly
around his mouth, that he, too, shared her suspicions.
But not a word was spoken by either upon the subject
agitating them both so powerfully. Melinda only said,
“I must go home at once,—in the next train, if possible,”
while Andy rejoined, “I am going with you.”

Melinda knew why he was going, and when at last
they were on the way, the sight of his honest face,
glowing all over with eagerness and joyful anticipations,
kept her own spirits up, and made what she so greatly
hoped for seem absolutely certain. It was morning when
they arrived, and were driven rapidly through the streets
toward home. The house seemed very quiet; every
window and shutter, so far as they could see, was closed,
and both experienced a terrible fear lest “the strange
woman” was gone. They could not wait for Hannah
to open the door, and so they went round to the basement,
and surprised Mrs. Dobson as she bent over the fire, stirring
the basin of gruel she was preparing for her patient.
“The strange woman” was not gone. She was raving

-- 361 --

[figure description] Page 361.[end figure description]

mad, Mrs. Dobson said, and talked the queerest things.
“I've had the doctor, just as I knew you would have
done, had you been here,” she said, “and he pronounced
it brain fever, brought on by fatigue, and some great
excitement or worriment. 'Pears like she thought she
was divorced, or somebody was divorced, for she was
talking about it, and showing the ring on her fourth
finger. I hope Governor Markham won't mind. 'Twas
none of my doings. She went there herself, and I found
her in the bed in that room where nobody ever slept,—
the bride's room, I call it, you know.”

“Is she there?” Melinda asked, in amazement, while
Andy, who had been standing near the door which led up
to the next floor, disappeared up the stairs, leaving the
women alone.

He knew the way to the room designated, and went hurrying
on, until he reached the door, and there he paused,
his flesh creeping with the intensity of his excitement, and
his whole being pervaded with a crushing sense of eager
expectancy. He had not put into words what or whom he
expected to find on the other side of the door he hardly
dared to open. He only knew he should be terribly disappointed
if his conjectures proved wrong, and a smothered
prayer rose to his lips, “God grant it may be the she I
mean.”

The she he meant was sleeping. The brown head which
had rolled so restlessly all night was lying quietly upon the
pillows, the burning cheek resting upon one hand, and the
mass of long bright hair tucked back under one of Mrs.
Dobson's own nightcaps, that lady having sought in vain
for such an article among her mistress's wardrobe. She did
not hear Andy as he stepped across the floor to the

-- 362 --

[figure description] Page 362.[end figure description]

bedside. Bending cautiously above her, he hesitated a moment,
while a great throb of disappointment ran through
his veins. Surely that was not Ethie, with the hollow
cheeks and the disfiguring frill around her face, giving her
the look of the new and stylish nurse Melinda had got from
Chicago,—the woman who wore a cap in place of a bonnet,
and jabbered half the time in some foreign tongue, which
Melinda said was French. The room was very dark, and
Andy pushed back a blind, letting in such a flood of light
that the sleeper started, and moaned, and turned herself
upon the pillow, while with a gasping, sobbing cry, Andy
fell upon his knees, and with clasped hands and streaming
eyes, exclaimed—

“I thank Thee, Father of mercies, more than I can tell,
for it is Ethie,—it is Ethie,—it is Ethie, our own darling
Ethie, come back to us again; and now, dear Lord,
bring old Dick home at once, and let us have a time of
it.”

Ethie's eyes were open and fixed inquiringly upon Andy.
Something in his voice or manner must have penetrated
through the mists of delirium clouding her brain, for the
glimmer of a smile played round her lips and her hands
moved slowly toward him; then they went back again to
her throat and tugged at the nightcap strings which good
Mrs. Dobson had tied in a hard knot by way of keeping
the cap upon the refractory head. Ethie did not fancy the
cap any more than Andy, who, guessing her wishes, lent
his own assistance to the untying of the strings.

“You don't like the pesky thing on your head, making
you look so like a scarecrow, do you?” he said, gently, as
with a jerk he broke the strings and then threw the discarded
cap upon the floor.

-- 363 --

[figure description] Page 363.[end figure description]

Ethie seemed to know him for a moment, and “Kiss
me, Andy,” came feebly from her lips. Winding his arms
about her, Andy did kiss her many times, while his tears
dropped upon her face and moistened the long hair which,
relieved from its confinement, fell in dark masses about her
face, making her look more like the Ethelyn of old than
she had at first.

“Was there a divorce?” she whispered, and Andy, in
great perplexity, was wondering what she meant, when
Melinda's step came along the hall, and Melinda entered
the room together with Mrs. Dobson.

“It's she,—herself! It's our own Ethie!” Andy
exclaimed, standing back a little from the bed, but still
holding the feverish hand which had grasped his so firmly,
as if in that touch alone was rest and security.

“I thought so,” and with a satisfied nod Mrs. Dobson
put down her bowl of gruel and went to communicate
the startling news to Hannah, who nearly lost her senses
in the first moment of surprise.

“Do you know me, Ethie?” Melinda asked, and Ethie's
lip quivered slightly as she said sadly and beseechingly,
“Don't send me away, when I am so tired and sorry.”

She seemed to have a vague idea of where she was and
who was with her, clinging closer to Andy, as if surest of
him, and once when he bent over her, she suddenly wound
her arms around his neck and whispered, “Don't leave
me,—it's nice to know you are with me; and don't let
them put that dreadful thing on my head again. Aunt
Van Buren said I was a fright. Will Richard think so
too?”

This was the only time she mentioned her husband, but
she talked of Clifton, and Mrs. Pry, and the story of the

-- 364 --

[figure description] Page 364.[end figure description]

divorce, and the little chapel where she said God always
came, and she bade Andy kneel down and pray just as
they were doing there when the summer day drew to a
close.

“We must send for Dick,” Andy said; “but don't let's
tell the whole; let's leave something to his imagination;”
and so the telegram which went to Gov. Markham read
simply, “Come home immediately.”

Richard had heard of Miss Bigelow's sudden departure,
and had been surprised to find how much he missed the
light footstep and the rustling sound which had come from
No. 101. He was a good deal interested in Miss Bigelow,
and he felt sorry that she was gone, and Clifton was not
so pleasant to him now as it had been at first. He was
much better, and had been several times to the chapel,
when up the three flights of stairs Perry came one
day and stopped at Room No. 102. There was a
telegram for Richard, who took it with trembling hands
and read it with a blur before his eyes and something
at his heart like a blow, but which was born of a sudden
hope that, after many days and months and years of waiting,
God had deigned to be merciful. But only for a brief
moment did this hope buoy him up. It could not be, he
said; and yet, as he made his hasty preparations for his
journey, he found the possibility constantly recurring to
his mind, while the nearer he came to Davenport the more
probable it seemed, and the more impatient he grew at
every little delay. There were several upon the road, and
once, when only fifty miles from home, there was a detention
of four hours. But the long train moved on at last, and
just as the sun was setting the cars stopped in the Davenport
depot, and as the passengers alighted the longers

-- 365 --

p597-370 [figure description] Page 365.[end figure description]

whispered to each other, “Governor Markham has come
home.”

CHAPTER XXXVIII. RICHARD AND ETHELYN.

ARRIVED at Davenport, and so near his home that
he could discern its roofs and chimneys, the hope
which had kept Richard up all through his rapid
journey began to give way, and he hardly knew what
he expected to find, as he went up the steps to his
house and rang the door-bell. Certainly not Andy,—he
had not thought of him,—and his pulse quickened with a
feeling of eagerness and hope renewed when he caught sight
of his brother's beaming face, and felt the pressure of his
broad hand. In his delight Andy kissed his brother two or
three times during the interval it took to get him through
the hall into the reception-room, where they were alone.
Arrived there, Andy fell to capering across the floor, while
Richard looked on, puzzled to decide whether his weak
brother had gone wholly daft or not. Recollecting himself
at last, and assuming a more sober attitude, Andy
came close to him and whispered—

“Dick, you ought to be thankful, so thankful and glad
that God has been kind at last and heard our prayers, just as
I always told you he would. Guess who is up stairs, ravin'
crazy by spells, and quiet as a Maltese kitten the rest of
the time. I'll bet, though, you'll never guess, it is so
strange. Try, now,—who do you think it is?”

“Ethelyn,” came in a whisper from Richard's lips, and,

-- 366 --

[figure description] Page 366.[end figure description]

rather crestfallen, the simple Andy said, “Somebody told
you, I know; but you are right. Ethie is here,—came
when we all was gone,—said she was a connection of
yourn, and so Miss Dobson let her in, and treated her up,
and showed her the house, and left her in them rooms you
fixed a purpose for her. You see Miss Dobson had some
truck she was canning, and she stayed down stairs so long
that when she went back she found Ethie had taken possession
of that bed where nobody ever slep', and was burnin'
up with fever and talkin' the queerest kind of talk about divorces,
and all that, and there was something in her face
made Miss Dobson mistrust who she was, and she telegraphed
for Melinda and me,—or rather for Melinda,—and
I came out with her, for I knew in a minit who the
strange woman was. But she won't know you, Dick.
She don't know me, though she lays her head on my arm
and snugs up to me awful neat. Will you go now to see
her?”

The question was superfluous, for Richard was half way
up the stairs, followed close by Andy, who went with him
to the door of Ethie's room, and then stood back, thinking
it best for Richard to go in alone.

Ethelyn was asleep, and Melinda sat watching her. She
knew it was Richard who came in, for she had heard his
voice in the hall, and greeting him quietly arose and left
the room, whispering, “If she wakes, don't startle her.
Probably she will not know you.”

Then she went out, and Richard was alone with the wife he
had not seen for more than five weary years. It was very dark
in the room, and it took him a moment to accustom himself
sufficiently to the light to discern the figure lying so
still before him, the pale eyelids closed, and the long

-- 367 --

[figure description] Page 367.[end figure description]

eye-lashes resting upon the crimson cheek. The lips and forehead
were very white, but the rest of the face was purple
with fever, and as that gave the cheeks a fuller, rounder
look, she did not at first seem greatly changed, but looked
much as she did the first time he came from Washington
and found her so low. The long hair which Andy would not
have confined in a cap was pushed back from her brow,
and lay in tangled masses upon the pillow, while her hands
were folded one within the other and rested outside the
covering. And Richard touched her hands first,—the little,
soft, white hands he used to think so pretty, and which
he now kissed so softly as he knelt by the bedside and tried
to look closely into Ethie's face.

“My poor, sick darling, God knows how glad I am to
have you back,” he said, and his tears dropped like rain
upon the hands he pressed so gently. Then softly caressing
the pale forehead, his fingers threaded the mass of tangled
hair, and his lips touched the hot, burning ones
which quivered for a moment, and then said, brokenly—

“A dream,—all a dream. I've had it so many
times.”

She was waking, and Richard drew back a step or two,
while the bright, restless eyes moved round the room as if
in quest of some one.

“It's very dark,” she said, and turning one of the shutters
Richard came back and stood just where the light
would fall upon his face as it did on hers.

He saw now how changed she was; but she was none
the less dear to him for that, and he spoke to her very
tenderly—

“Ethie, darling, don't you know me? I am Richard,
your husband, and I am so glad to get you back.”

-- 368 --

[figure description] Page 368.[end figure description]

There did seem to be a moment's consciousness, for
there crept into the eyes a startled, anxious look as they
scanned Richard's face; then the lip quivered again, and
Ethie said, pleadingly—

“Don't send me away. I am so tired, and the road was
so long. I thought I should never get here. Let me stay.
I shall not be bad any more.”

Then, unmindful of consequences, Richard gathered her
in his arms and held her there an instant in a passionate
embrace, which left her pale and panting, but seemed to
reassure her, for when he would have laid her back upon
the pillow, she said to him, “No, not there,—on your arm,—
so. Yes, that's nice,” and an expression of intense
satisfaction stole into her face as she nestled her head close
to Richard's bosom, and, closing her eyes, seemed to sleep
again. And Richard held her thus, forgetting his own
fatigue, and refusing to give up his post either to Andy or
Melinda, both of whom ventured in at last, and tried to
make him take some refreshment and rest.

“I am not hungry,” he said, “and it is rest enough to
be with Ethelyn.”

Much he wondered where she had come from, and Melinda
repeated all Ethelyn had said which would throw
any light upon the subject.

“She has talked of the Nile, and St. Petersburg, and
the Hellespont, and the ship which was bringing her
home, and of Chicopee, but it was difficult telling how
much was real,” Melinda said, adding, “She talked of
Clifton, too; and were it possible, I should say she came
direct from there, but that could not be. You would have
known if she had been there. What was the number of
your room?”

-- 369 --

[figure description] Page 369.[end figure description]

“102,” Richard replied, while Melinda rejoined—

“That is the number she talks about,—that and 101.
Can it be that she was there?”

Richard was certain of it. The Miss Bigelow who had
interested him so much, lay there in his arms, his own
wife, who was, if possible, tenfold dearer to him now than
when he first held her as his bride. He knew she was very
sick, but she would not die, he said to himself. God had
not restored her to him just to take her away again,
and make his desolation more desolate. Ethie would live.
And surely if love, and nursing, and tender care were of
any avail to save the life which at times seemed fluttering
on the very verge of the grave, Ethelyn would live.
Nothing was spared which could avail to save her, and
even the physician, who had all along done what he could,
seemed to redouble his efforts when he ascertained who his
patient was.

Great was the surprise, and numerous the remarks and
surmises of the citizens, when it was whispered abroad that
the strange woman lying so sick in the Governor's house
was no other than the Governor's wife, about whom the
people had speculated so much. Nor was it long ere the
news went to Camden, stirring up the people there, and
bringing Mrs. Miller at once to Davenport, where she
stayed at a hotel until such time as she could be admitted
to Ethelyn's presence.

Mrs. Markham, senior, was washing windows when
Tim Jones brought her the letter, bearing the Davenport
post-mark. Melinda had purposely abstained
from writing home until Richard came; and so the
letter was in his handwriting, which his mother recognized
at once.

-- 370 --

[figure description] Page 370.[end figure description]

“Why, it's from Richard!” she exclaimed. “I thought
he wouldn't stay long at Clifton. I never did believe in
swashin' all the time. A bath in the tin wash-basin does
me very well,” and the good woman wiped her window
leisurely, and even put it back and fastened the side-slat in
its place, before she sat down to see what Richard had
written.

Tim knew what he had written; for in his hat was another
letter from Melinda, for his mother, which he had
opened, his feet going off into a kind of double-shuffle as
he read that Ethelyn had returned. She had been very cold
and proud to him; but he had admired her greatly, and
remembered her with none but kindly feelings. He was
a little anxious to know what Mrs. Markham would say;
but as she was in no hurry to open her letter, and he was
in a hurry to tell his mother the good news, he bade her
good morning, and mounting his horse, galloped away
toward home.

“I hope he's told who the critter was that was took sick
in the house,” Mrs. Markham said, as she adjusted her
glasses, and broke the seal.

Mrs. Markham had never fainted in her life, but she
came very near it that morning, feeling some as she would
if the Daisy, dead so long, had suddenly walked into the
room and taken a seat beside her.

“I am glad for Dick,” she said. “I never saw a man
change as he has, pinin' for her. I mean to be good to
her, if I can;” and Mrs. Markham's sun-bonnet was bent
low over Richard's letter, on which there were traces of
tears when the head was lifted up again. “I must let John
know. I never can stand it till dinner-time,” she said; and
a shrill blast from the tin horn, used to bring her sons to

-- 371 --

[figure description] Page 371.[end figure description]

dinner, went echoing across the prairie to the lot where
John was working.

It was not a single blast, but peal upon peal, a loud, prolonged
sound, which startled John greatly, especially as he
knew by the sun that it could not be twelve o'clock.

“Blows as if somebody was in a fit,” he said, as he took
long and rapid strides towards the farm-house.

His mother met him in the lane, letter in hand, and her
face white with excitement as she said below her breath—

“John, John, oh! John, she's come. She's there at
Richard's,—sick with the fever, and crazy; and Richard is
so glad. Read what he says.”

She did not say who had come, but John knew, and his
eyes were dim with tears as he took the letter from his
mother's hand, and read it, walking beside her to the
house.

“I presume they doctor her that silly fashion, with little
pills the size of a small pin-head. Melinda is so set in her
way. She ought to have some good French brandy if they
want to save her. I'd better go myself and see to it,” Mrs.
Markham said, after they had reached the house, and John,
at her request, had read the letter aloud.

John did not quite fancy his mother's going, particularly
as Richard had said nothing about it, but Mrs. Markham
was determined.

“It was a good way to make it up with Ethelyn, to be
there when she come to,” she thought, and so, leaving her
house-cleaning to itself, and John to his bread and milk,
of which he never tired, she packed a little travelling bag,
and taking with her a bottle of brandy, started on the next
train for Davenport, where she had never been.

-- 372 --

[figure description] Page 372.[end figure description]

Aunt Barbara was not cleaning house. She was cutting
dried caraway seed in the garden, and thinking of Ethie
and wondering why she did not write, and hoping that
when she did she would say that she had talked with Richard,
and made the matter up. Ever since hearing that he
was at Clifton, in the room next to Ethie, Aunt Barbara had
counted upon a speedy reconciliation, and done many things
with a direct reference to that reconciliation. The best
chamber was kept constantly aired, with bouquets of flowers
in it, in case the happy pair, “as good as just married,”
should come suddenly upon her. Ethie's favorite loaf cake
was kept on hand, and Aunt Barbara was in a constant state
of expectancy, so she was not in the least surprised when
Charlie Howard looked over the garden gate with “Got a
letter for you.”

“It ain't from her. It's from,—why, it's from Richard,
and he is in Davenport,” Aunt Barbara exclaimed, as
she sat down in a garden chair to read the letter which
was not from Ethie.

Richard did not say directly to her that she must
come, but Aunt Barbara felt an innate conviction that
her presence would not be disagreeable, even if Ethie
lived, while “if she died,” and Aunt Barbara's heart
gave a great throb as she thought it, “if Ethie dies,
I must be there,” and so her trunk was packed for the
third time in Ethie's behalf, and the next day's train
from Boston carried the good woman on her way to
Davenport.

-- 373 --

p597-378 CHAPTER XXXIX. RECONCILIATION.

[figure description] Page 373.[end figure description]

THERE had been a succession of rainy days in
Davenport,—dark, rainy days, which added to
the gloom hanging over that house whose inmates
watched so intently by Ethie's side, trembling lest
the life they prayed for so earnestly might go out at
any moment, so high the fever ran, and so wild and
restless the patient grew. The friends were all there
now,—James, and John, and Andy, and Aunt Barbara,
with Mrs. Markham, senior, who, next to Richard and
Andy, seemed more anxious, more interested than any one
for the sick girl who lay insensible of all that was passing
around her, save at brief intervals when she seemed
for an instant to realize where she was, for her eyes
would flash about the room with a frightened look, and
then seek Richard's face with a pleading expression, as
if asking him not to cast her off, not to send her back
into the dreary world where she had wandered so long
alone. The sight of so many seemed to worry her,
and, at the doctor's suggestion, all were at last banished
from the sick-room except Aunt Barbara, and Richard,
and Nick Bottom, as Ethelyn persisted in calling poor
Andy, who was terribly perplexed to know whether he
was complimented or not, and who eventually took to
studying Shakspeare to find who Bottom was. Those
were trying days to Richard, who rarely left Ethelyn's
bedside, except when it was absolutely necessary. She

-- 374 --

[figure description] Page 374.[end figure description]

was more quiet with him, and would sometimes sleep for
hours upon his arm, with one hand clasped in Aunt
Barbara's, and the other held by Andy. At other times,
when the fever was on, no arm availed to hold her as she
tossed from side to side, talking of things at which a stranger
would have marvelled, and which made Richard's
heart ache to its very core. Sometimes she was a girl
in Chicopee, and all the past as connected with Frank
Van Buren was lived over again; then she would talk
of Richard, and shudder as she recalled the dreary, dreadful
day when the honeysuckles were in blossom, and he
came to make her his wife.

“It was wrong, all wrong. I did not love him then,”
she said, “nor afterward, on the prairie, nor anywhere, until
I went away and found what it was to live without
him.”

“And do you love him now?” Richard asked her once
when he sat alone with her.

There was no hesitancy on her part, no waiting to make
up an answer. It was ready on her lips, “Yes, oh, yes!”
and the weak arms lifted themselves up and were wound
around his neck with a pressure almost stifling. How much
of this was real Richard could not tell, but he accepted it
all as such, and waited impatiently for the day when the
full light of reason should return and Ethie be restored to
him. There was but little of her past life which he did not
learn from her ravings, and so there was less for her to tell
him when at last the fever abated, and her eyes met his
with a knowing, rational expression. Andy was alone with
her when the change first came. The rain was over, and
out upon the river the sunlight was softly falling. At
Andy's earnest entreaty, Richard had gone for a little

-- 375 --

[figure description] Page 375.[end figure description]

exercise in the open air, and was walking slowly up and down
the piazza, while Aunt Barbara slept, and Andy kept his
vigils by Ethelyn. She, too, was sleeping quietly, and
Andy saw the great drops of perspiration upon her brow
and beneath her hair. He knew it was a good omen, and
on his knees by the bedside, with his face in his hands, he
prayed aloud, thanking God for restoring Ethelyn to them,
and asking that they might all be taught just how to make
her happy. A sound between a moan and a sob roused
him, and looking up, he saw the great tears rolling down
Ethie's cheeks, while her lips moved as if they would speak
to him.

“Andy, dear old Andy! is it you, and are you glad to
have me back?” she said, and then all Andy's pent-up
feelings found vent in a storm of tears and passionate protestations
of love and tenderness for his darling sister.

She remembered how she came there, and seemed to understand
why Andy was there, too; but the rest was a
little confused. Was Aunt Barbara there, or had she
dreamed it?

“Aunt Barbara is here,” Andy said, and then, with the
same frightened look her face had so often worn during her
illness, Ethie said, “Somebody else has sat by me, and
held my head and hands, and kissed me! Andy, tell me,—
was that Richard?—and did he kiss me, and is he glad to
find me?”

She was gazing fixedly at Andy, who replied, “Yes, Dick
is here. He's glad to have you back. He's kissed you
more than forty times. He don't remember nothing.”

“And the divorce, Andy,—is the story true, and am I
not his wife?”

“I never heard of no divorce, only what you said about

-- 376 --

[figure description] Page 376.[end figure description]

one in your tantrums. Dick would as soon have cut off his
head as got such a thing,” Andy replied.

Ethelyn knew she could rely on what Andy said, and a
heartfelt “Thank God! It is more than I deserve!” fell
from her lips, just as a step was heard in the hall.

“That's Dick,—he's coming,” Andy whispered, and
hastily withdrawing he left the two alone together.

It was more than an hour before even Aunt Barbara ventured
into the room, and when she did she knew by the joy
written on Richard's face and the deep peace shining in
Ethie's eyes that the reconciliation had been complete and
perfect. Every error had been confessed, every fault forgiven,
and the husband and wife stood ready now to begin
the world anew, with perfect love for and confidence in each
other. Ethie had acknowledged all her faults, the greatest
of which was the giving her hand to one from whom she
withheld her heart.

“But you have that now,” she said. “I can truly say
that I love you far better than ever Frank Van Buren was
loved, and I know you to be worthy, too. I have been so
wicked, Richard,—so wilful and impatient,—that I wonder
you have not learned to hate my very name. I may be
wilful still. My old hot temper is not all subdued, though
I hope I am a better woman than I used to be when I cared
for nothing but myself. God has been so good to me who
have forgotten Him so long; but we will serve Him together
now.”

As Ethie talked she had nestled closer and closer to her
husband, whose arms encircled her form and whose face
bent itself down to hers, while a rain of tears fell upon her
hair and forehead as the strong man,—the grave Judge and
the honored Governor,—confessed where he, too, had been

-- 377 --

[figure description] Page 377.[end figure description]

in fault, and craving his young wife's pardon, ascribed also
to God the praise for bringing them both to feel their dependence
on Him, as well as to see this day, the happiest
of their lives.

Gradually, as she could bear it, the family came in one
by one to see her, Mrs. Markham, Sen., waiting till the
very last, and refusing to go until Ethelyn had expressed a
wish to see her.

“I was pretty hard on her, I s'pose, and it would not be
strange if she laid it up against me,” she said to Melinda;
but Ethie had nothing against her now.

The deep waters through which she had passed had obliterated
all traces of bitterness toward any one, and when
her mother-in-law came in she extended her hand and
whispered, “I'm too tired, mother, to talk much, but kiss
me once for the sake of what we are going to be to each
other.”

Mrs. Markham was not a bad or a hard woman, either.
She was only unfortunate that her ideas had run in one rut
so long without any jolt to throw them out. Circumstances
had greatly softened her, and Ethie's words touched her
deeply.

“I was mighty mean to you sometimes, Ethelyn, and
I've been sorry for it,” she said, as she stooped to kiss her
daughter-in-law, and then hurried from the room. “Only
to think, she called me mother,” she said to Melinda, to
whom she reported the particulars of her interview with
Ethelyn,—“me, who had been meaner than dirt to her,—
called me mother, when I used to mistrust she didn't think
any more of me than if I'd been an old squaw. I shan't
forget it right away.”

Perhaps the sweetest, most joyful tears Ethelyn shed

-- 378 --

[figure description] Page 378.[end figure description]

that day were those which came to her eyes when they
brought to her Ethelyn, her namesake, the little three-year-old,
who pushed her brown curls back from her baby face
with such a womanly air, and said—

“I'se glad to see Aunt Ethie. I prays for her ever' night.
Uncle Andy told me so. I loves you, Aunt Ethie.”

She was a beautiful little creature, and her innocent
prattle and engaging manners did much toward bringing
the color back to Ethie's cheeks, and the brightness to her
eyes. Those days of convalescence were blissful ones, for
now there was no shadow of a cloud resting on the domestic
horizon. Between husband and wife there was perfect
love; and in his newly-born happiness Richard forgot the
ailments which had sent him an invalid to Clifton; while
Ethie, surrounded by every luxury which love could devise
or money procure, and made each hour to feel how dear
she was to those from whom she had been so long estranged,
grew fresh, and young, and pretty again; so that when,
early in December, Mrs. Dr. Van Buren came to Davenport
to see her niece, she found her more beautiful than she had
been in her early girlhood, when the boyish Frank had
paid his court to her. Poor little Nettie was dead. Her
life had literally been worried out of her; and during
those September days, when Ethelyn was watched and
tended so carefully, she had turned herself wearily upon
her pillow, and just as the clock was striking the hour of
midnight, asked of the attendant—

“Has Frank come yet?”

“Not yet. Do you want anything?”

“No, nothing. Is mother here?”

“She was tired out, and has gone to her room to rest.
Shall I call her?”

-- 379 --

[figure description] Page 379.[end figure description]

“No, no matter. Is Ethie in her crib? Please bring her
here. Never mind if you do wake her. 'Tis the last time.”

And so the little sleeping child was brought to the dying
mother, who would fain fell that something she had loved
was near her in the last hour of loneliness and anguish
she would ever know. Sorrow, disappointment, and cruel
neglect had been her lot ever since she became a wife, but
at the last these had purified and made her better, and led
her to the Saviour's feet, where she laid the little child she
held so closely to her bosom, dropping her tears upon its
face and pressing her farewell kiss upon its lips. Then she
put it from her, and bidding the servant remove the light,
which made her eyes ache so, turned again to her pillow,
and folding her little, white, wasted hands upon her bosom,
said softly the prayer the Saviour taught, and then glided
as softly down the river whose tide is never backward
toward the shores of time.

About one o'clock Frank came home, his head full of
champagne and brandy, and every good feeling blunted
with dissipation. But the Nettie whose pale face had been
to him so constant a reproach, was gone forever, and only
the lifeless form was left of what he once called his wife.
She was buried in Mount Auburn, and they made her a
grander funeral than they had given to her first-born, and
then the household went on the same as ever until Mrs. Van
Buren conceived the idea of visiting her niece, Mrs. Gov.
Markham, and taking her grandchild with her. For the
sake of the name she was sure the little girl would be welcome,
as well as for the sake of the dead mother. And she
was welcome, more so even than the stately aunt, whose
deep mourning robes seemed to throw a kind of shadowy
gloom over the house which she found so handsome, and

-- 380 --

[figure description] Page 380.[end figure description]

elegant, and perfectly kept that she would willingly have
spent the entire winter there. She was not invited to do
that, and in January she went back to her home, but not
until she had eaten a Christmas dinner with Mrs. Markham,
senior, at whose house the whole family assembled on that
occasion.

There was much good cheer and merriment there, and
Ethie, in the rich crimson silk which Richard had surprised
her with, was the queen of all, her wishes deferred
to, and her tastes consulted with a delicacy and deference
which no one could fail to observe. And Eunice Plympton
was there, too, waiting upon the table with Andy,
who insisted upon standing at the back of Ethie's chair,
just as he had seen the waiters do in Camden, and would
have his mother ring the bell when anything was wanted.
It was a happy family reunion, and a meet harbinger of
the peaceful days in store for our heroine,—days which
came and went so fast, until winter melted into spring, and
the spring budded into summer, and the summer faded
into the golden autumn, and the autumn floated with
feathery snow-flakes into the chilly winter and December
came again, bringing another meeting of the Markhams.
But this time it was at the Governor's house in Davenport,
and another was added to the number,—a pretty little
waxen thing, which all through the elaborate dinner slept
quietly in its crib, and then in the evening, when the gas
was lighted in the parlors, behaved most admirably, and
lay very still in Richard's arms until it was transferred
from his to those of the clergyman, who in the name of the
Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost baptized it “Daisy
Grant.”

THE END. Back matter

-- --

NEW BOOKS And New Editions Recently Published by CARLETON, Publisher, NEW YORK.

[figure description] Page 003.[end figure description]

N.B.—The Publishers, upon receipt of the price in advance, will send any of
the following Books by mail. POSTAGE FREE, to any part of the United States.
This convenient and very safe mode may be adopted when the neighboring Book
sellers are not supplied with the desired work. State name and address in full.

Victor Hugo.

LES MISÉRABLES.—The celebrated novel. One large 8vo volume, paper covers, $2.00; cloth bound, $2.50
LES MISÉRABLES.—In the Spanish language. Fine 8vo. edition, two vols., paper covers, $4.00; cloth bound, $5.00
JARGAL.—A new novel. Illustrated. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
CLAUDE GUEUX, and Last Day of Condemned Man. 12mo. cloth, $1.50

Miss Muloch.

JOHN HALIFAX.—A novel. With illustration. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
A LIFE FOR A LIFE.— With illustration. 12mo. cloth, $1.75

Charlotte Bronte (Currer Bell).

JANE EYRE.—A novel. With illustration. 12mo cloth, $1.75
THE PROFESSOR.— A novel. With illustration. 12mo cloth, $1.75
SHIRLEY.— A novel. With illustration. 12mo cloth, $1.75
VILLETTE.— A novel. With illustration. 12mo cloth, $1.75

Hand-Books of Society.

THE HABITS OF GOOD SOCIETY; with thoughts, hints, and anecdotes, concerning nice points of taste, good manners, and the art of making oneself agreeable. The most entertaining work of the kind. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE ART OF CONVERSATION.—With directions for self-culture. A sensible and instructive work, that ought to be in the hands of every one who wishes to be either an agreeable talker or listener. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
ARTS OF WRITING, READING, AND SPEAKING.—An excellent book for self-instruction and improvement 12mo. cloth, $1.50
HAND-BOOKS OF SOCIETY.—The above three choice volumes are also bound in extra style, full gilt ornamental back, uniform in appearance, and put up in a handsome box. Price for the set of three, 12mo. cloth, $5.00

Algernon Charles Swinburne.

LAUS VENERIS, AND OTHER POEMS.— 12mo. cloth, $1.75

-- 004 --

[figure description] Page 004.[end figure description]

Mrs. Mary J. Holmes' Works.

'LENA RIVERS.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
DARKNESS AND DAYLIGHT.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
TEMPEST AND SUNSHINE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
MARIAN GREY.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
MEADOW BROOK.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
ENGLISH ORPHANS.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
DORA DEANE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
COUSIN MAUDE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
HOMESTEAD ON THE HILLSIDE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
HUGH WORTHINGTON.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE CAMERON PRIDE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
ROSE MATHER.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
ETHELYN'S MISTAKE.—Just Published. A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50

Miss Augusta J. Evans.

BEULAH.—A novel of great power. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
MACARIA.—A novel of great power. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
ST. ELMO.—A novel of great power. Just Published. 12mo. cloth, $2.00

By the Author of “Rutledge.”

RUTLEDGE.—A deeply interesting novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE SUTHERLANDS.—A deeply interesting novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
FRANK WARRINGTON.—A deeply interesting novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
ST. PHILIP'S.—A deeply interesting novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
LOUIE'S LAST TERM AT ST. MARY'S.— 12mo. cloth, $1.75
ROUNDHEARTS AND OTHER STORIES.—For children. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
A ROSARY FOR LENT.—Devotional Readings. 12mo. cloth, $1.75

Captain Mayne Reid's Works—Illustrated.

THE SCALP HUNTERS.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE RIFLE RANGERS.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE TIGER HUNTER.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
OSCEOLA, THE SEMINOLE.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE WAR TRAIL.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE HUNTER'S FEAST.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
RANGERS AND REGULATORS.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE WHITE CHIEF.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE QUADROON.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE WILD HUNTRESS.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE WOOD RANGERS.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
WILD LIFE.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE MAROON.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
LOST LEONORE.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE HEADLESS HORSEMAN.— A romance. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE WHITE GAUNTLET.— Just Published. 12mo. cloth, $1.75

-- 005 --

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

A. S. Roe's Works.

A LONG LOOK AHEAD.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
TO LOVE AND TO BE LOVED.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
TIME AND TIDE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
I'VE BEEN THINKING.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE STAR AND THE CLOUD.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
TRUE TO THE LAST.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
HOW COULD HE HELP IT?— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
LIKE AND UNLIKE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
LOOKING AROUND.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
WOMAN OUR ANGEL.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE CLOUD ON THE HEART.— 12mo. cloth, $1.50

Orpheus C. Kerr.

THE ORPHEUS C. KERR PAPERS.—Three vols. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
SMOKED GLASS.—New comic book. Illustrated. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
AVERY GLIBUN.—A powerful new novel.— 8vo. cloth, $2.00

Richard B. Kimball.

WAS HE SUCCESSFUL?— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
UNDERCURRENTS.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
SAINT LEGER.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
ROMANCE OF STUDENT LIFE.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
IN THE TROPICS.— A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
HENRY POWERS, Banker.—Just Published. 12mo. cloth, $1.75

Comic Books—Illustrated.

ARTEMUS WARD, His Book.—Letters, etc. 12mo. cl., $1.50
ARTEMUS WARD, His Travels—Mormons, etc. 12mo. cl., $1.50
ARTEMUS WARD, In London.—Punch Letters. 12mo. cl., $1.50
ARTEMUS WARD, His Panorama and Lecture. 12mo. cl., $1.50
JOSH BILLINGS ON ICE, and other things.— 12mo. cl., $1.50
JOSH BILLINGS ON ICE, His Book of Proverbs, etc. 12mo. cl., $1.50
WIDOW SPRIGGINS.—By author “Widow Bedott.” 12mo. cl., $1.75
FOLLY AS IT FLIES.—By Fanny Fern. 12mo. cl., $1.50
CORRY O'LANUS.—His views and opinions. 12mo. cl., $1.50
VERDANT GREEN.—A racy English college story. 12mo. cl., $1.50
CONDENSED NOVELS, ETC.—By F. Bret Harte. 12mo. cl., $1.50
THE SQUIBOB PAPERS.—By John Phœnix. 12mo. cl., $1.50
MILES O'REILLY.—His Book of Adventures. 12mo. cl., $1.50
MILES O'REILLY.—Baked Meats, etc. 12mo. cl., $1.75

“Brick” Pomeroy.

SENSE.—An illustrated vol. of fireside musings. 12mo. cl., $1.50
NONSENSE.—An illustrated vol. of comic sketches. 12mo. cl., $1.50

Joseph Rodman Drake.

THE CULPRIT FAY.—A faery poem. 12mo. cloth, $1.25
THE CULPRIT FAY.—An illustrated edition. 100 exquisite illustrations. 4to., beautifully printed and bound. $5.00

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

Children's Books—Illustrated.

THE ART OF AMUSING.—With 150 illustrations. 12mo. cl., $1.50
FRIENDLY COUNSEL FOR GIRLS.—A charming book. 12mo. cl., $1.50
THE CHRISTMAS FONT.—By Mary J. Holmes. 12mo. cl., $1.00
ROBINSON CRUSOE.—A Complete edition. 12mo. cl., $1.50
LOUIE'S LAST TERM.—By author “Rutledge. 12mo. cl., $1.75
ROUNDHEARTS, and other stories.—“Rutledge. 12mo. cl., $1.75
PASTIMES WITH MY LITTLE FRIENDS.—“Rutledge. 12mo. cl., $1.50
WILL-O'-THE-WISP.—From the German. 12mo. cl., $1.50

M. Michelet's Remarkable Works.

LOVE (L'AMOUR).—Translated from the French. 12mo. cl., $1.50
WOMAN (LA FEMME).—Translated from the French. 12mo. cl., $1.50

Ernest Renan.

THE LIFE OF JESUS.—Translated from the French. 12mo.cl., $1.75
THE APOSTLES.—Translated from the French. 12mo.cl., $1.75

Popular Italian Novels.

DOCTOR ANTONIO.—A love story. By Ruffini. 12mo. cl., $1.75
BEATRICE CENCI.—By Guerrazzi, with portrait. 12mo. cl., $1.75

Rev. John Cumming, D.D., of London.

THE GREAT TRIBULATION.—Two series. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE GREAT PREPARATION.—Two series. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE GREAT CONSUMMATION. Two series. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
THE LAST WARNING CRY.—Two series. 12mo. cloth, $1.50

Mrs. Ritchle (Anna Cora Mowatt).

FAIRY FINGERS.—A capital new novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE MUTE SINGER.—A capital new novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
THE CLERGYMAN'S WIFE—and other stories. 12mo. cloth, $1.75

Mother Goose for Grown Folks.

HUMOROUS RHYMES for grown people. 12mo. cloth, $1.25

T. S. Arthur's New Works.

LIGHT ON SHADOWED PATHS.—A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
OUT IN THE WORLD.—A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
NOTHING BUT MONEY.—A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
WHAT CAME AFTERWARDS.—A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50
OUR NEIGHBORS.—A novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50

Geo. W. Carleton.

OUR ARTIST IN CUBA.—With 50 comic illustrations. $1.50
OUR ARTIST IN PERU.—With 50 comic illustrations. $1.50
OUR ARTIST IN AFRICA.—(In press) With 50 comic illustrations. $1.50

John Esten Cooke.

FAIRFAX.—A Virginian novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.75
HILT TO HILT.— A Virginian novel. 12mo. cloth, $1.50

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Holmes, Mary Jane, 1825-1907 [1869], Ethelyn's mistake, or, The home in the West: a novel. (G.W. Carleton, New York) [word count] [eaf597T].
Powered by PhiloLogic